organizing committee...organizing committee prof. kwang-sik choi – chair school of applied marine...

Organizing Committee

Prof. Kwang-Sik Choi – Chair School of Applied Marine Science, Cheju National University, Jeju, Korea

Dr. Konstantin A. Lutaenko

A.V. Zhirmunsky Institute of Marine Biology, Far East Branch of the Russian Academy of Sciences, Vladivostok, Russia

Prof. You-Jin Jeon

Marine and Environmental Research Institute, Cheju National University, Jeju, Korea

Dr. Soo-Jin Heo Department of Marine Biotechnology, Cheju National University, Jeju, Korea

Editor: K.A. Lutaenko

The workshop is financially supported by the Asia-Pacific Network for Global Change Research and by Cheju National University

© Cheju Nat. Univ., Inst. Mar. Biol FEB RAS

Acknowledgements

We are extremely grateful to the following organizations whose support made this workshop possible:

Cheju National UniversiyMarine and Environmental Research InstituteA.V.Zhirmunsky Institute of Marine Biology, Far East Branch ofRussian Academy of SciencesAsia-Pacific Network for Global Change Research

(APN Project ARCP 2008-05CMY)

Acknowledgements

We are extremely grateful to the following organizations whose support made this workshop possible:

Cheju National UniversiyMarine and Environmental Research InstituteA.V.Zhirmunsky Institute of Marine Biology, Far East Branch ofRussian Academy of SciencesAsia-Pacific Network for Global Change Research

(APN Project ARCP 2008-05CMY)

MARINE BIODIVERSITY AND BIORESOURCES OF THE NORTH-EASTERN ASIA (October 21-22, 2008)

1

16:00 - 21:00

08:50 - 09:20

09:20 - 09:40

09:40 - 09:50

09:50 - 10:00

10:00 - 10:20 PL-1

10:20 - 10:35 SA-1

10:35 - 10:50 SA-2

10:50 - 11:05 SA-3

11:05 - 11:15

11:15 - 11:35 PL-2

PROGRAM

Tuesday 21 October 2008 Welcome Reception

Wednesday 22 October 2008

Welcoming address Prof. Dr. Choong-Suk Koh, President of Cheju National University

Registration

Chair: Dr. Li Xinzheng

Group Photo

Opening address Prof. Dr. You-Jin Jeon, Director of Marine and Environmenal Research Institute, Cheju National University Prof. Dr. Konstantin A. Lutaenko, A.V. Zhirmunsky Institute of Marine Biology, Far East Branch of the Russian Academy of Sciences

Chair: Dr. You-Jin Jeon

Session A

Session B

Coffee Break

THE HOLOCENE MIGRATIONS OF BIVALVE MOLLUSKS IN THESEA OF JAPAN (EAST SEA) AS A MODEL OF EXPECTED FAUNALCHANGES DUE TO GLOBAL WARMING Konstantin A. Lutaenko (Russian Academy of Sciences, Russia)

BIODIVERSITY STUDIES IN THE A.V. ZHIRMUNSKY INSTITUTE OFMARINE BIOLOGY FEB RAS Tatyana V. Lavrova and Konstantin A. Lutaenko (Russian Academy of Sciences, Russia)

LONG-TERM CHANGES IN BIODIVERSITY OF JUVENILE BENTHICBIVALVE ASSEMBLAGE RELATED TO DECREASE OFANTHROPOGENIC INFLUENCE Alla V. Silina and George A. Evseev (Russian Academy of Sciences, Russia)

DISTRIBUTIONAL PATTERNS OF THE OCTOCORALS IN THE INDO-WEST PACIFIC AND THE SPECIES IDENTIFICATION PROBLEM:WHAT TAXA COULD BE THE INDICATORS? Tatyana N. Dautova (Russian Academy of Sciences, Russia)

FUNCTIONAL PROPERTIES OF ECKLONIA CAVA , A BROWNSEAWEED, IN JEJU ISLAND You-Jin Jeon and Soo-Jin Heo (Cheju National University, Korea)


2

11:35 - 11:50 SB-1

11:50 - 12:05 SB-2

12:05 - 12:20 SB-3

12:20 - 13:30

13:30 - 13:50 PL-3

13:50 - 14:05 SC-1

14:05 - 14:20 SC-2

14:20 - 14:35 SC-3

14:35 - 14:45

FATTY ACIDS OF MARINE MICROALGAE: TAXONOMIC ANDPHYSIOLOGICAL INDICATORS Natalya V. Zhukova (Russian Academy of Sciences, Russia)

MOLLUSKS IN PREHISTORIC HUMAN MATERIAL CULTURE:RUSSIAN FAR EAST AS A CASE OF STUDY Irina S. Zhushchikhovskaya (Russian Academy of Sciences, Russia)

MOLLUSKS FROM NORTHEASTERN CHINA (A BIODIVERSITYSTRUDY) Ronald G. Noseworthy (Cheju National University, Korea)

Session CChair: Dr. Konstantin A. Lutaenko

Lunch Break

LONG-TERM CHANGES OF MACROBENTHOS DURING 1980 TO 2005FROM JIAOZHOU BAY, SOUTHERN COAST OF SHANDONGPENINSULA Li Xinzheng, Li Baoquan, Wang Hongfa, Wang Jinbao, Zhou Jin, Han Qingxi, Wang Xiaochen, Ma Lin, Dong Chao, and Zhang Baolin (Chinese Academy of Sciences, China)

COMMUNITY STRUCTURE OF MACROBENTHOS IN COASTALWATER OFF RUSHAN, WOUTHERN SHANDONG PENINSULA, ANDTHE RELATIONSHIPS WITH ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS Li Baoquan, Li Xinzheng, Wang Hongfa, Wang Jinbao, Zhou Jin, Han Qingxi, Wang Xiaochen, Ma Lin, Dong Chao, and Zhang Baolin (Chinese Academy of Sciences, China)

ECOLOGICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF MACROBENTHOS FROM THESOUTHERN YELLOW SEA Wang Jinbao and Li Xinzheng (Chinese Academy of Sciences, China)

THE IMPACT OF IMPLANTED WHALE CARCASS ON MEIOFAUNAIN PETER THE GREAT BAY (SEA OF JAPAN/EAST SEA) Olga N. Pavlyuk, Yulia A. Trebukhova, Vitaly G. Tarasov, Tatyana S. Tarasova, Luisa N. Propp and Gennady M. Kamenev (Russian Academy of Sciences, Russia)

Coffee Break


3

14:45 - 15:05 PL-4

15:05 - 15:20 SD-1

15:20 - 15:35 SD-2

15:35 - 15:45

15:45 - 16:05 PL-5

16:05 - 16:20 SE-1

16:20 - 16:35 SE-2

16:35 - 16:50 SE-3

16:50

PS-1

PS-2 A 30-YEAR STUDY OF THE ABUNDANCE DYNAMICS OF YESSO SCALLOPPATINOPECTEN YESSOENSIS IN PRIMORYE (RUSSIA) Delik D. Gabaev (Russian Academy of Sciences, Russia)

INFLUENCE OF POLLUTION ON THE OSTRACOD FAUNA NEARTHE EASTERN COAST OF AMURSKY BAY (SEA OF JAPAN/EASTSEA) Maria A. Zenina (Russian Academy of Sciences, Russia)

Farewell Reception

Poster presentationCONSERVATION AND RESTORATION OF BIIODIVERSITY OF THE FAREAST SEAS M. Z. Ermolitskaya (Russian Academy of Sciences, Russia)

Chair: Dr. Tatyana DautovaNEMERTEAN FAUNA OF NORTHEAST ASIA Alexei V. Chernyshev (Russian Academy of Sciences, Russia)

OCEAN BIOGEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEM (OBIS): AUSEFUL TOOL FOR MARINE BIODIVERSITY RESEARCH Xiaoxia Sun (Chinese Academy of Sciences, China)

OSTRACODS OF THE COASTAL ZONE OF JEJU ISLAND, KOREA Evgeny I. Schornikov and Mariya A. Zenina (Russian Academy of Sciences, Russia)

TRIBOLODON HAKONENSIS (PISCES: CYPRINIDAE): POPULATIONGENETIC STRUCTURE AS A REFLECTION OF PALEO-ENVIRONMENTAL CHANGES IN THE NORTH-WEST PACIFIC Neonila E. Polyakova, Alisa V. Semina and Vladimir A. Brykov (Russian Academy of Sciences, Russia)

Coffee Break

Session E

Session DChair: Dr. Kwang-Sik Choi

COMPARATIVE STUDY ON ANNUAL GAMETOGENESIS OFMANILA CLAMS (RUDITAPES PHILIPPINARUM) COLLECTEDFROM EIGHT LOCATIONS ON THE WEST COAST OF KOREA IN2007 Yanin Limpanont, Hyun-Sung Yang, Hyun-Ki Hong, Bong-Kyu Kim, Hee-Do Jeong, Kyu-Sung Choi, Hee-Jung Lee, Jasim Uddin, Kwang-Jae Park, Young-Je Park, and Kwang-Sik Choi (Cheju National University, Korea)DEVELOPMENT OF COMMON SIPUNCULID SPECIES OF THENORTH-WEST PACIFIC Anastassya S. Maiorova (Russian Academy of Sciences, Russia)


4

PS-3

PS-4

PS-5

PS-6

PS-7

PS-8

PS-9

PS-10

PS-11

PS-12

PS-13

THE GENUS EUTREPTIELLA (EUGLENOPHYCEAE) FROM RUSSIANWATERS OF EAST/JAPAN SEA: SPECIES COMPOSITION, DISTRIBUTIONAND DENSITY Inna V. Stonik (Russian Academy of Sciences, Russia)

VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL DISTRIBUTION OF ISOPODS (CRUSTACEA)IN THE NORTHWESTERN PART OF THE SEA OF JAPAN AS APPLIED TOTHE PROBLEM OF FAUNISTIC ZONING OF THE AREA Olga A. Golovan and Victor V. Ivin (Russian Academy of Sciences, Russia)

PHAGOCYTOSIS OF PSEUDOMONAS FLUORESCENS , LISTERIAMONOCYTOGENES , STAPHYLOCOCCUS AUREUS BY HAEMOCYTES OFMODIOLUS MODIOLUS KURILENSIS Evgeniya V. Tabakova, Iraida G. Syasina and Vadim V. Kumeiko (Far Eastern National University, Russia)

ARE GIANT KELP ALGAE EXTINCTING FROM THE NORTHERN PACIFIC? Olga N. Selivanova (Russian Academy of Sciences, Russia)

CHANGES OF THE TUMEN RIVER ICHTHYOFAUNA UNDER THEINFLUENCE OF CLIMATIC AND ANTHROPOGENIC FACTORS Alexander S. Sokolovsky and Irina V. Epur (Russian Academy of Sciences, Russia)

PATTERNS OF DISTRIBUTION AND CATCH DYNAMICS OF SCULPINS OFTHE GENUS TRIGLOPS (COTTIDAE) IN THE PACIFIC WATERS OFF THENORTHERN KURIL ISLANDS AND SOUTHEASTERN KAMCHATKA Alexei M. Tokranov and Alexei M. Orlov (Russian Academy of Sciences, Russia)

MEIOFAUNA OF FOULING COMMUNITY ON MARICULTUREINSTALLATIONS IN PETER THE GREAT BAY, SEA OF JAPAN/EAST SEA Ludmila S. Belogurova and Sergey I. Maslennikov (Russian Academy of Sciences, Russia)

SPERMATOGENESIS IN THE MUSSEL MODIOLUS MODIOLUS KURILENSISINHABITING POLLUTED AND RELATIVELY CLEAN AREAS IN PETER THEGREAT BAY (JAPAN SEA/EAST SEA): AN ULTRASTRUCTURAL STUDY Olga V. Yurchenko and Marina A. Vaschenko (Russian Academy of Sciences, Russia)

BIOGEOGRAPHIC ANALYSIS OF THE SHELL-BEARING GASTROPODS INTHE RUSSIAN WATERS OF THE EAST SEA (SEA OF JAPAN) Vladimir V. Gulbin (Russian Academy of Sciences, Russia)

INTERTIDAL BIOTA OF RUSSKY ISLAND (SEA OF JAPAN/EAST SEA) Mariya B. Ivanova and Alexandra P. Tsurpalo (Russian Academy of Sciences, Russia)

TAXONOMIC DIVERSITY OF MARINE BIVALVE MOLLUSKS IN RYNDABAY (NORTHERN PRIMORYE, SEA OF JAPAN/EAST SEA) Eugeny V. Kolpakov (Ternei Scientific-Research Station of Pacific Research Fisheries Center, Russia)


5

PS-14

PS-15

PS-16

PS-17

PS-18

PS-19

PS-20

PS-21

PS-22

PS-23

PS-24

PS-25

DISTRIBUTION AND BIOLOGICAL CONDITION OF THE SPINY KING CRABPARALITHODES BREVIPES IN THE COASTAL WATERS OF THESOUTHEASTERN SAKHALIN ISLAND Sergey K. Ponurovsky (Russian Academy of Sciences, Russia)

DISTRIBUTION OF BENTHIC FORAMINIFERA IN POLLUTION SEDIMENTSOF AMURSKY BAY (PETER THE GREAT BAY, SEA OF JAPAN/EAST SEA) Tatyana S. Tarasova (Russian Academy of Sciences, Russia)

COST OF ECONOMIC SERVICES OF THE BIOLOGICAL DIVERSITY OFWILDLIFE'S USED OBJECTS E.E. Shirkova and E.I. Shirkov (Russian Academy of Sciences, Russia)

MYCOBIOTA ASSOCIATED WITH COMMERCIALLY VALUABLE SPECIESOF SEAWEEDS AND INVERTEBRATES IN THE RUSSIAN WATERS OF THESEA OF JAPAN Lubov V. Zvereva (Russian Academy of Sciences, Russia)

DEVELOPMENT OF AN IMMUNOLOGIAL PROBE TO MEASUREREPRODUCTIVE EFFORT OF THE SUMINOE OYSTER, CRASSOSTREAARIAKENSIS Bong-Kyu Kim and Kwang-Sik Choi (Cheju National University, Korea)

DISTRIBUTION OF CIRRIPEDES IN THE INTERTIDAL ZONE OF RUSSKYISLAND, PETER THE GREAT BAY, SEA OF JAPAN/EAST SEA Ida I. Ovsyannikova (Russian Academy of Sciences, Russia)

COMPOSITION OF GASTROPODS IN NOVGORODSKAYA BIGHT (POSSJETBAY, SEA OF JAPAN) Evgeny V. Lebedev and Dmitry I. Vyshkvartsev (Far-Eastern Marine Biosphere State Nature Reserve FEB RAS, Russia)

MACROPHYTIC ALGAE OF THE INTERTIDAL ZONE OF RUSSKY ISLAND(PETER THE GREAT BAY, SEA OF JAPAN/EAST SEA) Irina R. Levenets (Russian Academy of Sciences, Russia)

BIODIVERSITY OF SEA ANEMONES ON THE CONTINENTAL SHELF OFTHE EASTERN SAKHALIN Elena E. Kostina (Russian Academy of Sciences, Russia)

DIVERSITY OF MICROALGAE RESTING STAGES IN MARINE SEDIMENTSFROM PETER THE GREAT BAY, SEA OF JAPAN/EAST SEA Tatyana Yu. Orlova and Tatyana V. Morozova (Russian Academy of Sciences, Russia)

QUANTIFICATION OF REPRODUCTIVE OUTPUT OF MANILA CLAM,RUDITAPES PHILIPPINARUM FROM SEONG SAN, EAST COAST OF JEJU,KOREA BY ENZYME-LINKED IMMUNOSORBENT ASSAY (ELISA) M. Jasim Uddin and Kwang-Sik Choi (Cheju National University, Korea)

SYSTEMATIC POSITION AND GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF THEFOUR SPECIES OF THE GENUS MACOMA (BIVALVIA, TELLINIDAE) Dmitry D. Danilin and A.Yu. Voronkov (Kamchatka Research Institute of Fisheries and Oceanography, Russia)


6

PS-26

PS-27

PS-28

PS-29

DIVERSITY OF DINOFLAGELLATES IN SANDY SEDIMENTS OF PETER THEGREAT BAY, SEA OF JAPAN/EAST SEA Marina S. Selina (Russian Academy of Sciences, Russia)

BIONOMY OF THE INTERTIDAL ZONE OF VIETNAM Elena E. Kostina (Russian Academy of Sciences, Russia)

MOLLUSKS OF JEJU ISLAND, REPUBLIC OF KOREA Ronald G. Noseworthy, Na-Rae Lim and Kwang-Sik Choi (Cheju National University, Korea)

HYDROMEDUSAE OF THE RUSSIAN WATERS OF THE SEA OF JAPAN Ekaterina A. Petrova and Tatyana N. Dautova (Far East National University, Russia)


7

PL-1

SA-1

SA-2

SA-3

LONG-TERM CHANGES IN BIODIVERSITY OF JUVENILE BENTHIC BIVALVEASSEMBLAGE RELATED TO DECREASE OF ANTHROPOGENIC INFLUENCE Alla V. Silina and George A. Evseev

DISTRIBUTIONAL PATTERNS OF THE OCTOCORALS IN THE INDO-WESTPACIFIC AND THE SPECIES IDENTIFICATION PROBLEM: WHAT TAXACOULD BE THE INDICATORS? Tatyana N. Dautova

Session A.

THE HOLOCENE MIGRATIONS OF BIVALVE MOLLUSKS IN THE SEA OFJAPAN (EAST SEA) AS A MODEL OF EXPECTED FAUNAL CHANGES DUETO GLOBAL WARMING Konstantin A. Lutaenko

BIODIVERSITY STUDIES IN THE A.V. ZHIRMUNSKY INSTITUTE OF MARINEBIOLOGY FEB RAS Tatyana V. Lavrova and Konstantin A. Lutaenko

Chair: Dr. Li Xinzheng


8


9

PL-1

THE HOLOCENE MIGRATIONS OF BIVALVE MOLLUSKS IN THE SEA OF JAPAN (EAST SEA) AS A MODEL OF EXPECTED

FAUNAL CHANGES DUE TO GLOBAL WARMING

Konstantin A. Lutaenko A.V. Zhirmunsky Institute of Marine Biology, Far East Branch,

Russian Academy of Sciences, Vladivostok 690041, Russia e-mail: [email protected]

The Holocene period (last 10000-11000 years) was a time of profound climatic and environmental changes as reflected in modifications of faunal assemblages. Molluscan fossils are good indicators of warming/cooling epochs and sea level changes, and mollusks are relatively well-studied group of animals in the Sea of Japan (East Sea) with respect to their species composition, faunal history and biogeography. Global warming due to greenhouse effect during past decades already significantly influenced the distribution of marine biota, and it can be compared to so-called climatic optimum of the Holocene. Paleoclimatic estimates show that the “climatic optimum” (time span between 5000-6000 y BP) is characterized in the Russian Far East by the annual average temperature excess of 2-6° C and more humid conditions; annual average SSTs in the Sea of Japan/East Sea were 1-2° C higher as compared to the present (review: Lutaenko et al., 2007). Migrations of mollusks to the north were the most important biotic events at that time and it was connected not only with general water warming, but also with shifts of currents (Taira, Lutaenko, 1993). The Tsushima Current’s inflow in the Sea of Japan/East Sea started after 9000-9500 y BP, but the influx of the current on a full scale might occur approximately 8000 y BP. In the northeastern Hokkaido, the oyster (Crassostrea gigas) settlements were widely developed at the level of 5000 - 6000 y BP (Ohshima et al., 1972; Matsushima, 1982a, 1982b). Several warm-water subtropical bivalve mollusks at this time invaded the area of Kushiro Bay (eastern Hokkaido) and Nemuro (north-eastern Hokkaido), but they do not live in these areas at present (Matsushima, 1984). The hydroclimatic conditions under which the so-called thermally-anomalous molluscan assemblages (TAMAs) existed on the northern and eastern coasts of Hokkaido in the mid-Holocene can be compared with those of the present-day Mutsu Bay (northern Honshu) (Matsushima, Yamashiro, 1992). According to Matsushima and Ohshima (1974), the minimum temperature of surface waters during climatic optimum


10

(5000 - 6000 y BP) is estimated to be about 5° C higher than the present temperature on the Sea of Okhotsk side of Hokkaido. In numerous shell-middens on the coast of Hokkaido, some warm-water mollusks (which disappeared in the Late Holocene) were tentatively referred to the late Earliest to the middle Early Jomon stage (5000 - 6000 y BP) (Akamatsu, 1969). It was found later that the species - indicators of the climatic optimum first appeared on the Sea of Japan side of Hokkaido at about 8000 (or 7500) y BP and contemporaneously they reached Cape Soya; they appeared about 6800 y BP on the Sea of Okhotsk side of Hokkaido and invaded the Pacific coast (Cape Erimo and Uchiura Bay) of the island at about 6000 y BP (Akamatsu, Kitagawa, 1983; Takagi et al., 1990; Akamatsu et al., 1995). A similar chronological pattern of the immigration of the thermophilous mollusks in the mid-Holocene in Hokkaido was revealed by Matsushima (1984); warm-water species appeared on the Sea of Japan side of the island 7000 y BP, and on the Pacific side - 6000 y BP. This reflects peculiar oceanographic changes around Japan during the Holocene, i.e., formation of the system of currents. Based on the data of Matsushima (1984) who studied the Holocene molluscan faunal changes and related environmental changes, the tropical mollusks now living in the south of Kyushu and Taiwan, appeared in southwestern Japan at about 7000 y BP and reached southern Kanto (the plain around Tokyo Bay) at 6500 - 6000 y BP, although subtropical species appeared as early as 9000 y BP in the southern Kanto and extended their distribution to northern Honshu at about 6000 - 5500 y BP. Sakaguchi et al. (1985) found a tropical-subtropical species of bivalve mollusk, Trapezium liratum, in a core obtained in Tokoro Plain (northern Hokkaido) at the level of 8520 ± 120 y BP. Sakaguchi (1992) suggested that this finding indicates the birth of the warm La Perouse (Soya) Current, a branch of the Tsushima Current. Thus, the Tsushima Current reached the Sea of Japan side of Hokkaido before 8500 y BP, which accords with data of Akamatsu and his co-workers (Akamatsu, Kitagawa, 1983; Akamatsu et al., 1995) on the appearance of warm-water mollusks in the western Hokkaido at about 7500 - 8000 y BP. However, the warm-water mollusks invaded the Hokkaido coast of the Sea of Okhotsk at about 6800 y BP (Takagi et al., 1990). This controversy may be explained by insufficient geochronological evidence and it will be settled with increasing of AMS datings of molluscan shells. Another important feature of the mid-Holocene palaeoceanography was a difference in the rate of penetration of warm currents not only along the Pacific and Sea of Japan sides of Japan, but also along the island and continental coasts of the sea, as was demonstrated by using molluscan assemblages (Taira, Lutaenko, 1993). In the Early


11

Holocene, coasts of North Korea and Primorye were washed by intensified cold currents of Liman (Schrenck), Primorskoye and North Korean Currents, and thereby their cold waters acted as a barrier to any northward flow of warm waters. This seems to be supported by the lack of subtropical bivalve mollusks in the Early Holocene deposits along the Primorye (Evseev, 1981). We suggested that about 7000 - 6000 y BP, the East Korean Current, a branch of the Tsushima, moved northward at about 40° N, and subtropical bivalve mollusks reached Peter the Great Bay (northwestern Sea of Japan) (Taira, Lutaenko, 1993). The meandering stream of the Tsushima Current, T-3 offshore stream (= East Korean Current), is known to be strongest (Nishimura, 1983). The intensification of the East Korean Current in the mid-Holocene led to the appearance not only of subtropical, but also of tropical-subtropical bivalve mollusks (whose geographical ranges are extended southward to the Philippines, Vietnam, and Indonesia) in the northwestern Sea of Japan formed stable populations with annual reproduction - Anadara inaequivalvis, T. liratum, Dosinia penicillata (Lutaenko, 1993). They settled in bays with an intense summer warming-up which is necessary for successful reproduction (winter cooling in itself does not prevent wam-water fauna from living in temperate latitudes). Thus, a combination of such factors as the considerable indentation of the coast (ria type of bays with shallow-water semi-enclosed areas in their tops) and penetration of the warm Tsushima waters to the northwestern Sea of Japan which intensified the effect of local warming had resulted in the formation of subtropical-type molluscan fauna in this area during the Middle Holocene (Lutaenko, 1993). The example of Peter the Great Bay mid-Holocene TAMA shows that three species of warm-water bivalves became extinct in the course of the Late Holocene coolings (distributional ranges of two of them are shown in Fig. 1), while embaymental environments are still existing. This means that the climatic changes, not only coastal, are responsible for local extinctions of warm-water species. Fifteen AMS dates of three “extinct” (locally disappeared) bivalves from the coast of Peter the Great Bay coast demonstrate that their Holocene ranges lie between 7140 - 1260 y BP (taking into account a reservoir effect) (Jones, Kuzmin, 1995; Kuzmin, 1995). As mollusks reflect the effect of the East Korean Current, we can assume that the current penetrated to the northwestern Sea of Japan since about 7000 y BP, which is 500 - 1000 years later compared to Hokkaido. A comparison of the mid-Holocene TAMAs from the shell-middens of Hokkaido and Primorye (Rakov, Lutaenko, 1997) revealed a difference in species composition: at least five species found in Hokkaido have never lived in Peter the Great Bay. The oyster, C. gigas, invaded the coast of Terpenye Bay (∼ 50° N) in Sakhalin Island (Sea of Okhotsk side) (Akamatsu, Ushiro, 1992) and also


12

penetrated to the coast of northern Primorye (Kolpakov, 2006). Another example is provided by the subtropical mollusk, Anadara broughtonii, discovered in the Neolithic shell-midden in Chertovy Vorota Cave (Khudik, 1991). A refuge of the oyster exists in the Tatarsky Strait – Sovetskaya Gavan and De Kastri bays, clearly illustrating the mid-Holocene strong influence of the Tsushima Current flowing along the eastern side of Sakhalin as continental coastal area was occupied by the cold Schrenck Current. These new data make it possible to reject an early interpretation postulating the absence of subtropical species of bivalve mollusks on the mid-Primorye coast (Lutaenko, 1993). Analysis of TAMAs from the coasts of Japan and Russia shows that at least seven possible new inhabitants – bivalve mollusks may appear in different parts of the Sea of Japan/East Sea in course of global warming (Lutaenko, 1999, Table).

Table Possible new inhabitants – bivalve mollusks in different parts of the Sea of Japan in course of global warming (after Lutaenko, 1999, with corrections)

Species

Southern Sakhalin

Peter the

Great Bay

Middle

Primorye

Wakasa

Bay

Ishikari

Bay

Anadara granosa - - - + -

A. brougthonii + * + * *

A. inaequivalvis + + - ? +

A. kagoshimensis ? + - * +

Anomalocardia squamosa

- - - + +

Trapezium liratum + * - * ?

Meretrix lusoria - + - * ?

Note: “+” – immigration is expected; “−” – immigration is not expected; “*” – the species inhabits this

area at present.

H.-I. Yi et al. (1996) suggested that a series of “old” spits (mid- and late Holocene in age) consisting of gravel mixed with reworked oyster shells (beach driftage) discovered on the western coast of Korea should be interpreted as traces of storm or, at least, storm-influenced deposits. Their origin is believed to be related to a global warming which caused high storm frequency (Yi et al., 1996; Lutaenko, 2001).


13

We explained in a similar way the origin of a high gravel terrace with abundant TAMA’s elements, A. inaequivalvis, found near the Russian/North Korean border, northern coast of Talmi Lagoon (Fig. 2). The height of this terrace (old beach ridge) is about 4 m above the present sea level. Molluscan fossils from the “old” terrace were dated by both conventional and AMS methods (Jones, Kuzmin, 1995), and their ages are 5320 ± 45 (OS-3026), 5360 ± 35 (OS-3028), 6000 ± 130 (GIN-759b), and 5630 ± 110 (GIN-759a) y BP. This provides an example of geomorphic imprint of the mid-Holocene storm activity in the Sea of Japan between 5000 - 6000 y BP. At present there is no evidence of storm accumulation of coarse-grained deposits in the two above areas of Korea and Primorye. The suggestion about increased storm activity during the mid-Holocene in the Asian marginal seas seems to be confirmed by the analysis of data on the prevalence of different types of coastal accumulation throughout the Holocene in Japan, Primorye and Sakhalin (Afanasyev, 1992). We may expect intensified storm activity in the course of global warming in the Sea of Japan/East Sea.

Fig. 1. The distribution of the TAMA's elements - warm-water bivalve mollusks Anadara kagoshimensis (right) and Crassostrea gigas (left) during the mid-Holocene in the Sea of Japan and adjacent areas


14

Fig. 2. Storm mid-Holocene deposits with regionally extinct bivalve Anadara inaequivalvis near Russian-Korean border (Talmi Lagoon)

References

Akamatsu M. 1969. Molluscan assemblages of shell mounds in Hokkaido - with special reference to the so-called Jomon transgression // Earth Science. N 23. P.107-117. [In Japanese]. Akamatsu M., Kitagawa Y. 1983. Holocene shell beds in the northern district of the Ishikari Lowland, Hokkaido // The Annual Report of the Historical Museum of Hokkaido. N 11. P. 35-45. [In Japanese]. Akamatsu M., Ushiro H. 1992. A note on the Neo-Atlantic stage in the Middle Age in Hokkaido and south Sakhalin // Preliminary Reports on "Research Project of the Historical and Cultural Exchange of the North" in 1991. Sapporo: Historical Museum of Hokkaido. P. 91-108. [In Japanese]. Akamatsu M., Yamazaki N., Arakawa T. 1995. Faunal characteristics of Holocene molluscan fossils in Hokkaido - examples of the Ishikari Lowland and around the Uchiura Bay // Bulletin of the Historical Museum of Hokkaido. N 23. P. 7-18. In Japanese]. Evseev G.A. 1981. Communities of Bivalve Mollusks in Post-Glacial Deposits of Shelf of the Sea of Japan. Moscow: Nauka. 160 p. [In Russian]. Jones G.A., Kuzmin Ya.V. 1995. Radiocarbon AMS dating of the thermophilous


15

mollusc shells from Peter the Great Gulf coast // Complex Studies of the Holocene Sections on Peter the Great Gulf Coast (Sea of Japan). Ya.V. Kuzmin (Ed.). Moscow: Bagira-Press. P. 34-38. [In Russian]. Khudik V.D. 1991. Taxonomic composition and results of paleoecological analysis of mollusks from the Neolithic site Chertovy Vorota // The Neolithic of the Southern Far East: Ancient Settlement in the Cave Chertovy Vorota. Zh.V. Andreeva (Ed.). Moscow: Nauka. P. 212-214. [In Russian].

Kolpakov E.V. 2006. On the northern boundary of distributional range of Crassostrea gigas (Bivalvia: Ostreidae) along continental coast of the Sea of Japan // Bulletin of the Russian Far East Malacological Society. V. 10. P. 126-129. [In Russian]. Kuzmin Ya.V. 1995. Paleoenvironment of Peter the Great Gulf in mid-Holocene // Complex Studies of the Holocene Sections on Peter the Great Gulf Coast (Sea of Japan). Ya.V. Kuzmin (Ed.). Moscow: Bagira-Press. P. 44-61. [In Russian].

Lutaenko K.A. 1993. Climatic optimum during the Holocene and the distribution of warm-water mollusks in the Sea of Japan // Palaeogeography, Palaeoclimatology, Palaeoecology. V. 102. P. 273-281.

Lutaenko K.A. 1999. Expected faunal changes in the Sea of Japan: influence of climate and sea level on the distribution of bivalve mollusks // Bulletin of the Russian Far East Malacological Society. V. 3. P. 38-64. [In Russian].

Lutaenko K.A. 2001. The Holocene mollusks of Garolim Bay (western coast of Korea): taphonomic and paleogeographic significance // Bulletin of the Russian Far East Malacological Society. V. 5. P. 39-61. [In Russian]. Lutaenko K.A., Zhushchikhovskaya I.S., Mikishin Yu.A., Popov A.N. 2007. Mid-Holocene climatic changes and cultural dynamics in the basin of the Sea of Japan and adjacent areas // Climate Change and Cultural Dynamics: A Global Perspective on Mid-Holocene Transitions. D.G. Anderson, K.A. Maasch and D.H. Sandweiss (Eds.). Amsterdam, etc.: Elsevier Inc. P. 331-406. Matsushima Y. 1982a. Radiocarbon ages of the Holocene marine deposits along Kucharo Lake, northern Hokkaido // Bulletin of the Kanagawa Prefectural Museum. N 13. P. 51-66. [In Japanese]. Matsushima Y. 1982b. The radiocarbon age of the molluscan fossils from the alluvial deposits, along Pashikuru-Numa, the Pacific coast of Hokkaido // Bulletin of the Kushiro Museum. N 9. P. 1-8. [In Japanese]. Matsushima Y. 1984. Shallow marine molluscan assemblages of postglacial period in the Japanese Islands - its Historical and geographical changes induced by the environmental changes // Bulletin of the Kanagawa Prefectural Museum (Natural


16

Science). N 15. P. 37-109. [In Japanese]. Matsushima Y., Ohshima K. 1974. Littoral molluscan fauna of the Holocene climatic optimum (5,000 - 6,000 y. B.P.) in Japan // The Quaternary Research (Japan). V. 13, N 3. P. 135-159. [In Japanese]. Matsushima Y., Yamashiro J. 1992. Radiocarbon ages of the molluscan fossils from the Holocene deposits in Kushiro Moor, Hokkaido // Bulletin of the Kanagawa Prefectural Museum (Natural Science). N 21 P. 37-43. [In Japanese]. Nishimura. S. 1983. Okhotsk Sea, Japan Sea, East China Sea // Ecosystems of the World 26. Estuaries and Enclosed Seas. B.H. Ketchum (Ed.). Amsterdam, etc.: Elsevier. P. 375-401. Ohshima K., Yamaguchi S., Satoh H. 1972. Alluvial shell beds along Kucharo Lake, Hokkaido // Journal of the Geological Society of Japan. N 78. P. 129-135. [In Japanese]. Rakov V.A., Lutaenko K.A. 1997. The Holocene molluscan fauna from shell middens on the coast of Peter the Great Bay (Sea of Japan): Paleoenvironmental and Biogeographical Significance // The Western Society of Malacologists, Annual Report. N 29 . P. 18-23. Sakaguchi Y. 1992. Cooling of Hokkaido around 9000 BP caused by permafrost meltwater burst // Bulletin of the Department of Geography, University of Tokyo. N 24. P. 1-6. Sakaguchi Y., Kashima K, Matsubara A. 1985. Holocene marine deposits in Hokkaido and their sedimentary environments // Bulletin of the Department of Geography, University of Tokyo. N 17. P. 1-17. Taira K., Lutaenko K.A. 1993. Holocene palaeoceanographic changes in the Sea of Japan // Reports of the Taisetsuzan Institute of Science. N 28. P. 65-70. [In Japanese]. Takagi T., Akamatsu M., Takahashi T. 1990. Holocene molluscan assemblages from the northern Ishikari Lowland, Hokkaido, Japan // The Annual Report of the Historical Museum of Hokkaido. N 18. P. 1-17. [In Japanese]. Yi H.-I., Han S.-J., Shin D.-H. 1996. Holocene high sea-level stands (climatic optimum)? Storm-surge deposits? Or are both relared? // The 20th Annual Meeting and International Conference of the Korean Quaternary Association, Proceedings, Ansan, December 14, 1996. P. 27-28.


17

SA-1

BIODIVERSITY STUDIES IN THE A.V. ZHIRMUNSKY INSTITUTE OF MARINE BIOLOGY FEB RAS

Tatyana V. Lavrova and Konstantin A. Lutaenko

A.V. Zhirmunsky Institute of Marine Biology, Far East Branch, Russian Academy of Sciences, Vladivostok 690041, Russia

e-mail: [email protected] Institute of Marine Biology (hereafter, IMB), Far East Branch of the Russian Academy of Sciences was officially established in 1970 (at that time, IMB, Far East Science Center of the USSR Academy of Sciences). One of goals of its research programme is “the study of the flora, fauna, ecology, and production of biota in the shelf zone of the seas”, or what is called now biodiversity reasearch. Traditionally, taxonomic studies played an important role in the IMB. Currently, there are several research teams and individual scientists studying several animal and plant groups. The most intensive studies are carrying on in taxonomy of Anthozoa, Cephalorhyncha, Nemertini, Polychaeta, Mollusca (Gastropoda and Bivalvia), Isopoda, Ostracoda, Cumacea, fishes, and Reptilia (Serpentes). There are several key projects related to biodiversity researh. Publication of the 40-volumes series Biota of the Russian Waters of the Sea of Japan (6 volumes published) is a significant contribution to understanding of the flora and fauna of the Sea of Japan. In 2007, the Asia-Pacific Network for Global Change Research (APN) supported Russia-China-Korea project “Marine Biodiversity of the Coastal Zones in the NW Pacific: Status, Regional Threats, Expected Changes and Conservation” which is concerted effort of three countries to investigate and summarize biodiversity knowledge of the Sea of Japan/East and Yellow seas. New approach is video-monitoring of marine landscapes alongside the constant underwater transects in the Peter the Great Bay. Annual and seasonal long-time monitoring of fouling marine organisms introduced to the Peter the Great Bay with warm water current, ships, and ballast waters is conducted: 16 species of tropical and subtropical sessile invertebrates (hydrozoans, cirripedians, amphipods, polychaetes, bryozoans, tunicates) introduced in our waters are found being in the process of acclimatization in the local communities of the bay within a last few years. Annual and seasonal long-time monitoring of fish fauna in the Peter the Great Bay (northwestern Sea of Japan/East Sea) is carried out: 13 species of tropical and subtropical fishes, new fo Russian waters, entered the bay


18

within the last 10 years, and 9 tropical species have been caught within the last 5 years (2000-2004) because of the warming of surface waters. There are extensive studies of corals and mollusks in South China Sea, and studies on Ostracoda and Isopoda in Arctic and sub-Antarctic waters. Thus, both taxonomic and geographic ranges of biodiversity researches of the IMB staff members are very wide. All collections studied are deposited in the Institute Museum established in 1994. IMB is also headquartes of the Russian Far East Malacological Society (RFEMS). Two magazines published by the Institute – Biologiya Morya (simultaneous translation into English: Russian Journal of Marine Biology) and Bulletin of the RFEMS (Fig. 2) – contain many papers on all aspects of biodiversity. The IMB conducts scientific conferences related to biodiversity studies – on nematodes, mollusks, conservation of the biota. In 2007, first international workshop on biodiversity of the Northwestern Pacific was held jointly with the Institute of Oceanology, Chinese Academy of Sciences in Qingdao, China.


19

SA-2

LONG-TERM CHANGES IN BIODIVERSITY OF JUVENILE BENTHIC BIVALVE ASSEMBLAGE RELATED TO DECREASE OF ANTHROPOGENIC INFLUENCE

Alla V. Silina and George А. Evseev


e-mail: [email protected]

Introduction Bivalves are one of major groups among marine invertebrates and commonly

dominate in benthic coastal biocoenosese. The main factors affecting bivalve biodiversity are temperature and salinity conditions, current velocity of water and bottom sediment type at the area. These environmental parameters are constantly changed under global and small-scale nature processes, consequently, bivalve abundance and biodiversity are also changed at the area. However, at the localities subjected to anthropogenic influence, alterations in biodiversity and organization of biocoenosis occur usually swifter and more drastic than at the relatively clean sites. For revealing of tendencies in development of community inhabited such localities the long-term observations of abiotic factors and specific diversity of community are important. Usually such investigations are carried out in cases of strengthening anthropogenous influence on biocoenosis (Tkalin et al., 1993). The works devoted to study of restoration processes in coastal communities under weakening of human influence are rare. The purpose of this work is summarizing of results of 11-years supervisions for changes in environmental factors and biodiversit y of juvenile bivalve community related to decrease of pollution of coastal Vladivostok City areas caused by fall of industry production level at the period of “perestroika”. Juveniles are usually more sensitive to adverse environmental factors than adults; their state is the most indicative for characterization of a degree of environment prosperity. Besides, this investigation is also important for estimation of reproduction prospects of different bivalve species under reduction of anthropogenous influence on coastal communities.


20

Materials and Methods Study was carried out in 1995, 1998 and 2006 at 4-6 m depths at the same site in

Pervaya Rechka River estuary at the coasts of Vladivostok City, eastern part of Amurskii Bay (Peter the Great Bay, Sea of Japan = East Sea).

Sediment samples were collected by SCUBA divers inserting into the sediment to a depth of 2 cm in 1998 and 2006; in 1995 the type of bottom sediments was estimated visually by divers. Triplicate samples (from quadrates of 25×25 cm) were taken at each depth and year of study. Grain-size analysis was carried out using a dry sieve technique. For juvenile bivalve analysis sediments were sieved through 10.0 and 0.25 mm mesh nets. The fraction remaining on the 0.25 mm sieve was used to pick out mollusks. All bivalves were classified per taxon under a stereo-microscope and identified per trophic group, bottom sediment preference and mode of life. Dead and living specimens were considered.

Results and Discussion Investigated site is area of environmental hazards, and damage and industrial

sewages (Silina, Ovsyannikova, 1995). However, starting from 1993-1995, the sewage value has been decreased due to fall off in city industry. The data on water temperature varied with season and usually ranged from –1.8°C to 24.3°C (January and August, respectively) at the studied depths. Salinity ranged between 25.5-34.0 psu through year. Temperature varied with season and usually ranged from –1.8 to 24.3°C (January and August, respectively) at the studied depths. In contrast, considerable changes were occurred in the bottom sediment structure over the last decade. In 1995, bottom sediments were mainly composed of mud with sand and gravel; and its surface was covered by 1.5 cm layer of “velour”, a loose layer of non decomposed organic matter. In 1998, the “velour” layer was lacking. Bottom sediments were composed of sand with mud and gravel (Fig.). Later, in 2006, the proportion of fine-grained components decreased in bottom sediments.

In total, number of 21 species of juvenile bivalves of <3 mm in length was found in bottom sediments (Tabl.). During the period of the study, malacofauna was mainly represented by subtropical - low boreal species. Over the period, its composition, however, significantly changed (Tabl.). The quantity of species of juvenile bivalves increased from 12 to 19 species. At the end of the period, living juveniles occurred more frequently than ones were in 1995. It is generally expected that the temporal variability of benthic community are largely dependent upon temporal changes in food quality and quantity (Dauwe et al., 1999). In turn, trophic resources depend upon the characteristics


21

of the sediment environment (Shimeta et al., 2003). Commonly, filter-feeder animals predominantly inhabit rocks, pebbles, gravel and sand; but deposit-feeders and detritovorous occur at the fine-grained bottom sediments. Therefore, at the beginning of the study, in 1995, the juvenile bivalve fauna mostly composed by deposit-feeders and detritovorous included Alveinus ojianus and Macoma incongrua, which prefer muddy bottom sediments that enriched organic matter (Table). Filter feeders were mainly dead. At the end of the study, some species that prefer mud bottom sediments became scarcer or were lacking. They were Alveinus ojianus and Protothaca euglipta. However, burrowing filter-feeders, such as Callista brevisiphonata (living specimens appeared) and Glycymeris yessoensis that prefer sand and gravel, appeared (Table).

Fig. Changes in grain-size composition of bottom sediments in study site at the coasts of Vladivostok city (estuary of Pervaya Rechka River)


22

Table Diversity of juvenile bivalves (Mollusca, Bivalvia) in bottom sediments of Pervaya Rechka River estuary at the coasts of Vladivostok city in 1995 (at the depth 4, 5 and 6 m), 1998 (5–6 m) and 2006 (6 m)

1 2 3 1 1 2 3Alveinus ojianus Subtropical Silt+sand Attached l l d l d – –Anisocorbula venusta Subtropical

-lowborealPebble,gravel,

Attached – – – d d d d

Arca boucardi Subtropical Pebble,sand+silt

Attached – d – d – d d

Callista brevisiphonata Lowboreal Gravel,sand

Burrowing – d d – l l+d d

Callithaca adamsi Lowboreal Sand+silt,silt

Burrowing – – – – – – d

Pebble,oyster

Crassostrea gigas Subtropical-lowboreal

Silt Attached – d d d d d d

Crenomytilus grayanus Lowboreal Different Attached – – – – d d dGlycymeris yessoensis Lowboreal Sand Burrowing – – – – d – –Hiatella orientalis Subtropical

-lowborealDifferent Attached – – – – d d –

Keenocardiumcaliforniensis

Boreal Sand,sand+grav

Burrowing – – d – d – d

Macoma incongrua Subtropical-lowboreal

Silt Burrowing – d l – – l+d l+d

Macoma nipponica Subtropical Silt+sand Burrowing – – d – d – l+dMizuhopecten yessoensis Lowboreal Silt+sand Epibenthic – – – d d d –Mya arenaria Boreal- Silt+sand Burrowing d d d l – l+d d

Sand+silt+gravel

Mytilus trossulus Boreal Pebble,rock

Attached – d d d – – –

Silt+sand+gravel

Protothaca jedoensis Subtropical Gravel+silt Attached d – d – d d –Ruditapes philippinarum Subtropical

-lowborealSilt+sand,sand+grav

Burrowing – d – d – d –

Theora lubrica Subtropical-lowboreal

Silt Burrowing – – – – l – –

Species Range*

– –

1995 1998 2006

– d

Protothaca euglipta Lowboreal Attached – l d d –

– –

Mya usenensis Boreal Burrowing – – – – d

Chlamys nipponensis Subtropical Attached – – – – d

Preferredbottom

sediments

Mode oflife**

«d» marked that there are dead shell in sample; «–» marked that species is absent in sample; «l» marked that there are living juvenile bivalve in sample. * By Scarlato (1981) and Evseev G.A., Yakoklev Yu.M. (2006).


23

** Maximal size of juvenile bivalves was 3 mm. All studied bivalve species with such parameters attach to hard substrate by byssus.

In comparing with 1995 numbers of attached bivalve species increased by 2006, when the proportion of coarse-grained components increased in bottom sediments and silt fractions (fine particles cover pebbles and stones preventing from successful larvae attaching) went down. Byssate Anisocorbula venusta, Chlamys nipponensis, Hiatella orientalis and Crenomytilus grayanus appeared (Tabl.).

Our results demonstrate that the biodiversity of juvenile bivalve assemblage is closely coupled with changes in bottom sediment composition. Under decrease of mud component portion in bottom sediments due to natural processes and reduction of domestic and industrial sewage in coastal area, some bivalve species get the advantage over the others species. At whole, in such case, juvenile bivalve diversity increase, and more living bivalves occur. Changes in bottom sediments and in juvenile bivalve assemblage are in progress quite rapidly, during one decade.

References Evseev G.A., Yakoklev Yu.M. 2006. The Bivalve Mollucs of Far Eastern Seas of

Russia. Vladivostok: Polikon. 120 p. [In Russian]. Scarlato O.A. 1981. Bivalves of Temperate Zone of the Western Pacific Ocean.

Nauka: Leningrad. 480 p. [In Russian]. Silina A.V., Ovsyannikova I.I. 1995. Long-term changes in a community of

Japanese scallop and its epibionts in the polluted area of Amurskii Bay, Sea of Japan // Russian Journal of Marine Biology. V. 21. P. 54-60.

Dauwe B., Middelburg J.J., van Rijswijk P., Sinke J., Herman P.M.J., Heip C.H.R. 1999. Enzymatically hydrolysable amino acids in North Sea sediments and their possible implication for sediment nutritional values // Journal of Marine Research. V. 57, P. 109-134.

Shimeta J., Amos C.L., Beaulien S.E., Katz S.L. 2003. Resuspention of benthic protists at subtidal coastal sites with differing sediment composition // Marine Ecology Progress Series. V. 259. P. 103-115.

Tkalin A.V., Belan T.A., Shapovalov E.N. 1993. The state of the marine environment near Vladivostok, Russia // Marine Pollution Bulletin. V. 26, N 8. P. 418-422.


24

SA-3

DISTRIBUTIONAL PATTERNS OF THE OCTOCORALS IN THE INDO-WEST PACIFIC AND THE SPECIES IDENTIFICATION

PROBLEM: WHAT TAXA COULD BE THE INDICATORS?

Tatyana N. Dautova



Introduction Since Ekman in 1953 considered the Malay Archipelago as the faunistic centre

of Indo-West Pacific (IWP) from where species dispersed to peripheral areas, the position of this area was discussed by many authors during last decades. The high-usage opinion is that this Indo-Malayan Centre of Maximum Marine Biodiversity (or Coral Triangle) can be found where most Indo-West Pacific species show overlaps of their distributional ranges. The finding of exact position and the boundaries of this triangle area is very important for wide range of reasons from the basic evolutionary and ecology problems up to human-practice purposes such as management of coastal ecosystems, marine tourism and conservation efforts. The latest opinions presume the occurrence the single major centre of generic and species diversity in Indo-Pacific and the newest summaries include into the Coral Triangle eastern Indonesia and most part of the Philippines as was summarized by Hoeksema (2007).

The Anthozoans are important component of marine ecosystems. Among them the stony corals Scleractinia are very remarkable and frame-building animals on the coral reefs of tropical zone. The role of Octocorallia, i.e. soft corals, sea fans and sea pens, in the reef-building process is less obvious. However soft corals and sea fans (Gorgonians), can deserve the high interest due to their abundance in marine bottom ecosystems as well as they are source of the pharmacologically important compounds. The studying of the Octocorallia species richness is substantially in the frame of the worldwide and local biodiversity problems. The Sinularia genus containing more than 128 nominal species is the largest among the zooxanthellate soft corals. Sinularia species are widely distributed throughout the Indo Pacific and inhabit the various reef biotopes. The latest revision of the genus (Verseveldt 1980) allows identifying specimens of Sinularia with reasonable certainty (Ofwegen 2002). Due to it the


25

Sinularia local faunas could be the useful instrument to trace the dispersal patterns of soft corals in the tropical Pacific zone. However, the range of problems in Sinularia identification continuously complicates their listing.

Methods

The samples of Sinularia species examined were collected by author during field expeditions of the Russian Academy of Sciences in 2005, 2006 and 2007 using SCUBA in the South China Sea, Vietnam. The samples of Calcigorgia were collected during the field expeditions of the Institute of Marine Biology FEB RAS in the Okhotsk Sea and Kurile Islands area in 1985 and 1987. All specimens (fixed by 70% ethanol) are registered in MIMB (Museum of the Institute of Marine Biology FEB RAS, Vladivostok). The tissue samples of colony parts were examined separately; detailed images of the sclerites were obtained with SEM using a Cambridge Instruments Leo 430 and optimum magnification for each sclerite type. In order to examine the Sinularia species identity, the microscopic slides of type material keeping in the National Museum of Natural History (Naturalis), The Netherlands, were studied due to the kind help of Dr Leen van Ofwegen, Curator of Cnidaria.

Results and discussion

The useful taxonomy tools are coral colony shape and skeletal elements, i.e. sclerites, arrangement (Verseveldt 1980). Sinularia species represent highly variable growth forms from encrusting with small surface knobs or ridges to tall tree-like and abundantly branched. The wide range can be found even in the same species probably due to dependence of the colony shape on ecological factors such as amount of light and wave exposure. The investigation of a substantial sampling is needed to understand the intra-species limits of the variation. The result of such work may be that the discontinuous range of the shape variations can be placed between two primary types having the same sclerite composition and architecture; the synonymy of two or three nominal species under the one oldest name can be proposed in such cases (Vennam & Ofwegen 1996; Benayahu et al., 1998).

The using of the sclerites composition and architecture for samples identification may be difficult due to incompleteness of the data in old literature. The overwhelming majority of the publications which are were made before last decades of the 20 century are unsuitable because of sclerites hand-made inaccurate drawings. Apart from the fact that these drawings very often were made using low microscopy magnifications, the opinion that the full sclerite set per specimen/species may provide for the sample


26

identity was established only towards the end of the 20th century. In the latest revision of Sinularia the data about the colony body sclerites are incomplete; moreover, information about polyp sclerites is absent (Verseveldt 1980). It can shadow the identity of samples. For example, Sinularia manaarensis was described for a piece of colony from the Gulf of Manaar, Ceylon. Dr. J. Verseveldt pointed out: “According to the enclosed label the specimen was collected by Herdmann in 1902; it was recorded as “type” by Pratt and identified with S. gardineri (see Pratt, 1905: 233)”. Verseveldt firstly recognized the specimen as distinct from S. gardineri (Pratt, 1903), presented sclerites drawings (1980, fig. 43) and placed the species into his Sinularia group 4 as having the clubs without the central wart on the heads. However, his drawings were not a comprehensive representation of all sclerite types in S. manaarensis; the information of polyp sclerites was not presented. The new material of S. manaarensis collected in 2006 in Nha Trang Bay, South China Sea (SCS), shows much more about the sclerites set – the sclerites occurrence in the polyp, more large sclerites in the colony surface layer and the clubs with well distinct central wart on a head. Such features required attributing the samples to another Sinularia species.

Verseveldt (1980) noted out the occurrence of clubs “with a tuberculate head, sometimes with an inconspicuous central wart” in the lobes surface of S. manaarensis (Verseveldt, 1980, p. 88, fig. 43 a-d). From his drawings it is obvious the central wart exists in all clubs showed by Verseveldt, but sometimes indistinct because of the all head warts are good developed and crowded. The same is observed in Vietnamese samples of S. manaarensis.

Colony shape, described for S. manaarensis, is the same as in our material; the sizes of the holotype and Vietnamese colonies are close. The investigation of microscopic slides of holotype showed the matching of the sclerite set for the polyps and other colony parts with the specimens from Nha Trang Bay. The only difference in comparing with Verseveldt’s description for surface sclerites is the maximal size of the clubs with thickened blunt-ended shafts – 0.4 mm vs 0.7 mm long (with more thick handles) in Nha Trang’s material. The incompleteness of the single colony described as holotype, what circumstance was noted by Verseveldt, may be a reason, but the geographical or ecological variability should not be excluded as a reason for this difference.

Many of the Sinularia species are described as widely distributed, both from Ceylon to Vietnam and from Vietnam to Great Barrier reef, but some “old” and the latest described new species are noted to be endemics up to present day (Ofwegen 2000 with the full list of the Sinularia species occurrences). At the same time the


27

detailed examination of sclerites using SEM allows to revise and to synonymy some species (Vennam & Ofwegen 1996); the molecular-genetic approaches may support the uniting of some species or discrimination of one species into several. As a result their geographical distribution may be revised too. The S. manaarensis distribution both in Indian Ocean and South China Sea supports the point of view (after Ofwegen 2000) that the Indo-Malayan region including New Guinea is the centre of the greatest Sinularia diversity.

However, the highest number of recorded Sinularia species is not found in the central Indo-Pacific until the present day. If the Indonesian Archipelago and New Guinea score rather well, the Philippines Sinularia, on the other hand, with only 7 species are poorly known from the scarce publications (Ofwegen 2000). Nevertheless, the summarizing knowledge about the possible dispersal ways and barriers in Indo-West Pacific, i.e. currents and the areas of river discharge/low salinity in the western part of the Indo-Malayan region, show that the dispersion of the marine species may be directed from Coral Triangle into the Indian Ocean; the Java Sea and the SCS are likely the westernmost part of the border area between the Pacific and the Indian Oceans with very little input from the Indian Ocean (Hoeksema 2007 with a range of references discussed). At least, the finding in the SCS of the Sinularia species, previously noted only in Indonesia (S. ceramensis,S. shlieringsi) and New Guinea (S. sobolifera, S. verseveldti) as well as the occurrence in SCS of the species, which were found before close to Eastern Africa (S. abhishiktae) or westerly than Strait of Malacca (S. manaarensis) are in according with it. Therefore, the new data about the true richness of Octocorallia fauna in Indo-Malayan region just need more intensive field investigations.

Another substantial question is – what ways may be usable for species dispersal from Coral Triangle to periphery. It is essentially to know how the local and regional marine ecosystems depend on each other for the interchange of organisms. The study of distribution patterns requires the good understanding both detailed records of the coral fauna throughout the distribution range and high quality oceanographic data to be correlated with these distributions (Veron and Minchin, 1992; Hoeksema 2007). The warm water of the Kurioshio Current passes east of the Philippines to southern pacific side of the Japan and intrudes into the South China Sea moving along of southern Taiwan. It can influence on the corals richness on the reefs of the central part of Vietnam as well as southern Taiwanese reefs. Really, the stony corals fauna of the reefs of Central Vietnam is quite rich and includes more than 65 genera and, moreover, the several species of the Porites genus which were firstly described from Philippines. The same situation can be considered concerning with Octocorallia fauna of the region. The


28

preliminary Alcyonacea list of the soft corals (with Briareum genus) of Central Vietnam includes 27 genera; the Sinularia species list has 36 “old” species and a range of the new species (Dautova, pers. comm.). The reefs of the southern Taiwan contain 22 genera including Sinularia with species (Table).

The lacking of the genera Anthelia, Asterospicularia, Cespitularia and Heteroxenia in the list of Vietnamese soft corals is probably because of the collected material is at the moment in processing. However the presence in Central Vietnam of the most of Nephtheidae genera as well as longer list of Sinularia species may be considered as a result of the direct connection of the region with Coral Triangle in addition to the Kurioshio influence. The single finding in SCS of the Sinularia yamazatoi which species was before recorded only at Southern Ryukyu shows that this species: a) probably has the dispersal from the Indo-Malayan centre; b) may be rare and due to it is not recorded on Taiwanese reefs; c) can pass into the Vietnamese waters both directly from Coral Triangle and by Kurioshio influx. The recent Indonesian finding of the S. mammifera which species was described from Vietnam (Manuputti, Ofwegen 2007) anticipate the same.

The coral reefs of Taiwan and Japan are closely linked by the northward flowing Kurioshio Current (Fijiwara et al., 2000). The soft coral fauna of both areas shows a close resemblance between their faunas in terms of generic composition and number of species (Table 1). The finding of S. higai and Sarcophyton nanwanensis both from Japan and Taiwan anticipate that similar patterns also exist for other important soft coral genera (Benayahu et al., 2004).

The Chinese reefs (mainly on Hainan Island) at the northern part of the SCS, have links with reefs of Vietnam and the Spratly Arch. The geographic location of these reefs close to northern margin of Indo-Pacific coral reef centre of high biodiversity can allow the quite rich coral fauna existing, but there is lack of taxonomic capacity to confirm this. Studies are required to assess the possible important role of these reefs in global reef system. Only reefs around Hong Kong are significantly studied. Lam and Morton (2008) showed the full list of Hong Kong’s Octocorallia studied since the middle of the 19th century. Besides of the needed studying of some taxa, it is interesting to note the total absence of widely spreaded tropical zooxanthellate genera Sinularia and Sarcophyton along with presence/predominating of azooxanthellate genera, such as Eleutherobia, Paraminabea, Scleronephthya, Nephthyigorgia and Dendronephthya.

The geographic location of the coral communities which exist in South Korea waters has produced coral fauna of special biogeographical interest. The tropical and the subtropical marine invertebrates are being distributed together with the temperate ones


29

in the southern part of Cheju Island at south of Korea peninsula, as this place is directly being affected by the Kurioshio Current. As a result, 65% of total Korean Anthozoa species are encountered here including 40 species of gorgonians, 12 Alcyonacea and 4 Pennatulacea species. Approximately 20 soft coral species are being distributed downwards 45m deep in subtidal zones surrounding the island such as Munsom and Boemsom forming soft coral beds (Song 2001). The several species of Dendronephthya are presented here as well as “tropical” gorgonians Menella, Ellisella and Acabaria, but the temperature restricts here zooxanthellate soft corals, such as Sinularia or Lobophytum.

From the other hand, the Tsuishima Current are directed across Korean/Tsusima Straight into the Sea of Japan during summer and winter seasons (Chen et al., 1994). It can limit the dispersal of many temperate Octocorallia to Yellow ans East China Seas. By this reason seems to be the temperate gorgonian genus Primnoa is not found to the south of Jeodong, Dodong and Sadong Islands in the southern part of the Sea of Japan (Song, 1981). Another temperate gorgonian genus –Calcigorgia - have the range restricted to the south by the Sea of Japan too.

This genus can indicate the possible dispersal way for temperate Octocorallia in Northern Pacific. Two Calcigorgia species including C. spiculifera are occurred in Aleutian Islands area. However, the list of gorgonians of Kurile Islands is richer because of includes five new Calcigorgia species in addition to C. spiculifera (Dautova, pers comm). The waters of the Oyashio Current form probably the richest fishery in the world owing to the extremely high nutrient content of the cold water. This current circulating counterclockwise in the western North Pacific by Kurile Islands had the intrusion into the Japan Sea across the Tsugaru Strait during the Holocene history (Takei et al., 2002). Does the centre of temperate coral diversity take place in North Pacific as the source of dispersal? It can be the subject of the future investigations using model taxa which are well revised equally with molecular and paleooceanography data.

Table List of the Octocorallia taxa of the orders Helioporacea Bock, 1938, Alcyonacea Lamouroux, 1816 (soft corals and Briareidae Gray, 1859) for Central Vietnam (Dautova, pers. data), Taiwan (Benayahu et al., 2004 with comments and list of previous records) and Japan (by Imahara 1996), Hong Kong (by Lam and Morton, 2008 with list of previous records), South Korea (Song 1976, 1981, 1994, 1995; Song, Lee 1998). “+” – the presence of the genus on reefs investigated, “-“– the genus is not recorded.


30

Genera Central Vietnam

Southern Taiwan

Japan Hong Kong

Heliopora Blainville, 1830 + + - - Cervera López-González, Ocaña, García-Gómez & Núñez, 1995

+ - - -

Clavularia Blainville, 1830 + + + - Pachyclavularia Roule, 1908 - - + - Sarcodyction Forbes, 1847 - - + - Cornularia Lamarck, 1816 - - + + Carijoa Müller, 1867 + - + + Telesto Lamouroux, 1812 - - + - Paratelesto Utinomi, 1958 - - + - Pseudocaladochonus Versluys, 1907 - - + - Tubipora Linnaeus, 1758 + + + - Alcyonium Linnaeus, 1758 - - + - Anthomastus Verrill, 1878 - - + - Bellonella Gray, 1862 - - + - Dampia Alderslade, 1983 + - - - Cladiella Gray, 1869 + + + + Dampia Alderslade, 1983 + - - - Eleutherobia Pütter, 1900 + + + + Klyxum Alderslade, 2000 + + + - Lobophytum Marenzeller, 1886 + + + + Paraminabea Williams & Alderslade, 1999

+ + + +

Rhytisma Alderslade, 2000 - + + - Sarcophyton Lesson, 1834 + + + - Sinularia May, 1898 + + + - Capnella Gray, 1869 + + + - Coronephthya Utinomi, 1966 - - + - Daniela Koch, 1891 - - + - Dendronephthya Kükenthal, 1905 + - + + Duva Koren & Danielssen, 1883 - + - Gersemia Marenzeller, 1878 - - + - Lemnalia Gray, 1868 + + + -


31

Litophyton Forckal, 1775 - - + - Nephtea Audouin, 1826 + - + + Paralemnalia Kükenthal, 1913 + + + - Scleronephthya Studer, 1887 + + + + Stereacantha Thomson & Henderson, 1906

- - + -

Stereonephthya Kükenthal, 1905 - - + - Umbellulifera Thomson & Dean, 1831

- - + -

Chironephthya Studer, 1887 + - - - Nephthyigorgia Kükenthal, 1910 + - - + Nidalia Gray, 1835 - - + - Siphonogorgia Kölliker, 1874 + - + - Anthelia Lamarck, 1816 - + + + Asterospicularia Utinomi, 1951 - + + - Cespitularia Milne Edwards & Haime, 1857

- + + -

Fungulus Tixier-Durivault, 1987 - - + - Heteroxenia Kölliker, 1874 - + + - Efflatounaria Gohar, 1939 + - - - Sansibia Alderslade, 2000 + + - + Sympodium Ehrenberg, 1834 - - + - Xenia Lamarck, 1816 + + + - Studeriotes Thomson & Simpson, 1909

- - + -

Carotalcyon Utinomi, 1952 - - + - Briareum Blainville, 1830 + + + - Total: 27 22 46 12

References

Benayahu Y., Jeng Ming-Shiou, Perkol-Finkel D., Chang-Feng. 2004. Soft corals

(Octocorallia: Alcyonacea) from Southern Taiwan. II. Species Diversity and Distributional Patterns // Zoological Studies. V. 43. P. 548–560.

Benayahu Y., Ofwegen L.P., Alderslade P. 1998. A case stady of variation in two


32

nominal species of Sinularia (Coelenterata: Octocorallia), S. brassica May, 1898 and S. dura (Pratt, 1903), with a proposal for their synonymy // Zoologische Verhandelingen, Leiden. V. 323. P. 277–309.

Chen C., Beardsley R.C., Limeburner R., Kim K. 1994. Comparison of winter and summer hydrographic observations in the Yellow and East China Seas and adjacent Kuroshio during 1986 // Continental Shelf Research. V. 14. P. 909–929

Imahara Y. 1996. Previously recorded octocorals from Japan and adjacent Seas // Precious Corals and Octocoral Research. V. 4–5. P. 17–44.

Hoeksema B.W. 2007. Delineation of the Indo-Malayan centre of maximum marine biodiversity: the Coral Triangle // Biogeography, Time and Place: Distribution, Barriers and Islands. W. Renema (Ed.). Springer. P. 117–178.

Lam K., Morton B. 2008. Soft corals, sea fans, gorgonians (Octocorallia: Alcyonacea) and black and wire corals (Ceriantipatharia: Antipatharia) from submarine caves in Hong Kong with a checklist of local species and a description of a new species of Paraminabea // Journal of Natural History. V. 48. 749–780.

Manuputti A.E.W., Ofwegen L.P. 2007. The genus Sinularia (Octocorallia: Alcyonacea) from Ambon and Seram (Moluccas, Indonesia) // Zoologische Mededelingen, Leiden. V. 81. P. 187–216.

Ofwegen L.P. 2000. Status of knowledge of the Indo-Pacific soft coral genus Sinularia May, 1898 (Anthozoa: Octocorallia) // Proceedings 9th International Coral Reef Symposium V. 1. P. 167–171.

Song Jun-Im. 1976. A systematic study on Octocorallia in Korea. 2. Alcyonacea // Korean Journal of Zoology. V. 19. P. 51–62.

Song Jun-Im. 1981. A systematic study on Octocorallia in Korea. 6. Holaxonia (Gorgonacea) // Korean Journal of Zoology. V. 24. P. 99–115.

Song Jun-Im. 1994. Molecular phylogeny of Anthozoans (Phylum Cnidaria) based on the nucleotide sequences 18s rRNA gene // Korean Journal of Zoology. V. 37. P. 343–351.

Song Jun-Im. 1995. A systematic study on Octocorallia in Korea. 16. Order Stolonifera // Korean Journal of Zoology. V. 38. P. 356–363.

Song Jun-Im. 2001. Protection and Management of Soft Corals Beds in Korea. Regional ICRI Workshop of East Asia, April 2, 2002.

Song Jun-Im, Lee In Sook. 1998. Fauna of Anthozoans from adjacent waters of Geojedo Island in Korea // Korean Journal of Systematic Zoology. V. 14. P. 229–242.

Takei T., Minoura K., Tsukawaki Sh., Nakamura T. 2002. Intrusion of a branch of the Oyashio Current into the Japan Sea during the Holocene // Paleooceanography. V. 17.


33

P. 137. Verseveldt J. 1980. A revision of the genus Sinularia May (Octocorallia,

Alcyonacea) // Zoologische Verhandelingen, Leiden. V. 179. P. 1–128. Vennam J., Ofwegen L.P. 1996. Soft corals (Coelenterata: Octocorallia:

Alcyonacea) from the Laccadives (SW India), with a re-examination of Sinularia gravis Tixier-Durivault, 1970 // Zoologische Mededelingen, Leiden. V. 48. P. 95–122.

Veron J.E.N., Minchin P.R. 1992. Correlations between sea surface temperature, circulation patterns and the distribution of hermatypic corals of Japan // Continental Shelf Research. V. 12. P. 835–857.


34


35

PL-2

SB-1

SB-2

SB-3 MOLLUSKS FROM NORTHEASTERN CHINA (A BIODIVERSITY STRUDY) Ronald G. Noseworthy

Session B.

FUNCTIONAL PROPERTIES OF ECKLONIA CAVA , A BROWN SEAWEED, INJEJU ISLAND You-Jin Jeon and Soo-Jin Heo

FATTY ACIDS OF MARINE MICROALGAE: TAXONOMIC ANDPHYSIOLOGICAL INDICATORS Natalya V. Zhukova

MOLLUSKS IN PREHISTORIC HUMAN MATERIAL CULTURE: RUSSIAN FAREAST AS A CASE OF STUDY Irina S. Zhushchikhovskaya

Chair: Dr. You-Jin Jeon


36


37

PL-2

FUNCTIONAL PROPERTIES OF ECKLONIA CAVA, A BROWN SEAWEED, IN JEJU ISLAND

You-Jin Jeon and Soo-Jin Heo

Faculty of Applied Marine Science, Cheju National University, Jeju 690-756, Republic of Korea

e-mail: [email protected] Seaweeds that are a widely available source of biomass as over two million tones are either harvested from the oceans or cultured annually for food or phyco-colloid production. They are rich in vitamins, minerals, natural bioactive compounds, and various functional polysaccharides. Ecklonia cava is a kind of brown seaweed that has a lot of xanthophyll, fucoxanthin, vitamins, vitamin precursors as well as polysaccharides such as alginates, fucoidans, and laminarans which are water-soluble dietary fibers and phyco-colloids, and is plentifully found in Jeju Island of Korea. Prior to the studies regarding bio-functionalities of E. cava, we have tried an enzymatic extraction and have demonstrated that the enzymatic extracts were superior to solvent extracts in radical scavenging activities and DNA damage protective effect. Besides they have antioxidant, anticancer, anticoagulant, immuno-modulatory and antihypertensive activities. And the extracts inhibited lipid peroxidation in STZ (streptozotosin). The enzymatic extract manifested remarkable H2O2 scavenging activity and strongly enhanced cell viability against H2O2-mediated oxidative damage. In the investigation of antioxidant active compounds derived from the enzymatic extracts of E. cava, some phlorotannins were separated by silica gel, Sephadex LH20 and HPLC equipped with ODS column. For the anticoagulant activity of the enzymatic extract of E. cava, it exhibited good APTT (activated partial thrombin time) activity and the activity levels were slightly lower than heparin. This assay also conducted with four different molecular weight fractions. The >30 kDa fraction showed the highest anticoagulant activity. The anticoagulant active compound was revealed as sulfated polysaccharide, a kind of fucoidan. The sulfated polysaccharide significantly suppressed the growth of tumor cells and showed increasing anticancer activities in a dose-dependant manner on U-937 cell line. The nuclear morphology changes of U-937 cells were investigated and apoptotic bodies were observed in a dose-dependant manner. The enzymatic extract induced splenocyte


38

(CD4+, CD8+ and B220+) to proliferate. In addition, the mRNA expression level of anti-inflammatory cytokine was up-regulated; on the other hand, pro-inflammatory cytokine was down-regulated. NF-kB, dimmers and gene regulator involved in immune and inflammatory response, and also induced the translocation of NF-kB into nuclear and increased NF-kB DNA binding activities by E. cava enzymatic extract. In mouse ear edema model the enzymatic extract reduced histological inflammation responses. In hypertension rat model (SHR), it exhibited that a blood pressure decreased continuously after injection of E. cava enzymatic extract. According to these results, E. cava enzymatic extract is water-soluble extract including natural products of small molecules including polyphenols such as phlorotannins and large molecules including fucoidans as well as has a variety of bio-functionalities such as antioxidant, anticancer, anticoagulant, immuno-modulating, and antihypertensive activity.


39

SB-1

FATTY ACIDS OF MARINE MICROALGAE: TAXONOMIC AND PHYSIOLOGICAL INDICATORS

Natalya V. Zhukova

Institute of Marine Biology, Far East Branch, Russian Academy of Sciences, Vladivostok 690041, Russia


Introduction Microalgae are the main suppliers of organic matter and energy in marine

ecosystems, a food for sea animals, and a source of polyunsaturated fatty acids. Because of the potential importance of omega-3 essential fatty acids in prevention or treatment of human diseases, interest has developed in examining algal fatty acids. These fatty acids have structural role in phospholipids of cell membranes, influencing membrane viscosity and permeability and also the enzyme activity of membrane proteins. Eicosapentaenoic acid (EPA) and arachidonic acid (AA) are precursors of a group of highly biologically active compounds known as eicosanoids which include prostaglandins, thromboxanes and leukotrienes.

Microalgae are large and diverse group of aquatic microorganisms, which possess vast diversity of the fatty acids (Volkman et al. 1989; Dunstan et al., 1992). Data on fatty acids of these organisms is of potential value to mariculture and to the biotechnology industry. In addition, lipid and fatty acid composition of marine microalgae can provide valuable taxonomic, ecological and physiological information.

In this study, fatty acid composition of 15 marine microalgal species from 8 classes (Table) was analyzed to determine which fatty acids are the most useful as chemotaxonomic indicators of microalgae. In addition the changes in lipid composition that occurred during the life cycle of common species of diatoms, Thalassiosira pseudonana, were investigated to clarify the role of lipids in the ecology and physiology of the microalgae.

Material and Methods

Microalgae (Table) were maintained in the culture collection of the Institute of Marine Biology. Some species were originally isolated from the bays of the Sea of Japan. Cultures were grown in the f-medium at 20oC. The photoperiod was 12:12 hr,


40

light : dark. Diatom T. pseudonana isolated from Peter the Great Bay, the Sea of Japan, endure four weeks of nutrient exhaustion in the light by forming a physiological resting stage. Lipid class analyses were performed by thin layer chromatography with flame ionization detection, using an Iatroscan MkIII TH-10. The fatty acid methyl esters were analyzed on a Shimadzu GC-14A gas chromatograph with a flame ionization detector, using a Supelcowax-10 fused silica capillary column (30 m x0.25 mm) at 210oC.

Fatty acids were designated as the number of carbon atoms : the number of double bonds. The position of the first double bond (n-x) was counted starting from the terminal methyl group; all subsequent double bonds are methylene interrupted.

Table List of the algae studied and cell count at harvest Classes N Species names Cell 106 ml-1 Chlorophyceae 1. Dunaliella tertiolecta 3.00 2. D. maritima 2.70 3. D. salina 2.20 4. Chlorella sp. 6.25 Prasinophyceae 5. Tetraselmis viridis 4.30 6. T. sp. 3.81 Bacillariophyceae 7. Phaeodactylum tricornutum 9.90 8. Skeletonema costatum 0.94 9. Chaetoceros muelleri 4.20 10. C. constrictius 0.11 Prymnesiophyceae 11. Pavlova salina 2.68 Dinophyceae 12. Gymnodinium kowalevskii 0.13 Eustigmatophyceae 13. Nannochloropsis oculata 5.75 Cryptophyceae 14. Chroomonas salina 0.70 Rhodophyceae 15. Porphyridium cruentum 5.00

Results and Discussion Although variations in the fatty acid compositions were found between two

classes of green algae, Chlorophyceae and Prasinophyceae, there were similar peculiarities (Fig. 1). The specific features of Chlorophyceae were the high concentrations of C16 PUFA, 16:2n-6, 16:3n-3 and 16:4n-3, and C18 PUFA, 18:2n-6


41

and 18:3n-3. None of the species contained 22:6n-3 and visible amounts of 20:5n-3. In Prasinophyceae, the major fatty acids were 16:4n-3, 18:3n-3 and 18:4n-3. In addition green algae were characterized by an elevated amount of 16:1n-13trans.

Diatoms have a worldwide distribution. The fatty acids of the Bacillariophyceae have been studied more extensively than other microalgae (Dunstan et al., 1992). The interest is connected with the wide use of diatoms in mariculture and also as sources rich in EPA. This study showed that reliable indicators of Bacillariophyceae were the prevalence of 16:1n-7 over 16:0, high levels of 20:5n-3 and 14:0, and the insignificant amounts of C18 acids and 22:6n-3. The additional markers of diatoms were series of C16 PUFA, 16:2n-4, 16:3n-4 and 16:4n-1, which were abundant compared with other classes (Fig. 1).

The class Prymnesiophyceae is divided into four groups, which have essential biochemical differences (Volkman et al. 1989). Pavlovales was similar to diatoms and contained 14:0, 16:0, 16:1n-7 and 20:5n-3 as major components. But the distinguishing features are the high content of 18:4n-4 and the presence of 22:6n-3 (Fig. 1). These components were proposed as biochemical indicators of one of orders of Prymnesiophyceae, Pavlovales.

Autotrophic dinoflagellates are widely distributed in the oceans and often represent a major part of marine phytoplankton. Based on the results obtained, the main indicators of Dinophyceae were the presence of the unusual acid 18:5n-3, the high content of 18:4n-3, and also 22:6n-3, an acid, which is rare among microalgae (Fig. 1).

Representatives of Eustigmatophyceae make a significant contribution to the organic matter of the coastal waters in the Northern and Southern hemispheres. The lipids of Nanochloropsis oculata exhibited a relatively simple fatty acid profile similar to that found for other species of this class (Sukenik A. and Y. Carmeli, 1990). The fatty acids were dominated by three components 16:0, 161n-7 and 20:5n-3, which together accounted for about 75% of total fatty acids (Fig. 1). Thus, the high abundance of these components and insignificant contribution of other fatty acids may be considered to be a chemotaxonomic indicator of this class of algae.

Cryptophyceae are small flagellates which are abundant in some seasons and, hence, play an important role as food for invertebrates. Among saturated fatty acids of cryptomonads 16:0 was a main one. The lipids were especially rich in n-3 PUFA with 18:4n-3, 18:3n-3, 20:5n-3 and 22:6n-3 being the principle ones (Fig. 1).

A representative of the red microalgae Porphyridium cruentum, is characterized as a warm-water taxon and analyzed for comparison with the other classes. The fatty acid profile of this species closely resembled that one of previously reported for this


42

class (Volkman et al. 1989). The Rhodophyceae exhibited a characteristic fatty acid pattern dominated by 16:0, 20:4n-6 and 20:5n-3. A distinct feature of this class was the high content of 20:4n-6 (Fig. 1), which is a minor component in other classes.

Fig. 1. Fatty acid markers of the marine microalgae. Species names (1-15) see in the table

Fig. 2. Changes in the relative proportions of lipid class composition and indvidual fatty acid components of polar lipids of Thalassiosira pseudonana during the life cycle (B)


43

In conclusion, the taxonomic differences in the fatty acid composition of algae

classes are supported by this study. Uncommon acids or group of acids may serve as useful biochemical indicators. In spite of the variability of the fatty acid composition of microalgae under different culture conditions, their specific features are retained.

Lipid and fatty acid composition of microalgae are known to depend on environment or cultivation conditions, such as light, temperature, nutrient concentration, salinity (Sukenik and Carmeli, 1990; Sicko-Goad and Anderson, 1991).

Environmental fluctuations are the factors influencing phytoplankton growth and reproduction. The formation of resting spores of diatoms is considered as a survival strategy of these algae under fluctuating environmental conditions; and it plays an important role for maintaining diatom population levels in marine ecosystems. Molecular mechanisms of the adaptive processes remain largely unknown. The biochemical processes, which may play an important role for the survival in natural environments and the onset of blooms, have been poorly studied (Kuwata et al., 1993). To study the role of lipids in ecology and physiology, modification of lipid and fatty acid compositions of Thalassiosira pseudonana throughout the life cycle, from the vegetative to resting stage, were determined. Polar lipids which serve as major structural sources accumulated during the resting stage (Fig. 2). Proportion of polyunsaturated fatty acids of total lipids during transformation from vegetative to resting cells was enhanced (Fig. 2). Changes in the fatty acid composition of polar lipids over the life cycle were found. The content of 20:5(n-3) associated with phospholipids and 16:3(n-4) specific for thylakoid glycolipids were increased. Neutral lipids of vegetative cells and resting cells were more saturated and their fatty acid composition did not change significantly during the life cycle. Thus, the accumulation of important structural components during the resting stage provides the preparation for the subsequent vegetative stage and outbreak of this species under favorable conditions.

References

Dunstan G. A., J. K. Volkman, S. M. Barrtt, J-M. Leroi, Jeffrey S.W. 1994. Essential polyunsaturated fatty acids from 14 species of diatom (Bacillariophyceae) // Phytochemistry. V. 35. P. 155-161.

Kuwata A., T. Hama, M. Takahashi. 1993. Ecophysiological characterization of two life forms, resting spores and resting cells, of a marine planktonic diatom, Chaetoceros pseudocurvisetus, formed under nutrient depletion // Marine Ecology Progress Series. V. 102. P. 245-255.


44

Silko-Goal L., N.A. Anderson. 1991. Effect of growth and light/dark cycles on diatom lipid content and composition // Journal of Phycology. V. 27. P. 710-718.

Sukenik A., Y. Carmeli. 1990. Lipid synthesis and fatty acid composition composition in Nannochloropsis sp. (Eustigmatophyceae) grown in a light dark cycle // Journal of Phycology. V. 26. P. 463-469.

Volkman J. K., S. W. Jeffrey, P. D. Nichols, G. I. Rogers, C. D. Garland. 1989. Fatty acid and lipid composition of 10 species of microalgae used in mariculture // Journal of the Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology. V. 128. P. 219-240.


45

SB-2 MOLLUSKS IN PREHISTORIC HUMAN MATERIAL CULTURE:

RUSSIAN FAR EAST AS A CASE OF STUDY

Irina S. Zhushchikhovskaya Institute of History, Archaeology and Ethnology of Peoples of the Far East, Far East Branch, Russian Academy of Sciences, Vladivostok 690000, Russia


Introduction The mollusks were one of important natural resources in prehistoric human

communities. Beginning from the Late Pleistocene – Early Holocene main field of mollusks exploiting was connected with dietary needs. Besides this the marine and fresh-water mollusks were used widely in such aspects of ancient material culture as the producing of ornaments (decorative objects) and pottery-making craft (Reid 1989; Bronitsky, Hamer 1990; Kobayashi 2004).

Archaeological records of the southern Russian Far East (Primorye region, Lower Amur basin, Sakhalin Island) dated to 4th - 1st mil. B.C. show us the evidences of all noted above cases of mollusks exploiting. This report is considering especially the case of mollusks utilization in prehistoric pottery-making. In general, in various regions of the world during Neolithic and Bronze Age mollusks were used in pottery-making technology mainly for the tempering of clay paste and sometimes for ceramic vessels decoration. The adding crushed shell or shell together with mollusk’s body to raw clay material improves working properties of clay paste: the small-sized shell fragments play role of “frame”, and mollusk’s body matter acts as the agent of plasticity. The way of mollusks using as tools for ceramic vessels decoration was the imprinting of shell’s edge pattern or in certain cases whole shell’s pattern in plastic clay surface before the firing.

Research Methods

The methods of archaeological pottery analysis for the identification of mollusk’s matter inclusions are the binocular microscopy and Ph (phosphate) chemical testing. They permit to recognize preserved shell fragments or the cavities of disappeared shell pieces, to identify biological species of mollusks, to detect the traces of animal organic matter (mollusk’s body) (Zhushchikhovskaya, Rakov 1994).


46

Research Data: Primorye region

According to archaeological records of this region we fix three temporal levels of the appearance of mollusks utilization in prehistoric pottery-making (Zhushchikhovskaya 2005: 123 – 133; 2006).

First level. Earliest case of mollusks using in pottery-making technology is presented in the sites of coastal Boisman Neolithic culture dated to the 5th mil. B.C. This culture is characterized by the evidences of active marine gathering, fishing and hunting economy. The shell-mounds contain a lot of species of marine mollusks shells. One of main species of gathered mollusks was the Crassostrea gigas. People of Boisman culture used the mollusks not only for the eating but for the producing of ornaments (bracelets, etc.) and for the pottery producing also. The analysis of some pottery samples revealed small-sized crushed fragments of Crassostrea gigas shell. However, the technology of clay paste tempering with crushed shell material is interpreted not as common tradition but as potter’s experiment only provoked by wide spreading marine gathering practice. In general, the shells of marine mollusks are hard for the crushing and therefore not suitable for clay tempering technology.

The case of salt-water mollusks’ shells using for ceramic vessels decoration is presented in the remains of Rudnaya Neolithic culture, around 6th mil. B.C. located in north-eastern Primorye. Single samples of pottery are decorated by the imprints of edge of Anadara shell.

Second level. The case of this temporal level is represented by Neolithic sites of northern continental Primorye region dated to around the 3rd mil. B.C. This group of sites had close cultural connections with Neolithic population of Lower Amur basin of the 3rd – the beg. of 2nd mil. B.C. The technological tradition of clay paste tempering with the mollusks was common for the pottery-making of these areas. The potters used fresh-water mollusks belonging to the family Unionidae. Crushed shell with mollusk’s body was added to the clay composing 20 – 30 % of the paste volume. The Unionidae are abundant in the rivers of Amur basin and have soft thin shell which is crushed easily.

Third level. The case of this temporal level is represented by Early Paleometal (Bronze Age) sites of the end of 2nd mil. – first half of 1st mil. B.C. located in western, central and partially eastern Primorye region. These sites are interpreted as Siniy Gai – Lidovka cultural community of the population which migrated to southern Far East from more western areas of southern Siberia and Central Asia. Common trait of Siniy Gai – Lidovka pottery-making technology was the usage of fresh-water mollusks Unionidae for clay paste tempering. The potters used the shell and mollusk’s body.


47

Pottery assemblages of western Primorye sites show more frequent samples with mollusk-tempered paste and more high concentration of mollusk’s material in the paste contents than pottery assemblages of eastern sites. Probably this may be explained by the differences of ecological conditions of fresh-water mollusks habitation. These conditions are better in western Primorye regions than in eastern ones.

Research Data: Lower Amur Basin

The case of mollusks utilization is associated with archaeological remains of Neolithic Proto-Voznesenovka culture of the 3rd – the beg. of 2nd mil. B.C. (Zhushchikhovskaya 2005:126-128). The sites are located along the banks of Amur River and its tributaries. Proto-Voznesenovka culture is interpreted as the result of people migration from northern and north-eastern China plains areas where the mollusks tempering technology was practiced in pottery-making since 6 – 5th mil. B.C. The potters of Proto-Voznesenovka culture used the shell and body of fresh-water Unionidae for the preparing clay paste. Mollusk’s matter composed about 20 – 35% of the paste volume.

Research Data: Sakhalin Island

The cases of mollusks utilization are connected with archaeological remains of Neolithic Imchin culture dated mainly to 4th – 2nd B.C. and located in northern – north-eastern Sakhalin and Sedykh culture, 3rd – beg. of 2nd mil. B.C. located in south-eastern coastal area (Zhushchikhovskaya 2005: 126-128; Zhushchikhovskaya, Shubina 2006). The potters of Imchin culture used the shell and body of brackish-water and marine mollusks for the preparing of clay paste. There are identified biological species of mollusks: Corbicula japonica, Nuculana sp., Macoma sp., Arca boucardi, Mytilidae. The potters of Sedykh culture used the shell and body of brackish-water Corbicula for clay paste preparing and the shell of the marine Keenacardium californiense for imprinting decoration of the vessels. The arc-like imprints of waved edge of the shell form ornamental band on the vessel’s walls.

Summary

1. All noted cases of the utilization of mollusks in prehistoric pottery-making of Russian Far East are connected with Middle-Late Neolithic and Early Paleometal (Bronze Age) archaeological remains. This is corresponding to the tendencies known for other regions of Eurasia.

2. The mollusks were used mainly as special adds to improve working


48

conditions of clay paste. It is important that main tendency was to use the mollusk’s shell together with body.

3. Preferable kinds of the mollusks were fresh-water species (in mainland regions of southern Far East) and brackish-water species (in Sakhalin island). Marine mollusks were used rarely.

4. In single cases mollusks shells were used as imprinting tools for pottery decoration.

Acknowledgements

The author thanks Dr. Vladimir A. Rakov for the executing of analytical identification of biological species of mollusks used in prehistoric pottery-making of Russian Far East.

References Bronitsky G., Hamer R. 1990. Experiments in ceramic technology: the effects of

various tempering materials on impact and thermal-shock Resistance// American Antiquity. V.51, N1. P. 89-101.

Kobayashi T. 2004. Jomon Reflections. Oxford: Oxbow Books. 240 p. Reid K. 1989. Material science perspective on hunter-gatherer pottery //

Pottery Technology: Ideas and Approaches. G. Bronitsky (Ed.). London: Boulder Press. P. 167 – 180.

The Collection of Materials on the Incipient period of the Jomon Culture. 1996. Yokohama: Yokohama City Museum Press. 191 p.

Zhushchikhovskaya I. 2005. Prehistoric Pottery-making of Russian Far East. Oxford: Archaeopress. 171 p.

Zhushchikhovskaya I. 2006. Neolithic of the Primorye. // Archaeology of the Russian Far East: Essays in Stone Age Prehistory. S. Nelson, A. Derevyanko, Y. Kuzmin, R. Bland (Eds.). Oxford: Archaeopress. P.101-122. Zhushchikhovskaya I., V. Rakov. 1994. Old shell-tempered ceramics: new analytical approach // Proceedings of the International Conference on Applying Natural Sciences Methods to Archaeology. St-Petersburg: Institute of History of Material Culture RAS Press. P. 132-133. Zhushchikhovskaya I., O. Shubina. 2006. Pottery-making and the culture history of the Neolithic Sakhalin // D. Dumond, R. Bland (Eds.) Archaeology in Northeast Asia: On the Pathway to Bering Strait. University of Oregon Anthropological Papers N 65. Eugene: Oregon University Press. P. 91-128.


49

SB-3

MOLLUSKS FROM NORTHEASTERN CHINA (A BIODIVERSITY STUDY)

Ronald G. Noseworthy

Field Associate, Shellfish Aquaculture and Research Laboratory, School of Applied Marine Science, College of Ocean Science, Cheju National University, Jeju, Korea

Introduction

The Yellow (Huanghai) Sea (31° 40' -- 41° 00' N Lat.; 117° 35' -- 126° 50'E Long.) is a semi-enclosed shallow sea, with extensive intertidal areas, located between the Korean Peninsula in the east and China to the west (Shorebirds of the Yellow Sea, 2002). The southern boundary of this sea is a line drawn from the northern side of the Yangtze River Estuary eastwards to the island of Cheju and then northwards to the south-west coast of South Korea (Fig. 1). In this study the Yellow Sea includes both the Bohai Gulf (sometimes known as the Bohai Sea) as well as the Yellow Sea.

Fig. 1. Geographical Limits of the Yellow Sea

The mollusk fauna of the Yellow Sea has been fairly well studied. Huang (1994) published a list of mollusks reported from this area, and further records obtained


50

from other sources reveal a total of about 460 species. In 2004 and 2007 collections of mollusks were obtained from the Liaoning and Shandong Peninsulas, on the China coast of the Yellow Sea. The Liaoning collections were obtained in 2004 from the Dalian area, near the tip of the Peninsula. The Shandong collections were obtained in 2004 from the Weihai – Cape Chengshan area, and in 2007 from Qingdao. Different habitats in the intertidal area, as well as beach drift, were sampled. A total of 131 species was obtained from both peninsulas, giving a fairly good representation of the mollusk fauna of this area of northeastern China. A few were identified only to the genus level and are not a part of this study, and a few others remain unidentified. In this study reference will be made to the distribution patterns of the above species in the Yellow Sea, and also their faunal relationships. Some comments will also be made regarding possible reasons for those patterns. As Jeju (Cheju) Island marks the eastern limit of this body of water, it will also be included in this study.

Results Of the 131 species obtained, there are 75 gastropods and 55 bivalves. One polyplacophoran species was observed and identified, but not collected. To examine the mollusk biodiversity of this region in relation to this sample, a species list was compiled for the China coast of the Yellow Sea. A comparison of the species obtained with the list of those previously recorded revealed that 41 species from the sample represent new records. The distribution of the species obtained reveals some interesting patterns. Of the above, previously recorded species, that occur throughout this area, which includes the China coast, west Korea coast (North and South Korea), and Jeju Island, there were 23 gastropods and 24 bivalves, a total of 47. A smaller number of species (23) inhabit the China and Korea coastlines but have not been recorded from Jeju Island. Seventeen species have been recorded only along the China coast of the Yellow Sea. There are also three species reported from the China coast and the east Korea coast. The 41 species not previously recorded from this area show a strong southern relationship, as 11 of them have not been reported from the west Korea coast but only from Jeju Island, a subtropical area, while 13 of them have been reported from Jeju Island as well as the west Korea coast. Eight species have been reported only from the west Korea coast, five from the east Korea coast, and four from the South China Sea. Thus 28 of the new records have a southern, warm water, connection. To reveal the biogeographic nature of the species collected in relation to the Yellow Sea region as a whole, a basic zonal-biogeographic analysis was made. This was


51

adapted from the zonal-geographical groups in Lutaenko et al. (2006). The main groups are: “tropical-subtropical” (southward to Southeast Asia), “subtropical” (southward to Taiwan and the northern part of the South China Sea), “subtropical-low boreal” (subtropical areas and the Yellow Sea), and “low boreal” (Yellow Sea only). The latter two zones are also found in the East Sea. The species collected were assigned to those groups. (Three species also had a boreal to boreal-arctic distribution, occurring in the North Pacific and adjacent cold water regions.). Of the 131 species collected, 31 can be classed as boreal and low boreal, and 39 are subtropical-low boreal species. However, most species (60) were subtropical and tropical-subtropical, showing a strong southern, warm water influence. Of the 47 previously recorded species that occur throughout this area, which includes the China coast, west Korea coast (North and South Korea), and Jeju Island, 12 can be classed as boreal-low boreal, 13 as subtropical-low boreal, and 22 as subtropical and tropical-subtropical, again revealing a significant warm water element. Twenty-three species have been reported from the China and west Korean coasts (excluding Jejudo). Of these, 8 are classed as boreal-low boreal species, 10 are subtropical-low boreal, and 5 are subtropical and tropical-subtropical species. Here cooler water species prevail. Seventeen mollusk species were previously reported only from the China coast. Of those, 10 have a boreal and low boreal character, 4 are subtropical-low boreal, and 3 are subtropical and tropical-subtropical. In this case, a cooler water influence is also demonstrated. Of the three species recorded from China and the Korean east coast, two are low boreal and one is tropical-subtropical. The species not previously recorded from the China coast of the Yellow Sea display significant southern relationships. Only five are low boreal species, 8 are subtropical-low boreal, but the remainder (28) comprises either subtropical or tropical-subtropical species.

Discussion The Yellow Sea area is influenced by several ocean currents. The Yellow Sea Warm Current, flowing in through western Jeju Island flows upwards to the northwestern coast of China. Flowing from the Bohai Gulf to the north, the China Coastal Current brings cold water southward. Another current, referred to as the South Korean Coastal Water (SKCW), emanates from the eastern Yellow Sea and flows south, shoreward of the Tsushima Current (Reading, 1996) (Fig.2). The climate of this area varies from cold temperate in the north to warm temperate in the south (Shorebirds of the Yellow Sea, 2002).


52

The fauna belongs to the North Pacific Temperate Faunal Region (Eastern Asia Subregion). The faunal composition of the Yellow Sea is a combination of cold water North Pacific Species (mainly deep water), eurythermal warm water species (mainly shallow and coastal waters), and tropical – subtropical species (southernmost area) (Liu & Xu, 2007). Mollusks form the most dominant taxonomic group in the Yellow Sea, numbering about 460 recorded species.

Fig. 2. Yellow Sea Currents

Although a relatively small sample of the mollusk fauna, 131 species, was

obtained, it was felt that this sample was large enough to make some comments about both distribution and faunal relationships. Furthermore, Jeju Island is a subtropical area, and most of the species from this area exhibit a warm water character so, as this island is regarded as the eastern limit of the Yellow Sea, including it helped to show the


53

relationship between its mollusk fauna and most of the warm water species also occurring on the China coast of this region. Most species obtained (36%) occur along both coasts of the Yellow Sea as well as Jeju Island. However, a smaller number of mostly temperate species have been recorded from the Korean west coast and the China coast, and still fewer, cooler water species, from the China coast only. The zonal-biogeographic analysis of the specimens obtained revealed that there appears to be a strong warm water element in the mollusk fauna of the Yellow Sea. 46% of the mollusks obtained were classified as subtropical or tropical-subtropical species. Of the species previously recorded as occurring throughout this region, almost half of them (47%) were warm water species. However, the species that have been recorded from both coasts but not Jeju Island, and from the China coast only, demonstrate a more temperate affinity, with 45% classified as boreal and low boreal, and 35 % as subtropical-low boreal. Mollusks obtained from the Liaoning Peninsula, in the northern part of the Yellow Sea, are mainly cooler water species, with 68% classified as boreal and low boreal, and subtropical-low boreal. Perhaps the most interesting aspect of this study was the biogeographical relationships of those species not previously recorded from the China coast. Most of them (68%) were classed as either subtropical or tropical-subtropical species. Most of those unrecorded species were obtained from the Shandong Peninsula, especially Qingdao, where more time was available for fieldwork. This peninsula also marks roughly the midpoint of the Yellow Sea along the China coast. 59% of the above species have also been reported from Jeju Island, demonstrating a significant relationship with the fauna of this area. Four other species have been also recorded from the South China Sea. The influence of ocean currents may be a factor influencing the occurrence of the significant warm water element in this fauna. The Yellow Sea is, in general, cooler than the East Sea (Gao et al., 2007), and the China Coastal Current brings a flow of cold water south around the Shandong Peninsula. However, the Yellow Sea Warm Current flows past Jeju Island northeastward toward the Shandong Peninsula and may influence the mollusk fauna of this area, giving it a pronounced warm water aspect. Eurythermal warm water species are found in shallow and coastal waters and, over time, with fluctuations in the relative strengths of flow of the above currents, particularly in the summer, it may have been possible for a significant number of species with warmer water affinities to establish themselves. Global warming may also have played a part in raising the sea surface temperatures enough for veligers of warm water species to


54

reach the central area of the China Yellow Sea coast.

Conclusion The mollusk fauna of the Yellow Sea provides many opportunities for biodiversity studies. The diverse effects of a number of warm and cool ocean currents in the area, the climatic variations, and the wide variety of habitats, all help affect the patterns of species distribution. The possible effects of climate change add another factor in determining these patterns. This can be of direct benefit in measuring the spread of warmer water species into the area, as well as the impact on the harvesting of commercially important species. Much more work needs to be done in this area of study.

References

Gao S., Lin H., Shen B., Fu G. 2007. A heavy sea fog event over the Yellow Sea in March 2005: Analysis and numerical modeling // Advances in Atmospheric Sciences. V 24, N 1. P. 65-81. Huang Z. 1994. Species in China waters and their distribution // Reducing Environmental Stress in the Yellow Sea Large Marine Ecosystem: Third Meeting of the Regional Working Group for the Biodiversity Component, Weihai, China, October 2006. Liu R., Xu F. 2007. Global climate change and biodiversity of the Yellow Sea cold water fauna // Biodiversity of the Marginal Seas of the Northwestern Pacific Ocean, Proceedings of the Workshop, Institute of Oceanology CAS, Qingdao, China, November, 2007. Lutaenko K., Je J.-G.., Shin S.-H. 2006. Bivalve mollusks in Yeongil Bay, Korea. 2. Faunal analysis // Korean Journal of Malacology. V. 22, N 1. P. 63-86. Reading H. G. (Ed.). 1996. Sedimentary Environments 3E, Processes, Facies and Stratigraphy (3rd ed.). Malden, Massachusetts: Blackwell Publishing. 704 p. Shorebirds of the Yellow Sea, 2002. http://www.environment.gov.au/biodiversity/migratory/waterbirds/yellow-sea/chapter2.html


55

PL-3

SC-1

SC-2

SC-3 THE IMPACT OF IMPLANTED WHALE CARCASS ON MEIOFAUNA IN PETERTHE GREAT BAY (SEA OF JAPAN/EAST SEA) Olga N. Pavlyuk, Yulia A. Trebukhova, Vitaly G. Tarasov, Tatyana S. Tarasova, Luisa N. Propp and Gennady M. Kamenev

Session C.

LONG-TERM CHANGES OF MACROBENTHOS DURING 1980 TO 2005 FROMJIAOZHOU BAY, SOUTHERN COAST OF SHANDONG PENINSULA Li Xinzheng, Li Baoquan, Wang Hongfa, Wang Jinbao, Zhou Jin, Han Qingxi, Wang Xiaochen, Ma Lin, Dong Chao, and Zhang Baolin

COMMUNITY STRUCTURE OF MACROBENTHOS IN COASTAL WATER OFFRUSHAN, WOUTHERN SHANDONG PENINSULA, AND THE RELATIONSHIPSWITH ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS Li Baoquan, Li Xinzheng, Wang Hongfa, Wang Jinbao, Zhou Jin, Han Qingxi, Wang Xiaochen, Ma Lin, Dong Chao, and Zhang Baolin

ECOLOGICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF MACROBENTHOS FROM THESOUTHERN YELLOW SEA Wang Jinbao and Li Xinzheng

Chair: Dr. Konstantin A. Lutaenko


56


57

PL-3 LONG-TERM CHANGES OF MACROBENTHOS DURING 1980 TO

2005 FROM JIAOZHOU BAY, SOUTHERN COAST OF SHANDONG PENINSULA

Li Xinzheng, Li Baoquan, Wang Hongfa, Wang Jinbao, Zhou Jin, Han Qingxi, Wang

Xiaochen, Ma Lin, Dong Chao, Zhang Baolin Institute of Oceanology, Chinese Academy of Sciences,

Qingdao 266071, Shandong, China e-mail: [email protected]

As one of the most important components in marine ecosystems, the benthic

communities have long been regarded as a possible tool for monitoring either man-induced or natural long-term changes in marine ecosystems and as a bio-indicator of the marine environment. Long-term comparison, change and trends in the macrobenthos have been studied in different sea areas. However, the acquisition of such a long-term data requiring an extensive sampling and processing effort limits this kind of study.

Jiaozhou Bay, the largest semi-enclosed bay along the Chinese coast of South Yellow Sea, locates in the middle of the southern coast of Shandong Peninsula, stretching from 35o 38’ to 36o 18’N, 120o 04’ to 120o 23’E, with 33.3 km long and 27.8 km wide, about 423 km2 in total. Since 1980s. With the quickly economic development of Qingdao, the coastal city close to the bay, Jiaozhou Bay endured more and more disturbances from the human activities, deteriorated environment by receiving waste-water outfalls, over-fishing, aquaculture, and coastal engineering. Fortunately, the local government has been paying great attention to the environmental maintenance in recent years, and the environment of Jiazhou Bay has got marked improved. The marcrobenthos in Jiaozhou Bay has also suffered from the disturbance since 1980s and got relatively recruitments recently. The aim of the present study is to apply a ‘comparison’ approach to assess the long-term changes of macrobenthos from Jiaozhou Bay during the 25 years since 1980 to 2005.

A quantitative study of 10 sampling stations was set up on four seasonal cruises (winter-February, spring-May, summer-August, autumn-November) from 1980 to August 2005. Sampling was carried out with the same gear, a 0.1 m2 Van Veen grab, and the same sampling process. The valve mollusk Philippine clam Ruditapes philippinarum has been a very import aquacultural species in Jiaozhou Bay since 1980s. To lessen its


58

effect on the results from the natural macrobenthos in Jiaozhou Bay, we specially dealt with this species when calculated biomasses and abundances of macrobenthos.

The results showed that the annually average total species number was 156±43 in the 25 years, with a marked fluctuation in the early 13 years, while maintains relatively stable in recent eight years. The annually average abundance was 231±84 ind./m2 (excluding Ruditapes philippinarum), having similar trend with the total species number. Ruditapes philippinarum is a key species contributed to the biomass. By eliminating the biomass of the clam, the results of the macrobenthic biomasses revealed that there were not significant changes happened during the 25 years (Fig.).

Fig. Annual changes of total species number of macrobenthos (a), average abundances (b) and average biomasses (c) in Jiaozhou Bay

The compositions of macrobenthos in Jiaozhou Bay has undergone significant

changes among the period of the 25 years. During 2000 to 2005, the polychaete as


59

major group gave great contributions to the total abundances, but the portion of this group in the total abundances gave were much less before 2000. While, the other major groups, mollusk, crustacean and echinoderm had not changed greatly since 1980s. The results did not show clear trends of the contributions to the total biomass from the four groups.


60

SC-1 COMMUNITY STRUCTURE OF MACROBENTHOS IN COASTAL

WATER OFF RUSHAN, SOUTHERN SHANDONG PENINSULA, AND THE RELATIONSHIPS WITH ENVIRONMENTAL

FACTORS

Li Baoquan, Li Xinzheng, Wang Hongfa, Wang Jinbao, Zhou Jin, Han Qingxi, Wang Xiaochen, Ma Lin, Dong Chao, Zhang Baolin

Institute of Oceanology, Chinese Academy of Sciences, Qingdao 266071, Shandong, China e-mail: e-mail: [email protected]

The Yellow Sea is one of the most important marine fishery areas in China seas.

The southern coast of the Shandong Peninsula in the Yellow Sea is a important region of spawning and growing for many economic or key ecological marine species such as little yellow croaker fish (Pseudosciaena polyactis), Japanese anchovy fish (Engraulis japonicus), Chinese prawn (Fenneropenaeus chinensis), etc. Since 1980’s, the marine aquaculture along the southern coast of the peninsula has been developing quickly. The cultural breeds include the species of prawns, bivalves, crabs, sea cucumbers, sea algae. With quickly developing of fishery and more and more intense human activities in the above region, the marine ecosystem has worsened in recent years. The global change and the human activities such as the aquaculture have been impacting the environments of the coastal areas of the Shandong Peninsula.

Macrobenthos is considered to be one of the most important components in marine ecosystems, it has worsened in recent years in the Yellow Sea.

To understand the present actuality of the marine ecosystem in the southern coastal water region of the Shandong Peninsula so that to provide the basic data for evaluating the impact of the global change and the human activities to the marine ecosystem of the region, we studied the macrobenthos in the coastal water off Rushan, southern coastal Shandong Peninsula.

A quantitative study of 26 sampling stations was carried out on four seasonal cruises (winter-December, spring-May, summer-August, autumn-November) from December 2006 to August 2007. Macrobenthic community structure and its relationship with environmental factors were presented, followed by a series of studies on macrobenthic abundance and biomass, Shannon – Wiener’s and Margalef’s indices of


61

the macrobenthos. PRIMER 6.0 software packages were used in data analysis. The results show that a total of 236 macrobenthic species were found in the

research region by the four seasonal cruises. Most of the speices belong to polychaetes (76), mollusks (75) and crustaceans (60), of which 33 species were presented in all the four cruises. The dominate species were variable in different seasons. Nephtys oligobranchia Southern and Sternaspis scutata (Ranzani) were yearly dominated, other eight species were seasonally dominated. The distribution, abundances and biomass of the macrobenthos from the research region in the four seasons were variable, the average abundance and biomass per station were also different among the four seasons.

The results of Cluster and MDS analyses showed that the similarity of macrobenthic structures among stations are relatively low. Most of the values were at 40% level, only that of two stations was up to 60%. The 26 stations in the research region can be divided into six groups defined at arbitrary similarity level of 30%. The ABC result indicated that the marcofaunal communities were undisturbed and not polluted there. The results of BIOENV and BVSTEP (Spearman) analyses indicated that among all the environmental factors examined by the present research, the depth, water temperature and concentrations of organic matter in bottom water and sedimental concentrations of Cu had the closest relationships with the macrobenthic community.


62

SC-2

ECOLOGICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF MACROBENTHOS

FROM THE SOUTHERN YELLOW SEA

Wang Jinbao and Li Xinzheng Institute of Oceanology, Chinese Academy of Sciences,

Qingdao 266071, Shandong, China e-mail: [email protected]

The ecological characteristics, including the indices of relative importance,

Shannon-Wiener index, species richness index, species evenness index, Bray-Curtis similarity cluster, MDS ordination and secondary productivity, of macrobenthos from the southern Yellow Sea was approached based on the material collected by the cruises in August 2001, and August, September, October 2002 from ten stations along a transection from Qingdao, southern Shandong Peninsula, China to Cheju Island, Korea. The results showed that 182 macrobenthic species in total were identified, of which 54 species belong to Polychaeta, 29 to Mollusca, 66 to Crustacea, 17 to Echinodermata, and 16 to other animal groups. The species number in the Stations 4 and 5 at near to the middle of the transaction were distinctly lower than those in other stations. The species compositions of the ten stations were quite different between 2001 and 2002, while in the three cruises of 2002 the compositions were similar. Comparing with the neighboring areas, the species richness index of the macrobenthos in the transection was lower, while the species evenness index was higher, and the Shannon-Wiener index was similar. The Bray-Curtis similarity result implied that the macrobenthoses of the ten stations in the transaction could be ranged as three groups of communities according to the sedimentary water temperature: eurythermal, microthermal, and mesothermal communities. The secondary productivities of the macrobenthos from the transection showed that the mean secondary productivities in AFDW(ash-free dry weight) were 9.64 g/(m2.a) and 6.42 g/(m2.a) in 2001 and 2002 respectively, the mean P/B ratios were 1.20 and 0.98 in 2001 and 2002 respectively. Comparing with the results from other areas, the secondary productivities along the transaction were higher than those from Bohai Gulf of the northern Yellow Sea, the East China Sea and the other parts of the Yellow Sea; the P/B ratios were higher than that from Bohai Gulf, lower than that from the East China Sea, and close to that from the other parts of the Yellow Sea.


63

SC-3

THE IMPACT OF IMPLANTED WHALE CARCASS ON MEIOFAUNA IN PETER THE GREAT BAY

(SEA OF JAPAN/EAST SEA)

Olga N. Pavlyuk1, Yulia A. Trebukhova2, Vitaly G. Tarasov1, Tatyana S. Tarasova1, Luisa N. Propp1 and Gennady M. Kamenev1

1A.V. Zhirmunsky Institute of Marine Biology, Far East Branch, Russian Academy of Sciences, Vladivostok, 690041, Russia

2Far Eastern State Marine Biosphere Natural Reserve, Far East Branch, Russian Academy of Sciences, Vladivostok, 690041, Russia

Introduction

Recent investigations have revealed a great interest of scientists in studying benthic communities around natural whale falls and experimentally implanted whale carcasses. A few investigations of unusual benthic assemblages, associated with decomposing whale carcasses, were carried out on the deep-sea floor (900 - 3000 m) of the Northeast Pacific off the coasts of California and the Hawaiian Islands, USA (Smith and Baco, 2003; Baco and Smith, 2003; Dahlgren et al., 2004; Goffredi et al., 2004). In the North Atlantic (to the east of the coast of Sweden) research has been conducted at a depth of 125 m where a Minke whale carcass was implanted (Glover et al 2005). In the East China Sea (Kyushu Is., southern Japan) the study was conducted at a depth of 250m at the site where four sperm whale carcasses [Physeter macrocephalus] were submerged (Fujikura et al., 2006). The aforementioned and similar works consider the influence of implanted whales on macrofauna. Only one paper deals with the study of abundance of nematode assemblages from the sediment surrounding an experimentally implanted whale carcass in the Santa Cruz Basin (Debenham et al., 2004). Nevertheless, there are no data on the whale fall impact on meiofauna.

The purpose of the present work is to study the taxonomical composition and density of meiofauna in the sediments under the whale and at control sites located at some distances away from the whale.


The study site was a carcass of a Minke whale [Balaenoptera acutorostrata], experimentally implanted at 30 m depth near Bolshoi Pelis Island in Peter the Great Bay,


64

Sea of Japan (42°40´295´´N, 131°26´735´´W; Fig. 1) in May, 2007. The whale measured approximately 8 m in length and weighed about 8000 kg. Meiobenthic samples collected in September 2007 in sediments under the whale (station 1) and at a two control sites located at distances of 250 m (station 2) and 350 m (station 3) from the whale were used for the research. Water depth at the control stations was 30 m. The samples were collected by scuba divers using a tubular bottom sampler with a mouth diameter of 5 cm and a height of ground sample columns measuring 5 cm. Four replicate sediment samples were taken at each station. The samples were washed through 1mm and 32 μm nylon sieves, fixed in 4% formaldehyde solution and then stained with “Rose Bengal”.

Fig. 1. Map showing the study area in Peter the Great Bay with sampling stations

The sediments surrounding the whale carcass consisted of silts with an admixture of gray sand (Table 1). Bottom water temperature during sampling was 13°С, and salinity 34 PSU.


65

Table 1 Granulometric composition of bottom sediments (%) and organic carbon content (%)

Sediment particle size, mmStations

0.15-0.063 <0.063 Organic carbon content

1 52.70 21.80 0.51 2 58.58 22.32 0.41 3 52.40 23.80 0.45

Results

The average density of meiofauna at station 1 in bottom sediments under the whale carcass was low, constituting 274.2± 97.8 ind/10 cm2. Taxonomic composition included 8 higher taxonomic groups (class, order). Marine nematodes were the dominant group, accounting for 80% of total meiofauna, and the average density was 221.8 ± 92.3 ind/10cm2 (Fig. 2). In eumeiobenthos Harpacticoida (3%), Ostracoda (1.2%) and Kinorhyncha (0.2%) were also found. Pseudomeiobenthos included Polychaeta, Bivalvia, Amphipoda and Cumacea, with Polychaeta being a dominant group (14.6%) (Fig. 2).

The average density of meiofauna at station 2, which is situated at 250 m distance to the south from the carcass, was higher (713.1 ± 192.3 ind/10cm2) than in sediments under the whale. The taxonomic composition of meiobenthos included 12 groups. Nematodes were a dominant group and an average density was determined to be at 306.3 ± 106.2 ind/10cm2 (43%) (Fig. 2). Harpacticoids were the second in density (33.3%). Eumeiobenthos also consisted of Ostracoda, Kinorhyncha, Halacarida and Turbellaria. Pseudomeiobenthos included Polychaeta, Bivalvia, Amphipoda, Cumacea, Gastropoda, Ophiuroidea and Isopoda, with the prevalence of Polychaeta (13.8%) (Fig. 2).

The highest density of meiofauna (833.1 ± 192.3 ind/10cm2) is recorded for station 3, located at 350 m distance to the north of the whale. The taxonomic composition included 10 groups. Nematoda formed a dominating group with average density 357.5 ± 89.0 ind/10cm2, (42.9%) (Fig. 2). Harpacticoids were the second (39.0%). Eumeiobenthos was composed of Ostracoda, Kinorhyncha and Turbellaria. Pseudomeiobenthos consisted of Polychaeta, Bivalvia, Amphipoda, Cumacea and Gastropoda, with polychaetes as a dominant group (11.6%) (Fig. 2).


66

Fig. 2. The percentage of meiobenthic groups at stations

Discussion

The falls of large whale carcasses results in intense pulses of labile organic matter to the sea floor (Debenham et al., 2004). Decomposing whale carcasses attract dense aggregations of mobile scavengers that yield dramatically increased abundance of polychaetes and other macrofauna (Smith and Baco, 2003). As to meiofauna, the study of the impact of implanted whale carcass on nematode abundance in Santa Cruz Basin showed, that the presence of the carcass had decreased nematode abundance in its immediate vicinity, while the abundance at 30 m distance away from the carcass was the highest (Debenham et al., 2004). The authors also suggested that enhanced macrofaunal activity around the whale carcass had caused low nematode abundance through predation or competition. In bottom assemblages of soft sediments, the decrease in the quantitative characteristics of macrofauna is compensated by the increase of the same characteristics of meiofauna. Many researches explain the well-being of meiofauna not only by surplus of nutrition, but also by the absence or minimising of predation and food competition between macro- and meiofaunal animals (Sheremetevsky, 1991; Alve, 1995). The remains of the Minke whale and surrounding sediments in Peter the Great Bay were covered by a large variety of macrofaunal organisms, including polychaetes, amphipodes, isopods, echinoderms (ophiuroids and bat starfishes Asterina [(=Patiria)


67

pectinifera], and others. The content of organic matter in bottom sediments under the whale, as well as at control stations, was low (table 1). The greatest taxonomic diversity and density of meiofauna was noted at two control stations. Probably, the cause of low density of meiobenthic organisms in bottom sediments under the whale was an extreme increase in the number of macrofauna.

Acknowledgments This research was supported by the project “Ecosystem changes and successions

of biological communities in coastal marine ecosystems“, grant of Far Eastern Branch of Russian Academy of Sciences, section 1, 2008 and the program of the Presidium of the Russian Academy of Science N 18 “The origin and evolution of biosphere”.

References

Alve E. 1995. Benthic foraminifera responses to estuarine pollution – a review // Journal of Foraminiferal Research V. 25, N 3. P. 190-203.

Dahlgren T.G., Glover A.G., Baco A., Smith C.R. 2004. Fauna of whale falls: systematic and ecology of a new polychaete (Anellida; Chrysopetalidae) from the deep Pacific Ocean // Deep-Sea Research. Part I. V. 51. P. 1873 - 1887.

Debenham N.J., Lambshead P.J.D., Ferrero T.J., Smith C.R. 2004. The impact of whale falls on nematode abundance in the deep sea // Deep-Sea Research. Part I. V.51. P. 701 - 706.

Glover G.A., Källsttröm B., Smith C.R., Dahlgren T.G. 2005. World-wide whale worms? A new species of Osedax from the shallow north Atlantic // Proceedings of the Biological Science. V. 272. P. 2587 -2592.

Goffredi S.K., Paull C.K., Fulton-Bennett K., Hurtado L.A., Vrijenhoek R.C. 2004. Unusual benthic fauna associated with a whale fall in Monterey Canyon, California // Deep-Sea Research. Part I. V. 51. P. 1295 - 1306.

Fujikura K., Fujiwara Y., Kawato M. 2006. A new species of Osedax (Annelida: Siboglinidae) associated with whale carcasses off Kyushu, Japan // Zoological Science. V. 23. P. 733 -740.

Sheremetevsky A.M. 1991. Compensation of the macrobenthos by the meiobenthos on the Mytilus edulis settlemens // Ecologiya Morya. N 39. P. 89 - 91.

Smith C.R., Baco A.R. 2003. The ecology of whale falls at the deep-sea floor // Oceanography and Marine Biology Annual Review. V. 41. P. 311 - 354.


68


69

PL-4

SD-1

SD-2 TRIBOLODON HAKONENSIS (PISCES: CYPRINIDAE): POPULATIONGENETIC STRUCTURE AS A REFLECTION OF PALEO-ENVIRONMENTALCHANGES IN THE NORTH-WEST PACIFIC Neonila E. Polyakova, Alisa V. Semina and Vladimir A. Brykov

Session D.

COMPARATIVE STUDY ON ANNUAL GAMETOGENESIS OF MANILA CLAMS(RUDITAPES PHILIPPINARUM ) COLLECTED FROM EIGHT LOCATIONS ONTHE WEST COAST OF KOREA IN 2007 Yanin Limpanont, Hyun-Sung Yang, Hyun-Ki Hong, Bong-Kyu Kim, Hee-Do Jeong, Kyu-Sung Choi, Hee-Jung Lee, Jasim Uddin, Kwang-Jae Park, Young-Je Park, and Kwang-Sik Choi

DEVELOPMENT OF COMMON SIPUNCULID SPECIES OF THE NORTH-WEST PACIFIC Anastassya S. Maiorova

Chair: Dr. Kwang-Sik Choi


70


71

PL-4

COMPARATIVE STUDY ON ANNUAL GAMETOGENESIS OF MANILA CLAMS (RUDITAPES PHILIPPINARUM)

COLLECTED FROM EIGHT LOCATIONS ON THE WEST COAST OF KOREA IN 2007

Yanin Limpanont, Hyun-Sung Yang, Hyun-Ki Hong, Bong-Kyu Kim, Hee-Do Jeong,

Kyu-Sung Choi, Hee-Jung Lee, Jasim Uddin, +Kwang-Jae Park, +Young-Je Park and Kwang-Sik Choi*

1School of Applied Marine Science, Cheju National University,

Jeju 690-756 Republic of Korea +West Sea Fisheries Research Institute, NFRDI, Inchon, Republic of Korea


The present study reports survey on annual gametogenic patterns of Manila clam Ruditapes philippinarum monitored from 8 clam beds on the west coast of Korea. For analysis, 40 clams were collected monthly from Naeri, Weri, Hwangdo, Padori, Bakmiri, Jonghyun, Sunjae and Sungam from January to December in 2007. From histology, the gametogenic patterns were categorized into 6 stages including resting (sexually undifferentiated), early developing, late developing, ripe, partially spawned and spent. The histology indicated that most clams initiated their gametogenesis as early as in January when the water temperature ranged 5-10℃. Initiation of the gametogenesis in Naeri and Hwangdo was observed to be earlier than that of other sampling sites; during January and February, most of clams from Naeri and Hwangdo were in early developing (60-80%), while most of clams in other clam beds were in resting phase. In April, most clams were in late development, exhibiting ripe eggs packed in the follicles. However, only small portion of clams from Padori and Hwangdo did show the late developing gonad in April, indicating that there was spatial variation in the gametogenesis in the study areas. Spawning activity of male and female clams initiated as early as in May and the activity continued until the end of September. During November and December clams were in resting period and no gamates could be observed. Gonad maturation and subsequent spawning among clams in Weri and Padori seemed to slower and retarded. Such spatial variation in the gametogenesis was believed to be associated with available food in the environment and different level of parasite infection.


72

SD-1 DEVELOPMENT OF COMMON SIPUNCULID SPECIES OF THE

NORTH-WEST PACIFIC

Anastassya S. Maiorova A. V. Zhirmunsky Institute of Marine Biology, Far East Branch,


A brief review of development of the common sipunculans from Northwestern

Pacific ocean is presented. All species have an indirect development and two developmental patterns are recognized: (1) two larval stages, a lecithotrophic trochophore and lecithotrophic pelagosphera; (2) two larval stages, a lecithotrophic trochophore and planktotrophic pelagosphera. Larval types and their changes during the development are described, with special attention to the development and morphology of the tentacular apparates .

Phascolosoma agassizii, Thysanocardia nigra, Themiste pyroides are well distributed species of sipunculans in shallow water in the West Pacific. In the East Pacific, this species inhabit shallow water from South Alaska to Baja California. From adults maintained in the laboratory, spawnings were obtained and specimens were reared from eggs to the juvenile stage and compared with field-collected corresponding stages.

In the development of P. agassizii two pelagic larval stages occurred: a lecithotrophic trochophore of 7 days’ duration followed by a potentially long-lived (7 days to some months) planktotrophic pelagosphera larva. The latter, provided with a diet of algae, was reared in the laboratory for a month until it became competent to settlement and enter the benthos.

Development of both, T. nigra and T. pyroides, from fertilized egg to settled juvenile needs 14 days. Planktonic postembryonic stages of both species are represented by lecithotrophic (non-feeding) trochophore and lecithotrophic pelagosphera. After 14 days larva settles, crawls peristaltically on the bottom and develops into the meiobenthic stage. Morphological changes occurring at 15th day include elongation of the trunk, bifurcation of the terminal lobe to form anlages of primary tentacles, and loss of metatrochal cilia. The body of early meiobenthic juveniles is subdivided into cylindrical head with slit-like mouth and anlages of primary tentacles, and barrel-like trunk


73

connected with a narrow neck area. The head and neck area are capable to be completely inverted into the trunk thus forming an introvert. Inversion of the introvert is provided by retractor muscles inserted to the body wall at the posterior one-third of the trunk while reversing the introvert is provided by constriction of the circular muscles of the body wall. The head of early juveniles bears cuticular locomotory scalids presented by slightly curved minute spines used for characteristic locomotion similar to that of cephalorhynch worms. In the late meiobenthic stages of T. pyroides, which lost locomotory scalids on the head, a new generation of more large spines appear on the neck area of the introvert.

Results of this study of the development of sipunculans from the Northwestern Pacific Ocean substantially differ from the earlier published data (Rice, 1967) on development of the same species in British Columbia. Spawning of species at the coast of British Columbia occurs from March to August. At this period, the water temperature varied between 10 and 13°C. In Peter the Great Bay (Sea of Japan/East Sea), spawning is observed from July to October, and the surface water temperature during this period range between 15 and 24°C. Very likely, the difference in types and time of development is related to the lower temperature of water at the coast of British Columbia during the breeding period.


74

SD-2

TRIBOLODON HAKONENSIS (PISCES: CYPRINIDAE): POPULATION GENETIC STRUCTURE AS A REFLECTION OF

PALEO-ENVIRONMENTAL CHANGES IN THE NORTH-WEST PACIFIC

Neonila E. Polyakova, Alisa V. Semina and Vladimir A. Brykov A.V. Zhirmunsky Institute of Marine Biology, Far East Branch,

Russian Acasdemy of Sciences, Vladivostok 690041, Russia e-mail: [email protected]

The area abutting the Sea of Japan has been thought to form one of freshwater

and marine fish speciation centers throughout the Tertiary to Quaternary. Far Eastern daces of Tribolodon genus comprise a unique group in the large Cyprinid family not only because of their variation in life-history types, from freshwater to anadromous, but also because of their geographic restriction to the areas around the Sea of Japan. Therefore, the derivation of the genus, especially its anadromy, is thought to have involved the history of the Sea of Japan (see Sakai et al., 2002).

Utilizing PCR-RFLP mtDNA variation in ten samples of Tribolodon hakonensis (114 individuals of the southern form (Semina et al., 2006) (Primorye: Razdol’naya River, Bays Vostok, Blagodatnaya, and Russkaya) and 186 individuals of the northern form (Sakhalin: Il’inskoe, Rivers Bakhura, Firsovka, Korsakovka, Nabilsky Bay; Khabarovsky Region: Tumnin River), this study focuses on resolution of population genetic structure of this species and its probable connection with paleo-environmental changes in the north-west Pacific region.

Analysis of three mtDNA segments (A6/A8/COIII, ND3/ND4L/ND4, and ND5/ND6) has proved the existence of highly significant differences between the southern and northern forms found in our previous study (Semina et al., 2006). Moreover, it was shown that T. hakonensis with the northern mtDNA type in a very small amount occurred in Primorye waters (Fig. 1). Among 43 haplotypes revealed, 35 and only 8 belonged to the northern and southern forms, respectively. The haplotypes of the northern form constituted two groups, despite the fact that representatives of each of them occurred in all the samples in relatively equal proportion. Mutational distance between the two northern phylogroups appeared to be 16 nucleotide substitutions, whereas the distance observed between the northern and southern forms was 20


75

substitutions. All the three phylogroups were star-like, which evidenced a relatively recent population explosion (Avise, 2000) (Fig. 1).

Fig. 1. On the top – geographic distribution and relative frequencies of the main mtDNA lineages in the populations of T. hakonensis; on the bottom – minimum spanning haplotype net demonstrating maternal mtDNA lineages of the northern and southern forms of T. hakonensis. Haplotypes are presented by circles with their letter code. The most widespread haplotypes are shown in bigger circles. The number of lines on the connecting branches corresponds to the number of nucleotide substitutions between the haplotypes


76

Mismatch distributions of the northern form have shown pronounced differences in mtDNA sequences between the representatives of the two phylogroups. Generally, such a pattern of mismatch distribution is typical for two spatially isolated populations (Avise, 2000). However, in our case representatives of both phylogroups are continuously distributed. Therefore, the structuredness registered testifies to the barriers to gene flow in the past. In this connection, it is logic to assume that the sources of these two phylogroups might have been Okhotsk Sea and the Sea of Japan isolated during glacial periods accompanied by the ocean regression in late Pliocene.

Similar results have been obtained in mtDNA study of the coastal fishes of Baja California. It was found that populations of the north and south parts of the bay had great genetic differences resulted from Pliocene-Pleistocene division of California Peninsular into two parts by the water body, which could have served as a barrier to gene flow between the fish populations inhabiting coastal waters (Riginos, 2005). Substantial genetic differentiation has been shown between chum salmon populations of the Sea of Japan and Okhotsk Sea. Their divergence most probably resulted from separation of their two putative sources, paleo-Amur and paleo-Shuifen river systems, caused by Pleistocene glaciations (Polyakova et al., 2005). The data obtained correspond to the results of high differentiation of T. hakonensis populations from the Lake Biwa formed in Pliocene and Japanese Inner Sea isolated from the Pacific during the ocean regressions (Hanzawa et al., 1988).

Neighbor-joining tree displays deeply pronounced difference between the groups of populations belonging to the northern and southern forms as well as the absence of strong population structuredness within each group (Fig. 2).

There were no distinctions observed among Primorye samples of T. hakonensis, which supports the idea of intensive gene flow between them. Within the northern populations statistically significant differences were found only between geographically remote samples. This fact may reflect their different fitness for the ocean salinity. Indeed, it is believed that T. hakonensis of Primorye has an anadromous mode of life, while T. hakonensis from Japan, Sakhalin, and Tumnin River less tolerant to the sea water is river-resident and usually does not go out further than estuaries (Sakai et al., 2002).

Using the calibration of mutation rate in cyt b of Cyprinid fishes (Zardoya, Doadrio, 1999; Dowling et al., 2002), the time of divergence of the northern and southern forms was estimated about 3.5-4.3 mya. It can be assumed that upper Miocene to early Pliocene regression and transgression events (Kobayashi, Takano, 2001) might have caused gradual salination of T. hakonensis previously freshwater habitat resulting


77

in its adaptation to the new environmental conditions, and eventually, in settling a new ecological niche.

Fig. 2. NJ-tree, illustrating phylogenetic relationships among the samples of T. hakonensis on the basis of PCR-RFLPs of mtDNA segments (A6/A8/COIII, ND3/ND4L/ND4 и ND5/ND6)

Taking into account the level of genetic differentiation between the northern and

southern forms of T. hakonensis proving the absence of gene flow between them in the course of many generations, differences in their geographic distribution and mode of life due to its diverse salinity tolerance, which conform to the results based on allozyme study of Japanese populations (Sakai et al., 2002), morphological distinctions (Gudkov et al., 2008), these two forms represent two independent closely related species.

This study was supported by FEB RAS grants (06-III-V-06-212 and 06-P10-015) and Russian Science Support Foundation.

References

Avise J.C. 2000. Phylogeography. The History and Formation of Species. Harvard University Press. 447 p.

Dowling T.E., Tibbets C.A., Minckley W.L., Smith G.R. 2002. Evolutionary relationships of the plagopterins (Teleostei: Cyprinidae) from cytochrome b sequences // Copiea. V. 3. P. 665-678.

Gudkov P.K., Nazarkin M.V., Semina A.V. 2008. Comparative morphological analysis of the big-scaled dace Tribolodon hakonensis (Cyprinidae, Cypriniformes) of


78

Sakhalin and south Primorye // Voprosy Ichtiologii (in press). Hanzawa N., Taniguchi N., Numachi K.-I. 1988. Geographic differentiation in

populations of Japanese dace Tribolodon hakonensis Deduced from allozymic variation // Zoological Science. V. 5. P. 449-461.

Kobayashi I., Takano O. 2001. Records of major and minor transgression and regression events in the Paleo-Sea of Japan during Late Cenozoic // Revista Mexicana de Ciencias Geológicas. V. 19. P. 226-234.

Polyakova N.E., Semina A.V., Brykov Vl.A. 2006. The variation in Chum salmon Oncorhynchus keta (Walbaum) mitochondrial DNA and its connection with the paleogeologic events in the Northwest Pacific // Russian Journal of Genetics. V. 42, N. 10. P. 1388-1396.

Riginos S. 2005. Cryptic vicariance in Gulf of California fishes parallels vicariant patterns found in Baja California mammals and reptiles // Evolution. V. 59. P. 2678-2690.

Sakai H., Goto A., Jeon S.-R. 2002. Speciation and dispersal of Tribolodon species (Pisces, Cyprinidae) around the Sea of Japan // Zoological Science. V. 19. P. 1291-1303.

Semina A.V., Polyakova N.E., Brykov Vl.A. 2006. Genetic analysis identifies a cryptic species of Far Eastern daces of the genus Tribolodon // Doklady Academii Nauk. V. 407, N. 4. P. 571-573.

Zardoya R., Doadrio I. 1999. Molecular evidence on the evolutionary and biogeographical patterns of European cyprinids // Journal of Molecular Evolution. V. 49. P. 227-237.


79

PL-5

SE-1

SE-2

SE-3 INFLUENCE OF POLLUTION ON THE OSTRACOD FAUNA NEARTHE EASTERN COAST OF AMURSKY BAY (SEA OF JAPAN/EAST SEA) Maria A. Zenina

Session E.

NEMERTEAN FAUNA OF NORTHEAST ASIA Alexei V. Chernyshev

OCEAN BIOGEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEM (OBIS): A USEFUL TOOLFOR MARINE BIODIVERSITY RESEARCH Xiaoxia Sun

OSTRACODS OF THE COASTAL ZONE OF JEJU ISLAND, KOREA Evgeny I. Schornikov and Mariya A. Zenina

Chair: Dr. Tatyana Dautova


80


81

PL-5

NEMERTEAN FAUNA OF NORTHEAST ASIA

Alexei V. Chernyshev A.V. Zhirmunsky Institute of Marine Biology, Far East Branch,

Russian Academy of Sciences, Vladivostok, Russia e-mail: [email protected]

Nemertea is a phylum of the invertebrates known as nemerteans, or ribbon

worms, which includes 1275 valid species [Kajihara et al., 2008]. These worms are found from the supralittoral to the abyssal zone on different bottoms, including silt, sand, algae, sea-grasses, and dead corrals. About 40 species are symbionts of decapods, bivalve mollusks, ascidians, star-fishes, barnacles, sea anemones, and echiurids. At present, 22 species of fresh-water nemerteans and 13 species of nemerteans living on land are described.

Stimpson [1857] was a pioneering researcher of the nemerteans of Northeast Asia. He briefly described 23 new species from the coastal waters of China and Japan. Almost 300 species of ribbon worms are known currently for the seas of Northeast Asia, including the seas surrounding Japan [Crandall et al., 2002; present studies]. The actual number of species, however, must be at least 600. The fact is that the nemertean fauna of this region is investigated rather irregularly. The northwestern Sea of Japan (62 species) and the Pacific coast of Japan (about 100 species) have received the most study, but even here not more than half of the species inhabiting these regions have been described. Data on the ribbon worms of the Sea of Okhotsk and the Kurils are very fragmentary: only 35 benthic and 11 pelagic species are known. The number of nemerteans recorded for the Pacific coast of Kamchatka and the western Bering Sea is still lower: 16 benthic and 10 pelagic species.

Data on the ribbon worms of China are also very fragmentary: 12 species registered from the Yellow Sea and 44 species from the coastal waters of south China. Gibson and Sundberg [2003] mention that at least 80-100 species inhabit the coastal waters of Hong Kong. There is almost no information on the nemerteans of the coastal waters of Korea. Korean guide-books contain only two species (Tubulanus punctatus and Lineus fuscoviridis), and one more species, Quasitetrastemma nigrifrons, was collected by Dr. Konstantin Lutaenko in Yeongil Bay; yet the study of the Korean region is very important for the understanding of biogeography of Northeast Asia


82

nemerteans. There are 58 ribbon worms species recorded from Peter the Great Bay, and 20 species (35%) of them have not been registered from the other regions of the world. That they are endemics of the Russian waters is rather doubtful. Unquestionably many of these species occur around the Japanese Islands and the Korean Peninsula, but it is unknown to us how far southward they are distributed.

As of now, we can assert that: (1) The currently stated endemism of the nemerteans of Peter the Great Bay,

Sagami Bay, the coastal waters of Hokkaido and Hong Kong stems from the fact that many adjacent water areas are not adequately studied. Some species previously recorded only from Peter the Great Bay have been found later off the Pacific coasts of Japan (Ototyphlonemertes nikolaii, O. martynovi, Oerstedia zebra) and the Kurils (Oerstedia oculata, Nipponnemertes arenaria). There is a probability that these species would be registered near the eastern coast of Korea. Some ribbon worms described from southern China are the potential inhabitants of the waters around Ryukyu and Jeju Islands.

(2) Members of the superorder Pilidiophora having long-swimming larvae (pilidia) are usually wider distributed than members of the superorder Hoplonemertea. Only two of 15 species of pilidiophoran nemerteans from Peter the Great Bay (Hubrechtella juliae and Micrura kulikovae – fig. 1, 2) have not been recorded outside this bay while there are as much as 17 species of 39 hoplonemertean ribbon worms recorded from nowhere else except Peter the Great Bay. The range of many Pilidiophora in the Sea of Japan assumingly extends well south of Peter the Great Bay, and they may appear not boreal, but boreal-subtropical nemerteans. On the other hand, there have been no one subtropical species and only three genera (Baseodiscus, Ototyphlonemertes, and Poseidonemertes – fig. 3-5), members of which inhabit mostly tropical and subtropical waters, described from the Russian waters. The northern limit of the distribution of subtropical nemerteans in Northeast Asia must be established. These worms are presumably distributed no farther than South Korea on the continent.

(3) The nemertean fauna of the intertidal and upper subtidal zones exhibits the greatest species diversity. Most new species of ribbon worms from the boreal waters of Asia were found among algae and sea grasses, but many yet undescribed species in tropical and subtropical waters live among corals and hydrocorals. Symbiontic nemerteans living in the mantle cavity of barnacles (3 species of the genus Nemertopsis) and in ambulacral grooves of the star-fishes (2 species of the genus Asteronemertes – fig. 6) have been recorded only from the Asian waters of the Pacific. The highest number of endemic brackish-water nemerteans is known from Northeast Asia, namely 6 species of 5 endemic genera (fig. 7). New investigations would unquestionably allow us to find


83

and describe many new genera and species of ribbon worms.

Figs. 1-7. Nemerteans of the coastal waters of Russia. 1 - Hubrechtella juliae Chernyshev, 2003; 2 – Micrura kulikovae Chernyshev, 1992; 3 – Baseodiscus cf. princeps (Coe, 1901); 4 – Ototyphlonemertes valentinae Chernyshev, 2003; 5 – Poseidonemertes maslakovae Chernyshev, 2002; 6 – Asteronemertes cf. gibsoni Chernyshev, 1991 (on starfish Pteraster sp.); 7 – Sacconemertopsis belogurovi Chernyshev, 1991.


84

The main difficulty for the studies of the nemerteans of Northeast Asia is that there are only four specialists in this group working in the region: Dr. Fumio Iwata (Professor Emeritus), Dr. Hiroshi Kajihara (Hokkaido University), Dr. Sun Shichun (Ocean University of China), and Dr. Alexey Chernyshev. One specialist can describe on average one or two species a year, because it’s a very laborious and time-consuming process concerned with making serial histological sections. Consequently, not less than 50 years of active research will be needed to study the nemertean fauna of Northeast Asia as thoroughly as the fauna of bivalvian mollusks currently studied.

References

Crandall F. B., Norenburg J. L., Chernyshev A. V., Maslakova S., Schwartz M,. Kajihara H. 2002. Checklist of the Nemertean Fauna of Japan and Northeastern Asia. Smithsonian Institution, Washington. 44 p.

Gibson R., Sundberg P. 2003. The nemerteans of Hong Kong: their diversity, origin and endemism // Proceedings of an International Workshop Reunion Conference, Hong Kong 21-26 October 2001. Hong Kong: Hong Kong University Press. P. 109-119.

Kajihara H. 2007. A taxonomic catalogue of Japanese nemerteans (phylum Nemertea) // Zoological Science. V. 24. P. 287–326.

Kajihara H., Chernyshev A.V., Sun S., Sundberg P., Crandall F.B. Checklist of nemertean genera and species (Nemertea) published between 1995 and 2007 // Species Diversity. 2008. (In press).

Stimpson W. 1857. Prodromus descriptionis animalium evertebratorum quae in Expeditione ad Oceanum Pacificum Septentrionalem, a Republica Federata missa, Dadwaladaro Ringgold et Johanne Rodgers Ducibus, observavit et descripsit. Pars II. Turbellarieorum Nemertineorum generum et specierum adhuc ineditarum descriptions; adjunctis notis de generibus jam constatutes // Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Science of Philadelphia. V. 9. P. 159–165.


85

SE-1

OCEAN BIOGEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEM (OBIS): A USEFUL TOOL FOR MARINE BIODIVERSITY RESEARCH

Xiaoxia Sun

Institute of Oceanology, Chinese Academy of Sciences, Qingdao, 266071, China

e-mail: [email protected] Central to an improved understanding of marine ecosystem function is the study

and cataloguing of species diversity and species distribution patterns. The development of the Ocean Biogeographical Information System (OBIS) is an important step towards this end. OBIS is an on-line, open-access, globally-distributed network of systematic, ecological, and environmental information systems. Collectively, these systems operate as a dynamic, global digital atlas to communicate biological information about the ocean and serve as a platform for further study of biogeographical relationships in the marine environment. Emphasis is on accurately-identified, species-level, georeferenced abundance data. Through use of Internet-enabled GIS and other Web-based analytical tools, biological data can readily be integrated with environmental data, maps, visualizations, and model outputs for a broadly based community of users.

OBIS is the most authoritative web-based provider of global geo-referenced information on marine species. In addition to gathering and maintaining marine species-level and habitat-level databases, it provides a variety of spatial query tools for visualizing geographical relationships among species, and between species and their environment. OBIS is growing rapidly to become the national, regional, and international infrastructure for information on marine species and their distribution and abundance, and playing a central research role in ocean biodiversity informatics.


86

Fig. 1. International OBIS Portal (http://www.iobis.org) During the last period, OBIS developed quickly and now it contains 14.2

million records representing 78,000 species. The number of datasets has grown to 437, and most of these individual datasets continue to grow. The multiplier-effect of establishing the Regional OBIS Nodes is already demonstrable. Institutionally, OBIS is growing rapidly as a distributed system with Regional OBIS Nodes (RONs) in Australia, Belgium (European Union), Canada, China, India, Japan, Korea, New Zealand, South Africa, South America (subnodes Argentina, Brazil, Chile), and U.S.A. Each of the RONs are self-sustaining and are the geographical backbone for further development of OBIS data content and regional support.

Currently, the Chinese OBIS Database contains about 200000 records, which mainly include the data on marine algae in China Sea and the data on the Chinese National Comprehensive Oceanographic Survey carried out during 1958-1960. More than 50000 records from Chinese OBIS database is accessible online through the international OBIS portal, filling the gap of marine biodiversity distribution in the north-west Pacific Ocean.


87

Fig. 2. Distribution of Crustacea along Chinese coast during 1959-60

References

Grassle J. F. 2000. The Ocean Biogeographic Information System (OBIS): an on-line, worldwide atlas for accessing, modeling and mapping marine biological data in a multidimensional geographic context // Oceanography. V. 13, N. 3. P. 5-7.

Tsontos V.M., Kiefer D.A. 2000. Development of a dynamic biogeographic information system for the Gulf of Maine // Oceanography. V. 13, N. 3. P. 25-30.


88

SE-2

OSTRACODS OF THE COASTAL ZONE OF JEJU ISLAND, KOREA

Evgeny I. Schornikov and Mariya A. Zenina



Ostracods are fine indicators of water ecosystem condition and climatic changes. However, they cannot be used from this point of view as they have not been sufficiently studied. Highly detailed data on fauna of the modern ostracods from the South Korea coast are presented in the doctoral thesis of Choe (1984). She examined 200 samples and found 222 species belonging to 96 genera. Among them 125 species were new for science. She studied 21 samples from Jeju Island area (Text-fig. 1) collected at the depths from 63 to 135 m. Among them she found 111 ostracod species, including 44 species new for science. Only 5 new species she found were described formally (Choe, 1988), whereas the rest names she gave remain invalid because they have been proposed in unpublished theses (ICZN, 1999, art. 9.9).

Five qualitative meiobenthic samples collected 24-28.07.2007 from the intertidal zone of Jeju Island by K.A.Lutaenko (whom we tender our thanks) served as material for the present report (Text-fig. 1). In these samples 73 ostracod species were found. They are listed in the Table below. Only one species belongs to subclass Myodocopa, whereas the remaining ones belong to 8 families and 35 genera of subclass Podocopa. Among them only 27 species have been described. Many undescribed species are known from the South Korea coast (Lee et al., 2000) and Peter the Great Bay (Sсhornikov, Chavtur, 2001) in the East Sea and from the Pleistocene deposits of the Jeju Island (Lee, 1990). Among the other species, listed in the open nomenclature, 15 new species were found, and 12 ones were identified only to a genus level, since they were presented in the sample as unidentified early age stages. Forty species were encountered as living, and 7 ones were found only as shells and valves. Images of the most interesting found species are presented in Plate 1.

In general ostracod fauna of Jeju Island coast remains poorly studied. Judging by species diversity of ostracod fauna of similar regions, one could suppose that not less than 600 ostracod species inhabit the shelf of Jeju Island.


89

Table Species composition and distribution of ostracods in the intertidal zone of Jeju Island

Species composition Station

Polycope sp. 3b* Saipanetta sp. (Pl. 1, fig. 2) 4 Neonesidea oligodentata (Kajiyama, 1913) 3a, 3b, Neonesidea sp. 11 Schornikov in Lee et al., 2000 4 Neonesidea sp. 12 Schornikov in Lee et al., 2000 3b, 4 Triebelina trapezoidalis Lee(MS), 1990 2, 3b, 4* Anchistrocheles sp. 2 Schornikov in Lee et al., 2000 (Pl. 1, fig. 1)

3b, 4

Pontocypris sp. 1 Schornikov in Lee et al., 2000 3a; 4 Sclerochilus cf. sp. 22 Schornikov in Lee et al., 2000 3b* Sclerochilus sp. 3b* Sclerochilus sp. 1 3b* Cythere? sp. 3a, Sсhizocythere kishinouyei (Kajiyama, 1913) 3a, 4 Spinileberis quadriaculeata (Brady, 1880) 4 Perissocytheridea cf. japonica Ishizaki, 1968 (Pl. 1, fig. 3, 4)

4*

Leptocythere sp. (Pl. 1, fig. 9, 10) 4* Callistocythere hayamensis Hanai, 1957 3a*, 3b, 4 Callistocythere sp. 4 Pontocythere cf. spatiosa Hou, 1982 4 Pontocythere subjaponica (Hanai, 1959) 4 Pontocythere minuta Ikeya et Hanai, 1982 4* Pontocythere miurensis (Hanai, 1959) 3a, 4* Parakrithella pseudadonta (Hanai, 1959) 3a, Aurila inabai Okubo, 1976 2; 3a*, 3b*, 4 Aurila cf. munechikai Ishizaki, 1968 2*, 3a*, 3b Aurila sp. 2, 3a Robustaurila ishizakii (Okubo, 1980) 2 Cornucoquimba sp. Schornikov et Chavtur, 2001 4 Coquimba aff. ishizakii Yajima, 1978 (Pl. 1, fig. 5, 6) 4


90

Coquimba cf. ishizakii Yajima, 1978 (Pl. 1, fig. 7, 8) 4* Cletocythereis bradyi Holden, 1967 4 Loxoconcha uranouchiensis Ishizaki, 1968 4* Loxoconcha aff. uranouchiensis Ishizaki, 1968 4 Loxoconcha spp. juv. sp. 1, sp. 2, sp. 3 3a Loxoconcha spp. juv. 2 sp. 3b Loxocorniuculum cf. mutsuense Ishizaki, 1971 3a, 3b Cytheromorpha acupunctata (Brady, 1880) 4 Hemicytherura cf. kunchiatiena (Hu, 1984) 3a*, 3b* Hemicytherura tricarinata Hani, 1957 4* Semicytherura kazahana Yamada, Tsukagoshi et Ikeya, 2005

4

Semicytherura mukaishimensis Okubo, 1980 3a*, 4 Semicytherura polygonoreticulata Ishizaki et Kato, 1976

4*

Cytheropteron miurense Hanai, 1957 4 Xestoleberis hanaii Ishizaki, 1968 1, 3a*, 4 Xestoleberis cf. hanaii Ishizaki, 1968 1*, 2, 3b* Xestoleberis sagamiensis Kajiyama, 1913 1*, 2 Xestoleberis setouchiensis Okubo, 1979 3b* Xestoleberis cf. setouchiensis Okubo, 1979 3b* Xestoleberis setouchiensis? Okubo, 1979 1, 3a, 3b* Xestoleberis sp. 5. Schornikov in Lee et al., 2000 Cytherois sp. 3 Schornikov in Lee et al., 2000 4 Flabellicytherois sp. 3 2, 3b* Boreostoma bingoense (Okubo, 1977) 1*, 2, 3b* Boreostoma aff. bingoense (Okubo, 1977) 3a*, 4 Boreostoma coniforme (Kajiyama, 1913) 3a* Boreostoma cf. yatsui (Kajiyama, 1913) 3a, 3b* Brunneostoma brunneatum (Schornikov, 1975) 3a, Brunneostoma brunneum (Schornikov, 1974) 3b Obesostoma sp. 1*, 2*, 3b* Paradoxostoma flaccidum Schornikov, 1975 3a*, 3b Paradoxostoma setoense Schornikov, 1975 3a* Paradoxostoma spp. juv. 7 sp. 3a (4 sp.), 3b (3


91

sp.) Pontostoma honssuense (Schornikov, 1975) 3a*, 3b* Paracytherois sp. 5. Schornikov in Lee et al., 2000 3b Note: asterisked (*) are stations where ostracod species were found alive.

Text-fig. 1. Schematic map of sampling locations in the coastal zone of Jeju Island: A – stations presented in the doctoral thesis of Choe (1985); B – our samples collected from the intertidal zone of Jeju Island; 1, 2…- numbers of sampling points.


92

Plate 1 Fig. 1. Anchistrocheles sp. 2 Schornikov in Lee et al., 2000, right valve of female. Fig. 2. Saipanetta sp., right valve of female; Figs. 3, 4. Perissocytheridea cf. japonica Ishizaki, 1968; right valve of female and left valve of male Figs. 5, 6. Coquimba aff. ishizakii Yajima, 1978; right valve of male and left valve of female; Figs. 7, 8. Coquimba cf. ishizakii Yajima, 1978; right valve of female and left valve of

male; Figs. 9, 10. Leptocythere sp.; right valve of female and left valve of male. Scale: 100 µm for figs. 1, 3-8; 40 µm for figs. 2, 9, 10.


93

References

Choe K.L. 1984. Recent Marine Ostracodes from Korea. Unpublished doctoral dissertation. Japan: Univ. of Tokyo. 396 p.

Choe K-L. 1988. On ostracod Biofacies and five new genera in Korean Seas // Evolutionary Biology of Ostracoda: its fundamentals and applications. Hanai T., N. Ikeya and K. Ishizaki (Eds.). Japan: Kodansha. P. 121-133.

ICZN, 1999. International Code of Zoological Nomenclature. 4th edn. London. Lee E.H. 1990. Pleistocene Ostracoda from the Marine Sedimentary Strata of the Cheju

Island, Korea. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, Departament of Geology, Graduate School, Korea University. 400 p.

Lee, E. Y., M. Huh, Schornikov E. I. 2000. Ostracod fauna from the East Sea coast of Korea and their distribution - preliminary study on Ostracoda as an indicator of water pollution // Journal of the Geological Society of Korea. V. 36, N 4. P. 435-472. [In Korean].

Schornikov (Shornikov) E.I., Chavtur V.G. 2001. Ostracods of rocky and neighboring shallow-water biotopes in southwestern of Peter the Great Bay // The State of Environment and Biota of the Southwestern Part of Peter the Great Bay and the Tumen River Mouth. V.L. Kasyanov, M.A. Vaschenko and D.L. Pitruk (Eds.). V. 3. Vladivostok: Dalnauka. P. 85-105.


94

SE-3

INFLUENCE OF POLLUTION ON THE OSTRACOD FAUNA NEAR THE EASTERN COAST OF AMURSKY BAY

(SEA OF JAPAN/ EAST SEA)

Maria A. Zenina A.V. Zhirmunsky Institute of Marine Biology, Far East Branch,


The changes of the species composition and distribution of ostracod fauna have

been observed over many coastal marine areas in Peter the Great Bay subjected to intensive anthropogenic pressure (Schornikov, 1996; 2000; Schornikov, Zenina, 2007). On the most part of the Vladivostok port all the ostracods which recently were represented by abundant complexes died out, while in Golden Horn Bay their remains are buried under 80 sm sediments layer (Schornikov, 1996; 2000). No changes of ostracod assemblages related to anthropogenic effects have been recorded in northwestern part of the Amursky Bay (Zenina, Schornikov, 2008). The whole coastal area about Vladivostok is polluted to a varying degree (Belan et al., 2003; Naumov, 2006).

The work presented is based on 21 samples analyzed, collected throughout the years of 2006-2007 in two regions near eastern coast of the Amursky Bay within Vladivostok (Fig.1) The area between the Cape Krasny and Cape Grozny is rather far from big industrial and domestic sewage disposals thus being considered as moderately polluted zone of the Amursky Bay (Oleinik et al., 2004). In order to cover the most important biotopes the samples were collected in each landscape by a section in the depths 1.5-3 m, 4-6 m, 7-8 m and 12 m. The area near mouth of Vtoraya Rechka River running through the industrial territory was referred to a severely polluted zone. Here is located a collector of waste waters. This area is characterized by high concentrations of heavy metals, strong organic and oil contamination (Dulepov et al., 2002; Naumov, 2006). In this region 15 qualitative meiobenthos samples have been collected in the zones identical to those in moderately polluted region (Fig. 1B).

A small dredge (36 cm width) with a nylon sack (meshes of 0.1x0.1 mm) attached and a sieve (meshes of 1.5x1.5 mm) inserted has been used for collecting and preliminary processing samples. In polluted regions the ostracod number is usually


95

small so big volume samples are needed to be collected to objectively evaluate the changes of ostracod species composition and their population structure. In our judgment optimal sample volume to run monitoring studies near eastern shore of the Amursky Bay is about 15 l. Images of the most interesting found species are presented in Plate 1.

Text-fig. 1. Schematic map of the area studied and the locations of sampling sites: A – map of Peter the Great Bay and location of two studied regions; B – region with moderate pollution; C – polluted region. Notation: 1 – station with living ostracods, 2 – stations containing only shells and valves of ostracods; 3 – stations where ostracods were not found.

Totally 41 ostracod species have been found. Only single species Euphilomedes

nipponicus Hiruta, 1976 belongs to subclass Myodocopa, the rest are referred to 13 families and 26 genera of subclass Podocopa. Among them 19 have been previously described while 22 species left in open nomenclature and proved to be species newly


96

discovered for the science (Table 1). Species names in the open nomenclature mentioned earlier in literature are listed in accordance with “Checklist…” (SCHORNIKOV

2006). A total of 30 species were encountered alive while 11 were found only as shells and valves. The ostracods found are referred to different ecological groups and related with certain biotops (Table).

Table Ostracod distribution in studied area and their ecological preferences

1.5-3 4-6 7-8 12 1.5-3 4-6 7-8 12Euphilomedes nipponicus Hiruta, 1976 ● - - - - - ● ● eAglaiocypris sp. - ○ - - - - - - phCythere nishinipponica Okubo, 1976 ○ ● ● ● - ○ ● - eSpinileberis quadriaculeata (Brady, 1880) ● ○ ● ● - - ● ● mSpinileberis ? sp. - - ● ● - - ● ● mLeptocythere sp. 1 - - - - - - - ● mParacytheroma asamushiensis (Ishizaki, 1971) - ● ● ● - - ● ● mSarsicytheridea cf. bradii (Norman, 1865) - - - - - - ○ - mPontocythere subjaponica (Hanai, 1959) ○ ● - - - ○ ○ - sBicornucythere bisanensis (Okubo, 1975) ○ ● ● ● - ○ ● ● mHemicythere orientalis Schornikov, 1973 - ○ - - - - ○ - mFinmarchinella (F .) uranipponica Ishizaki, 1969 - ○ - - - - - - hF. (B .) cf. japonica (Ishizaki, 1966) (Pl. 1, fig. 1) - ○ - - - - ○ - hYezocythere hayashii Hanai & Ikeya, 1991 - ○ - - - - ○ - sAurila disparata Okubo, 1980 ○ ○ - - - ○ - - hRobustaurila ishizakii (Okubo, 1980) ○ ○ - - - - ○ - hCornucoquimba sp. (Pl. 1, fig. 2) ● - - - - - - - hMicrocythere sp. B. (Pl. 1, figs. 4, 5) ● - - - - - - - sLoxoconcha harimensis Okubo, 1980 ● ● - - - - - - hLoxoconcha sp. 3. - ○ - - - - - - mLoxoconcha ? sp. 2. (Fl. 1, fig 3) ● ● ● ● - ○ ● ● mLoxocauda sp. 1. ● - - - - - - - phLoxocauda sp. 5. ● - - ○ - - - - hCytheromorpha acupunctata (Brady, 1880) ● ● ● ● - - ● - mAngulicytherura sp. 3 (Pl. 1, figs. 6, 7) ● ● - ○ - - ● ● mAngulicytherura sp. 4 (Pl. 1, figs. 8, 9) - ● - ○ - - ○ - mHemicytherura tricarinata Hanai, 1957 ● ● - - - - - - phHemicytherura sp. ● ○ - - - - ○ - phHoweina camptocytheroidea Hanai, 1957 (Pl. 1, fig. 10) ○ - ○ ○ - ○ ○ - eHoweina sp. A (Pl. 1, fig. 11) ● ● ● ● - - ● ● eHoweina sp. 5 ○ ● ● ● - ○ ● ● mSemicytherura cf. miurensis Hanai, 1957 - ● ○ ○ - - - - hS. mukaishimensis Okubo, 1980 ● ○ - - - - - - hS. cf. wakamurasaki (Yajima, 1982) ○ - - - - - - - sSemicytherura sp. B Ishizaki et Matoba, 1985 - ● ● ● - - ● ● m

Species Depth Region 1 Region 2 E. pr.


97

Cytherurinae n. gen. sp. 5 ● ● - - - - - - hXestoleberis hanaii Ishizaki, 1968 ● ○ - - ● - - - eXestoleberis sp. 6 ● - - - - - - - hBoreostoma coniforme (Kajiyama, 1913) ● ● - - - - - - phB. ussuricum (Schornikov, 1974) - - - - ● - - - phParadoxostoma sp. 28 ● - - - - - - - ph Note: Underlined are names of species mentioned in literature for the first time. ● – species found alive, ○ – species encountered only as shells and valves. E.pr – ecological preferences: ph – phytal dwellers; h – hard substrate dwellers; s – sand dwellers, m – muddy dwellers; e – eurytopic species.

On the eastern coast of the Amursky Bay best studied as for ostracods is the

moderately polluted region between the Capes Krasny and Grozny; there long-term investigations of their fauna have been running since 1967. It is characterized by diversified ostracod complexes and it was selected as a model for monitoring and evaluating the degree of the destruction of the ostracod complexes along the whole coastal area of Vladivostok Sity. In the moderately polluted region 38 species have been found. 28 species have been encountered alive while the rest were found only as shells and valves. There in the phytal zone characterized by a variety of microbiotops with the conditions favorable for ostracods differing in ecology the greatest species diversity has been noted. The number of species decreases with depth, on muddy sand and mud.

In the polluted region near mouth of Vtoraya Rechka River 25 species have been found. Among them 15 species were encountered alive while the rest were found only as valves and shells. There the ostracod complexes are dieing out. On the mud, hard grounds and seaweed thallomes closest to the sewage disposal (down to 4 m deep) (st. 2, 7, 11, 15) ostracods seamed to exist long ago, even their valves disappeared since they are buried in deeper ground layers. Individual specimens of two species most resistant to anthropogenic pollution Xestoleberis hanaii Ishizaki, 1968 and Boreostoma ussuricum (Schornikov, 1974) were found in the depth of more than 4 m (st. 8) on hard substrates and seaweeds thallomes. It is due to their specific ecology. B. ussuricum lives on thallomes of Laminaria japonica and has no direct contacts with the ground polluted. X. hanaii prefers to hold on stones and seaweed rhizoids. When the stones happen to project over the ground surface mud sediments together with pollutants are washed away by moving water. In the distance of 500 m off the sewage disposal (st.6, 10) on the mud there appear single valves of ostracods which died out relatively of later. Most of them belong to muddy dwellers now living deeper. More than 1 km farther from the sewage disposal (deeper than 7 m) (st. 1, 3, 4, 5, 13, 12) ostracod complex is


98

represented which is typical of muddy grounds of the Amursky Bay (Zenina, Schornikov, 2008).

Thus ostracods are established to practically completely die out in area nearest off sewage disposal at least on the distance of 1 km. Only individual specimens of the most eurybiontic species which do not closely contact with polluted sediments can penetrate in the outlying part of this area.

References

Belan T.A., Tkalin A.V., Lishavskaya T.S. 2003. The present status of bottom ecosystems of Peter the Great Bay (the Sea of Japan) // Pacific Oceanography. V. 1, N. 2. P. 158-167.

Dulepov V.I., Lelyukh N.N., Leskova O.A. 2002. Analysis and Modeling of Processes of Ecosystems in Peter the Great Bay. Vladivostok: Dalnauka. 248 p.

Naumov Y.A. 2006. Anthropogenesis and Ecological Conditions of Geosystem of Marine-Coastal Zone of Peter the Great Bay, Sea of Japan. Vladivostok: Dalnauka. 300 p.

Oleinik E.V., Moschenko A.V., Lishavskaya T.S. 2004. Influence of pollution of bottom sediments on species composition and abundance of bivalve mollusks in Peter the Great Bay, Sea of Japan // Biologiya Morya. V. 30, N 1. P. 39-45.

Schornikov E.I. 1996. Ostracodes as indicators of water ecosystem’s dynamics // Bulletin of the Far East. Branch, Russian Academy of Sciences. V. 5. P. 36-42. [In Russian].

Schornikov E.I. 2000. Ostracoda as indicators of conditions and dynamics of water ecosystems // Environmental Micropaleontology: the Application of Microfossils to Environmental Geology - Topics in Geobiology. Martin R.E. (Ed.). V. 15. New York: Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers. P. 181-187.

Schornikov E.I. 2006. Checklist of the ostracod (Crustacea) fauna of Peter the Great Bay, Sea of Japan // Zootaxa. V. 1294. P. 29–59.

Schornikov E.I., Zenina M.A. 2007. Buried ostracods collected at the location of a nuclear submarine accident in the Chazhma Cove (Peter the Great Bay, Sea of Japan) // Russian Journal of Marine Biology. V. 33, N 3. P. 199–202.

Zenina M.A., Schornikov E.I. 2008. Ostracod assemblages of the freshened part of Amursky Bay and lower reaches of Razdolnaya River (Sea of Japan) // Ecological Studies and the State of the Ecosystem of Amursky Bay and the Estuarine Zone of the Razdolnaya River (Sea of Japan). Lutaenko K.A., Vaschenko M.A. (Eds). V. 1. Vladivostok: Dalnauka. P. 156-185.


99

Plate 1 Fig. 1. Finmarchinella (B.) cf. japonica (Ishizaki, 1966), right valve of female; MIMB 3415. Fig. 2. Cornucoquimba sp., right valve of female; MIMB 13416. Fig. 3. Loxoconcha? sp. 2, right valve of female; MIMB 13417. Figs. 4, 5. Microcythere sp. B., right and left valves of female; MIMB 13418. Figs. 6, 7. Angulicytherura sp. 3, right valve of female and left valve of male; MIMB 13419, 13420.

Figs. 8, 9. Angulicytherura sp. 4, right valve of female and left valve of male; MIMB 13397, 13398.

Fig. 10. Howeina camptocytheroidea Hanai, 1957, right valve of female; MIMB 13403. Fig. 11. Howeina sp. A Schornikov et Zenina, 2007, right valve of female; MIMB 13405.

Scale: 100 µm for fig. 1; 60 µm for figs. 2, 3, 6-11; 40 µm for figs. 4, 5.


100


101

Poster Presentation.


102


103

PS-1

CONSERVATION AND RESTORATION OF BIODIVERSITY OF THE FAR EAST SEAS

M.Z. Ermolitskaya

Institute of Marine Technology Problems, Far East Branch, Russian Academy of Sciences,Vladivostok 690041, Russia

Biodiversity conservation is a component of national strategy of Russia. By the

definition accepted at summit of the UNO (1992), a biodiversity is «variability of alive organisms from all sources including inter alia ground, sea and other water ecosystems and ecological complexes which part they are: it includes a diversity within the limits of a species, a diversity of kinds and ecosystems». According to the expanded program of preservation of the environment and nature-conservative mechanisms to global problems adopted in 2003, it is necessary to attribute effective conservation of ecosystems biodiversity, inhabitancies and biomes, preservation of a specific and genetic variety, steady use and consumption of biological resources, elimination of factors of threat for a biodiversity (invasive alien kinds and also loss of habital places, change of structure of land tenure, degradation of the grounds, unstable water use) and the loadings caused by environmental contamination and influence of climatic changes (Convention…, 2003).

As it is known biological resources unlike other kinds of natural resources are concerned to reproduce. But at intensive exploitation these resources are exhausted and they can disappear. Overfishings disturb natural balance and hamper of restoration of natural processes. Therefore it is necessary not to exceed speed of natural or artificial restoration of fishing rates (Shevchuk, 1999).

At the organization of rational fisheries of some species of sea organisms, for example, salmon fishes, it is necessary to take into account features of fish biology and influence of anthropogenic factors: infringements of a hydrological regimen, waters quality deterioration of hatchery pond and etc. The decision of this problem is closely connected with development of a question about ratio of natural and artificial reproductions, taking into consideration ecological capacity of marine environment.

Such a ratio of natural and artificial reproductions when artificial reproduction will not undermine a condition of existence of a natural part of a population, probably, will be optimum, and in the sum the quantity of a reproduced fish will tend to a


104

maximum at the minimal or fixed expenses for artificial cultivation. At planning and using of the fish-farms it is necessary to take into account economic risks and long-term influence on ecosystem conditions and salmon populations. The efficiency of work of the fish-farms is necessary to estimate on volumes of young fish production and sires return.

There are only 10-15 % of the fish-farms providing local salmon fisheries which are effective on the Far East. In opinion of the American scientists the activity of some fish-farms promotes a genetic degradation of natural salmon flocks, causing an intraspecific competition for resources and place, hybridization, etc. Therefore procedures are developed for reduction of influences of these enterprises on a natural salmon variety reduce up to minimum negative genetic changes of natural populations. It is necessary to put a ban on construction of the fish-farms on rivers where there is a steady natural reproduction of salmons for maintenance of a biodiversity and genofond of fishes.

Creation of unified geoinformation system on salmon resources of the Far East seas will allow more effectively and in a complex to approach to the decision of problems on biodiversity conservation and steady use of Pacific salmon flocks. There is a positive example of development GIS of Kamchatka under project «Biodiversity conservation of Kamchatka salmons and their steady use ».

References

Shevchuk A.V. 1999. Economy of Nature Management (The theory and Practice). Moscow: Publishing House NIA-Nature. 308 p.

Convention on Biological Diversity Decision. VI/3: Marine and Coastal Biological Diversity. 2003 // Handbook of the Convention on Biological Diversity: 2-nd ed. CBD-UN-UNEP. P.656-658.


105

PS-2 A 30-YEAR STUDY OF THE ABUNDANCE DYNAMICS OF YESSO

SCALLOP PATINOPECTEN YESSOENSIS IN PRIMORYE (RUSSIA)

Delik D. Gabaev

A.V. Zhirmunsky Institute of Marine Biology, Far East Branch, Russian Academy of Sciences, Vladivostok 690041 Russia


An interest to investigation of regularity of the population dynamics of organisms has been maintained in ecology for many years. One of the most important and quickly developing trends of human economic activity – aquaculture – also depends upon abundance dynamics of individuals, as, for example, mariculture of Japanese scallop mainly depends upon naturally obtained of recruits.

The work was carried out in 1977-2006 in Minonosok Bight of Possyet Bay (42o36Ń, 130o50É) and in 1985-1988 in Kit Bight (Sea of Japan) (42o31Ń, 134o10É). Mesh bag collectors were placed at 8-12 m horizon of sea plantations. They were put in the sea before the 15th of June. After three-four months of exposition 10 collectors were raised to the surface. Scallops were taken out, measured and living and dead individuals were counted. Salinity, temperature and precipitation parameters of Possyet Bay for summer months of 1977-2006 were taken at meteorological station of Possyet. A duration of ice period was registered during 1977-2006 in shallow bights of Possyet Bay. Solar activity values in Wolf numbers were taken from Internet.

Results Two-way ANOVA revealed a reliable joint effect of solar activity and duration of ice period on abundance of juvenile Japanese scallop (Table). Spectral analysis of abundance dynamics of Japanese scallop established periods of 2- and 5-year length. Factor analysis showed that the most important factor, affecting the juvenile scallop abundance, is solar activity.


106

Table Two-way ANOVA of the joint dependence solar activity and duration of ice period in previous winter on abundance of juvenile Japanese scallop (bold numerals indicate a reliable interdependence)

Degree of freedom

MS F p

Wolf numbers 1 0.360 3.160 0.089 Duration of ice 0 Wolf numbers х duration of ice

1 0.561 4.924 0.037

Error 22 0.114

From the beginning of observations up to 1985 the most productive for juvenile Japanese scallop were odd years. After 1985 even years became productive for this scallop. Comparison of abundance dynamics and the course of solar activity showed that productive years for juvenile individuals, as a rule, come with reduction of solar activity (Figure). In 2005 for the first time after 1983 odd years became fruitful on recruits. This directs on thought that was finished 22 year cycles (1983 -2004) under which productive there were even years on juvenile scallop.

Fig. Interrelation between abundance of juveniles of Patinopecten yessoensis and solar activity


107

Discussion A great number of works is dedicated to the study of the factors, affecting gonad maturation and successful reproduction of mollusks. Environmental factors determine all stages of annual gonad cycle, including growth and maturation of gametes. Every stage of reproduction cycle has a certain temperature optimum (Kaufman, 1976). Winter period with negative water temperatures is a heavy stress for animals. A long stress results in appearance of increased values gonad index for Placopecten magellanicus, as mollusks limit or stop growth in order to retain reproduction (MacDonald et al., 1987). And on the contrary, reproduction level decreased together with the stress reduction. Thus, recruitment of Macoma balthica was absent after mild winters (Honkoop et al., 1998). Reproductive development of mollusks is adapted to winter period. High temperature requirements of vitellogenesis stage, running at minimal temperature, are satisfied by way of a considerable prolongation of this stage. Depending on maturation conditions, size of Japanese scallop gonads can be different in spring. Water temperature during winter of 1973/1974 was lower in the eastern Mutsu Bay, whereas gonad index of Japanese scallop there was higher. Similar results of low temperature effect on reproductive process of this scallop were obtained at Hokkaido (Chang et al., 1985). The available literature data suggest that the winter period is longer, the higher the reproduction level is achieved. Reduction of energy, used for growth, can be used for reproduction (Beiring & Lasker, 2000).

In the coastal areas of Possyet Bay hydrological characteristics display quasi-biennial oscillations, caused by the doubled period of Chandler oscillation of poles, and as the second bifurcation of the doubled period, a quasi-five-year cycle of repetitions of El Niño atmospheric phenomenon is formed (Monin & Berestov, 2005). Duration of ice period is a reliable indicator of winter severity. Due to the early thawing of ice a forecast of juvenile individuals abundance has a long-term character. Abundance of juvenile Japanese scallop on artificial substrates can be predicted already in April by the time of ice disappearance in shallow bays (Gabaev, 1982). Even more long-term forecast is based on solar activity. High correlation between previous solar activity and total abundance of Japanese scallop on two water areas, demonstrating asynchronous dynamics (R = 0.80, p = 0.20), suggests that solar activity determines the harvest of the year, and precipitations determine a specific abundance on the water area. A noticeable increase of juvenile scallop abundance is possibly caused by reduction of UV irradiation. In the period of high solar activity it negatively affects scallop spermatozoids (Li et al., 2000), food – diatom algae (Rech et al., 2005), and post-metamorphosed larvae (Dobretsov et al., 2005).


108

References

Beiring E.A., Lasker H.R. 2000. Egg production by colonies of a gorgonian coral // Marine Ecology Progress Series V. 196. P. 169-177.

Chang Y.J., Mori K., Nomura T. 1985. Studies on the scallop, Patinopecten yessoensis in sowing cultures in Abashiri Waters. Reproductive periodicity // Tohoku Journal of Agriculture Research. V. 35, N 2-4. P. 91-105.

Dobretsov S.V., Qian P-Y., Wahl M. 2005. Effect of solar ultraviolet radiation on the formation of shallow, early successional biofouling communities in Hong Kong // Marine Ecology Progress Series. V. 290. P. 55-65.

Gabaev D.D. 1982. Regularities of settling of some invertebrates on collectors in Possyet Bay // Biology of Shelf Zones of the World Ocean: Abstracts of the 2-th All-Union Conference. Vladivostok: DVNTS AN USSR. P. 54-55.

Honkoop P.J.C., Van der Meer J., Beukema J.J., Kwast D. 1998. Does temperature–influenced egg production predict the recruitment in the bivalve Macoma baltica? // Marine Ecology Progress Series. V. 164. P. 229-235.

Kaufman Z.S. 1976. Dependence of oogenesis of sea invertebrates on temperature factor of environment and some issues of evolutionary morphorogy // Journal of General Biology. V. 37, N 2. P. 263-275. [In Russian].

Li Q., Osada M., Kashihara M., Hirohashi K., Kijima A. 2000. Effects of ultraviolet irradiation on genetical inactivation and morphological structure of sperm of the Japanese scallop, Patinopecten yessoensis // Aquaculture. V. 186. P. 233-242.

MacDonald B.A., Thompson R. J., Bayne B.L. 1987. Influence of temperature and food availability on the ecological energetics of the giant scallop Placopecten magellanicus IV: Reproductive effort, value and cost // Oecologia (Berlin). V. 72. P. 550-556.

Monin A.S., Berestov A.A. 2005. New facts about climate // Bulletin of the Russian Academy of Sciences. V. 75. N 2. P. 126-138.

Rech M., Mouget J-L., Moran-Manceau A., Rosa Ph., Tremblin G. 2005. Long-term acclimation to UV radiation: effects on growth, photosynthesis and carbonic anhydrase activity in marine diatoms // Botanica Marina. V. 48. P. 407-420.


109

PS-3

BIOGEOGRAPHIC ANALYSIS OF THE SHELL-BEARING GASTROPODS IN THE RUSSIAN WATERS OF THE EAST SEA

(SEA OF JAPAN)

Vladimir V. Gulbin A.V. Zhirmunsky Institute of Marine Biology, Far East Branch,


Introduction

Due to investigations of Japanese and Korean malacologists the mollusk fauna of the southern and south-eastern parts of the East Sea (Sea of Japan) has been well-studied. However, in the Russian waters of the East Sea, the fauna has been studied only in some areas. Only recently the mollusk fauna of this region has been studied completely enough. Examination of the extensive material reveals that the shell-bearing gastropod fauna of the Russian waters of the East Sea comprises 331 species and subspecies: 306 prosobranchs, 24 opisthobranchs, and 1 pulmonate (Gulbin, 2006; Gulbin, Chaban 2007). The aim of the present paper is to carry our biogeographic analysis of gastropod mollusk fauna and to perform a preliminary biogeographic zoning of the Russian waters of the East Sea.

Materials and methods

Collections of A.V.Zhirmunsky Institute of Marine Biology FEB RAS (IMB) (Vladivostok) and Zoological Institute RAS (ZIN) (Saint-Petersburg) provided the material for our work. These collections have been assembled from the 1920s to the present time. Within this 80-year period, ZIN and IMB have collected a rich assortment of the molluscan material consisting of more than 5000 samples, covering supra-littoral, littoral, sub-littoral, and partially bathyal down to 1500 m depth. Samples were collected using drags, trawls, dredges, and SCUBA diving. The maximum number of samples was collected at depths from the littoral zone down to 400 m.

For ease of reference, the entire studied area was divided into 8 faunal zones (fig. 1). These zones have been distinguished based on species areas, and also taking into account their compatibility with reference to the extent they have been studied to, the length of the coastline, biotopic and temperature-zone features.


110

I

II

III

IV

VII

V

VI

Kh

ab

ar o

vs k

Re

gi o

n

Pr i m

o r y e Re g i o

n

S

a

kh

a

l i

n

R u s s i a

Ho

kk

ai d

o

East Sea

(Sea of Japan)

T a

t

a

r

S

t

r

a

i

t

52

50

48

46

44

40

130 132 134 136 138 140 142

50

52

48

46

44

142140138136134132130

C. Povo

rotniy

C. Belkin

C. Suyrkum

C.Lamanon

C.Slepikovsky

С.Krilyon

R.Tumannaya

C. Lasarev C. Pogibi

Moneron Id .

200

200020

00

200

VIII

40

Fig. 1. Faunistic zones (I-VIII) of the Russian waters of the East Sea (Sea of Japan)

Continental coast (from the south to north): Zone I: Peter the Great Bay from the mouth of Tumannaya River (42°17' –

130°41') to Povorotniy Cape (42°40' – 133°02'). Zone II: to the north of Povorotniy Cape to Belkin Cape (45°49' – 137°41'). Zone III: to the north of Belkin Cape to Suyrkum Cape (50°06' – 140°41'). Zone IV: to the north of Suyrkum Cape to Lazarev Cape (52°07' – 141°30'). Sakhalin coast (from the south to north): Zone V: from Pogibi Cape (52°13' – 141°38') to Lamanon Cape (48°47' –

141°49'). Zone VI: to the south from Lamanon Cape to Slepikovsky Cape (47°18' –

141°58'). Zone VII: to the south from Slepikovsky Cape to Krilyon Cape (45°54' –

142°05'). Zone VIII: Moneron Island (46°15' – 141°14'). Depending on the nature of their geographic distribution, all species are

subdivided to the following biogeographic groups: (a) Boreal-arctic species, distributed in the boreal waters of the Pacific and

Atlantic Oceans and along the entire Arctic coast;


111

(b) Pacific high-boreal species occurring mostly in the Sea of Okhotsk (excluding the southern part), and in the Pacific from the middle and northern Kurile Islands to the North American coast;

(c) Pacific widespread boreal species, inhabiting boreal waters near the Pacific coasts of Asia and America, or boreal waters only near the Asian coasts;

(d) Asian low-boreal species, inhabiting only low-boreal waters mainly around the northern Japan, in the northern East Sea, and in the southern Sea of Okhotsk (down to Terpeniya Сape and Iturup Island);

(e) Asian subtropical-low-boreal species inhabiting subtropical and low-boreal waters of the Yellow and East Seas, around Japan, and extending to the warmest low-boreal area;

(f) Asian subtropical species, inhabiting only subtropical waters near the Asian coasts;

(g) Asian tropical-subtropical species inhabiting tropical and subtropical waters near the Asian coasts.

The Pacific boreal waters include the area from the East Sea (Sea of Japan), north-eastern Honshu, Hokkaido Island, and California north to the Bering Strait: high-boreal waters – from the Sea of Okhotsk (except the southern part) and Vancouver Island north to the Bering Strait; low-boreal waters – from the southern border of boreal waters up to the southern border of high-boreal waters. Such a system of zonality is generally accepted in biogeographical literature, and is the most frequently used.

Comparison of species lists of 8 distinguished zones was carried out using the method of cluster analysis. Bray-Curtis coefficient was used as a measure of similarity (Bray, Curtis, 1957). A dendrogram was constructed using the method of average binding. EXCEL и PRIMER software were used for analysis and interpretation of biological data (Clarke, Warwick, 2001). I greatly appreciate the assistance of V. Ivin, the Senior Researcher of IBM, in my work with PRIMER software.

Biogeographic analysis

The shell-bearing gastropod fauna of the Russian waters of the East Sea comprises 331 species and subspecies: 306 prosobranchs, 24 opisthobranchs, and 1 pulmonate (Gulbin, 2006; Gulbin, Chaban, 2007). The conducted cluster analysis showed that the studied water area can be divided into 4 faunistic areas (fig. 2), having Bray-Curtis similarity coefficients less than 70:


112

Fig.2. Similarity dendrograms of species from the faunistic zones (A) and biogeographic regions (B) of the Russian waters of the East Sea (Sea of Japan). I-VIII – faunistic zones; A-D – biogeographic regions

A (zone I-II): of Tumannaya River (42°17' – 130°41') to Belkin Cape (45°49' – 137°41').

B (zone III-V): to the north of Belkin Cape to Lamanon Cape (48°47' – 141°49'). C (zone VI-VII): to the south from Lamanon Cape to Krilyon Cape (45°54' –

142°05'). D (zone VIII): Moneron Island (46°15' – 141°14'). As it was expected, biogeographic composition of fauna of the studied area is

very diverse, which is conditioned by situation of the area near the border between boreal and subtropical zones. Integrally throughout the studied area the number of thermotropic (tropical-subtropical, subtropical, subtropical-low-boreal and low-boreal) species exceeds the number of psychrotropic (widespread boreal, high-boreal and boreal-arctic) species (Table 1). The distinguished 4 areas significantly differ by biogeographic composition of fauna. A-area is the richest in species and inhabited by the most termotropic fauna, which makes 56.7%. The most species of the tropical-subtropical complex also dwell here. The bulk of the fauna of D-area also consists of thermotropic species, though the total species number here is more than twice less than in A-area. B- and C-areas are inhabited by a more cold-water fauna (psychrotropic species prevail over thermotropic ones). Tropical-subtropical and subtropical species are either absent here or presented by a single species.

Such distribution of biogeographic groups is well conformed to distribution of water masses in this area during warm seasons (Leonov, 1960). A great number of thermotropic species near Moneron Island is connected with the fact that the upper part


113

of this Island shelf is washed by warm waters of Tsushima Current arm (Soya Current). Due to that water temperature here in august makes about 16°C, and at 25 m depth - 10°C. A complex dynamic interaction of water mass of the East Sea and the Sea of Okhotsk can be observed near the south-western and western Sakhalin. Besides, the cold “Makarov spot” with permanent low water temperature is situated here. The northern part of the Sea is washed by mixed waters of Tatar Strait and is not exposed to colder waters of the Sea of Okhotsk, but it is exposed to the effect of the cold Primorsky Current, originating here. The southeastern part of the area is under the effect of two water masses: the northern East Sea and the deep East Sea, divided by the transformation zone. In august the surface water temperature here reaches 20-22°C, at 25 m depth –10°C, at 50 m depth – about 2-3°C, and at more than 300-500 m depths – less than 1°C. The most number of thermotropic species is confined to the warmest northern water mass of the East Sea.

Table 1 Biogeographic composition and number of species of shell-bearing gastropods in the different biogeographic regions of the Russian waters of the East Sea (Sea of Japan)

Total A B C D Tropical-subtropical 3(0.9%) 2(0.7%) 0 0 2(1.4%) Subtropical 9(2.7%) 9(3.3%) 0 1(0.7%) 0 Subtropical-low-boreal 43(13.0%) 38(13.8%) 19(11.4%) 13(8.7%) 14(10.0%) Low-boreal 123(37.3% 107(38.9%) 56(33.5%) 52(34.7%) 58(41.4%) Widespread boreal 107(32.2% 85(30.9%) 63(37.7%) 61(40.6%) 48(34.3%) High-boreal 2(0.6%) 1(0.4%) 1(0.6%) 0 0 Boreal-arctic 44(13.3%) 33(12.0%) 28(16.8%) 23(15.3%) 18(12.9%) Number species: 331 275 167 150 140 Total thermotropical 178(53.8% 156(56.7%) 75(44.9%) 66(44.0%) 74(52.9%) Total psychrotropical 153(46.2% 119(43.3%) 92(55.1%) 84(56.0%) 66(47.1%)

Biogeographic groups of species Biogeographic regions

Beginning from the work of E. Forbes (1856), several hundreds of papers, devoted to biogeographic zoning of the East Sea, have been published by the present time. Their review was presented in a monograph of A. Kafanov (1991). The majority of biogeographers attribute the East Sea (except for its southernmost part adjoining the Korean Strait) to the Japanese-Manchurian biogeographic sub-region of the North Pacific boreal region. The northern boundary of this sub-region runs from Terpenia Cape (Sakhalin Island) to Iturup Island (Kuril Islands). The Japanese-Manchurian sub-


114

region itself is subdivided into two provinces (or super-provinces): Manchurian and Japanese, and their boundary runs from the northern Korea to the northern part of Honshu Island. The Russian part of the East Sea is attributed to the Manchurian province.

Taking into account similarity of faunas of the distinguished areas, I am inclined to divide the northern part of the East Sea to two sub-provinces: Moneron (D) and the Northern East Sean (A, B, C). Moneron sub-province coefficient of fauna similarity is less than 60, and it is represented by a single district of the same name. The Northern East Sea sub-province consists of three districts: the South Primorye (A), Tatar (B) and the South Sakhalin (C), having coefficients of fauna similarity less than 70, but more than 60.

References Bray J. R., Curtis J. T. 1957. An ordination of the upland forest communities of

Southern Wisconsin // Ecological Monographs. V. 27, N 4. P. 325-349. Clarke K.R., Warwick R.M. 2001. Change in Marine Communities: An

Approach to Statistical Analysis and Interpretation. PRIMER-E: Plymouth. Gulbin V.V. 2006. Catalogue of the shell-bearing gastropods in the Russia

waters of the Sea of Japan. Part 1 // The Bulletin of the Russian Far East Malacological Society. V. 10. P. 5-28. [In Russian].

Gulbin V.V., Chaban E.M. 2007. Catalogue of the shell-bearing gastropods in the Russia waters of the Sea of Japan. Part 2 // The Bulletin of the Russian Far East Malacological Society. V. 11. P. 5-30. [In Russian].

Kafanon A.I. 1991. Bivalve Mollusks and Faunistic Biogeography of the Northern Pacific. Vladivostok: Academy of Sciences of the USSR, Far East Branch. 195 p. [In Russian].

Leonov A.A. 1960. Regional Oceanography. Leningrad: Hydrometeorological Publishing House. 765 pp. [In Russian].


115

PS-4

INTERTIDAL BIOTA OF RUSSKY ISLAND (SEA OF JAPAN/EAST SEA)

Mariya B. Ivanova and Alexandra P. Tsurpalo



Investigation of intertidal zone of Russky Island was carried out by the littoral group of A.V. Zhirmunsky Institute of Marine Biology FEB RAS chiefly in August-September of 2007. The following areas were investigated: Ajaks Bight, Paris (Zhitkova) Bight, a shallow backwater near Akhlestysheva Cape, Karpinsky Bight, an area to the east from Ivantsov Cape, Voevoda Bight (Melkovodnaya and Kruglaya Bights), Rynda and Novik Bights in the area of Staritsky, Ekipazhny and Ermolaev Capes (Fig.). Fifteen hydrobiological sections have been made (12 routine and 3 reconnaissance ones), 63 quantitative and more than 40 qualitative macrobenthos samples, and 58 meiobenthos samples (meiobenthos have not been taken at the 1 and 4 sections) have been collected.

Fig. The scheme of the studied area in Russky Island, Sea of Japan


116

The materials have been collected according to the standard method of chorological investigations in intertidal zone (Kussakin et al., 1974). The collected animals and plants were identified mainly by specialists of IMB: macrophytes – by I.R. Levenets, actinians – by E.E. Kostina, nematodes – by L.S. Belogurova, polychaetes – I.L. Davydkova, cirripedes – I.I. Ovsiannikova, amphipods – L.L. Budnikova (TINRO-Center), isopods – O.A. Golovan’, decapods and nemertines – A.P. Tsurpalo, gastropods – A.V. Chernyshev, bivalves and chitons – M.B. Ivanova, echinoderms – A.P. Tsurpalo and M.B. Ivanova, fishes – A.A. Balanov. In the intertidal zone of the studied area 50 plant species (32 – Rhodophyta, 5 – Chlorophyta, 11 – Phaeophyceae, 2 – Magnoliophyta) and 181 animal species (32 – Gastropoda, 24 – Bivalvia, 1 – Polyplacophora, 24 – Polychaeta, 4 – Cirripedia, 34 – Amphipoda, 12 – Isopoda, 10 – Decapoda, 31 – Nematoda, 5 – Echinodermata, 1 – Actiniaria, 1 – Nemertea, 2 – Pisces) have been found, including 130 species of macrobenthic animals and 51 – meiobenthic ones. Meiobenthos included Nematoda, Foraminifera, Ostracoda, Copepoda (Harpacticoida, Calanoida), Acarina, Turbellaria, young and adult forms of Polychaeta and Oligochaeta, as well as juvenile individuals of Bivalvia (11 species of them were met only in meiobenthos), Gastropoda (3), Isopoda (4), Amphipoda, Ophiuroidea and Insecta larvae. In the intertidal zone of Russky Island (80 plant and animal species), the greatest species diversity of macrobenthos was observed in Stark Strait to the east of Ivantsov Cape on the stony-rubble bottom, a little bit less (68 species) – in the middle part of Ajaks Bight on the pebble bottom, and the third place is occupied by the rocky-rubble littoral in Karpinsky Bight (63 species). The smallest species diversity was observed in the shallow creek near Akhlestysheva Cape on the silty-sandy drying place with single stones (22 species), in Novik Bight neat Ekipazhny Cape on the crushed stone bottom (20 species), and near Ermolaev Cape on the sandy-pebble bottom (19 species). In the other investigated areas the number of found plants and animals varied from 25 to 52 species. When comparing species richness of macrobenthos of the intertidal zone of Russky Island with that of the estuarine area of the top of Amursky Bay, on the one hand, and with the islands of the Far-Eastern Marine Reserve, situated in the open part of Peter the Great Bay, on the other hand, it is necessary to notice a natural increase of the number of macrobenthic species from desalinated areas of the Bay to the open sea coasts. In Peter the Great Bay in the indicated three areas the materials were collected in accordance with the same method during the summer period, that is why the obtained values are quite comparable (Table 1), except for the number of algal and sea grass


117

species in the Marine Reserve. This figure is slightly overstated, as it is adduced taking into account seasonal dynamics, and for the entire Reserve. Earlier, when studying macrobenthos of the intertidal zone of Shikotan Island (the Lesser Kuril Ridge), we recorded a similar regularity in macrobenthos distribution, having considered 226 species from 16 habitats, and named it conventionally “biodiversity gradient” (Ivanova, Tsurpalo, 2007). “Biodiversity gradient” is not a universal feature of biota, and is typical for macrobenthos, as it reflects regularities of its distribution, connected with salinity gradient and surf degree. For those meiobenthos groups, for which substrate properties and especially presence of fine fractions of bottom sediments are more important for distribution, an inverse regularity was observed. For example, the number of nematode species is greater in the intertidal zone of the estuarine area of Amursky Bay (45 species) than in the intertidal zone of Russky Island (31 species). Table 1 Variations of species richness of macrobenthos in the intertidal zone of Peter the Great Bay

Systematic group of macrobenthos Estuarine zone ofAmursky Bay top Russky Island Marine Reserve

islands

Polychaeta 6 22 37Echinodermata 1 5 9Actiniaria 1 1 3

56 85

32 50 173

21 43 63

Crustacea (Cirripedia, Decapoda,Amphipoda, Isopoda)Mollusca (Gastropoda, Bivalvia,Polyplacophora, Cephalopoda)

Plants (Rhodophyta, Phaeophyceae,Chlorophyta, Magnoliophyta)

33

On the whole, in the intertidal zone of Russky Island, characterized by various soils, fairly great amount of macrobenthic communities develop, among which 23 plant and animal species dominate by biomass. But in every specific habitat communities are not numerous. Maximal number of communities (8 and 7) was registered respectively in Stark Strait eastwards from Ivantsov Cape and in Karpinsky Bight respectively.


118

Table 2 Macrobenthos communities of intertidal zone of Russky Island

Community

Total biomass of macrobenthos,

g/m²

Biomass of dominant

species, g/m²

Percent of dominant species, %

Phyllospadix iwatensis 13247,1 8280,0 62,5 Littorina brevicula 7189,0 7189,0 100 Grateloupia turuturu 4244,0 4200,0 99 Sargassum pallidum 4194,2 3800,0 90,6 Neorhodomela larix aculeata 3756,3 3300,0 87,9 Littorina squalida 2548,2 1495,0 58,7 Neorhodomela munita 2250,9 1650,0 73,3 Chordaria flagelliformis 2044,9 2030,0 90,3 Zostera marina 1799,1 1290.0 71,7 Chthamalus dalli 1492,6 1270,0 85,1 Littorina mandshurica 1480,0 1467,0 99,1 Corallina pilulifera 1409,0 894,0 63,5 Dictyota dichotoma + Saundersella simplex

1167,4 465,0 + 360,0

39,8 + 30,8

Campylaephora crassa 776,1 620,0 79,9 Coccophora langsdorfii 474,7 240,0 50,6 Lomentaria hakodatensis 345,4 260,0 75,3 Ceramium japonicum + Ceramium kondoi

312,5 94,0 + 64,0

30,1 + 20,5

Lottia kogamogai 285,3 180,0 63,1 Gloiopeltis furcata 269,9 195,0 72,2 Ralfsia fungiformis 155,2 155,0 99,0 Macoma contabulata + Hima fratercula

127,5 53,0 + 47,0

41,6 + 36,9

Hemigrapsus penicillatus + Gnorimosphaeroma rayi

115,4 38,7 + 26,3

33,5 + 22,8

Batillaria cumingii 109,0 109,0 100


119

Thus, rather diverse and abundant biota develops in the intertidal zone of Russky Island, although it has a small height. Nevertheless, in comparison with the other areas of the Far-Eastern seas, especially such as Kuril and Comandor Islands, the intertidal zone of Russky Island is poorly populated. In Ajaks and Paris Bights, connected with Bosfor Vostochny Strait, a considerable anthropogenic pollution, coming from Vladivostok City, can be observed. It affects the nature of vegetation in Ajaks Bight, where green algae Ulva and Codium prevail in the upper sublittoral (down to 2-3 m depth) and sublittoral border instead of usual for similar habitats brown and red algae sensitive to pollution. In Zhitkova Bight (Paris Bight) the coast is covered by plastic garbage (plastic bottles, bags and other wastes) above the belt of sea grass casting ashore in the upper supralittoral. But during the studied period no oil film was observed within the limits of the intertidal zone of Russky Island.

References Ivanova M.B., Tsurpalo, A.P. 2007. On the bionimic typology of intertidal zone as illustrated by the intertidal biota of Shikotan Island (Kuril Islands) // Biodiversity of the Marginal Seas of the Northwestern Pacific Ocean: Proceedings of the Workshop, Institute of Oceanology CAS, Qingdao, China, November 21-23, 2007. Qingdao: IOCAS. P. 12-15. Kussakin, O.G., Kudryashov, V.A., Tarakanova, T.F., Shornikov, E.I. 1974. The belt-forming flora-fauna communities from the intertidal zone of the Kurile Islands // Flora and Fauna of the Intertidal Zone of the Kurile Islands. O.G. Kussakin (Ed.). Novosibirsk: Nauka Press. P. 5-75. [In Russian with English summary].


120

PS-5

TAXONOMIC DIVERSITY OF MARINE BIVALVE MOLLUSKS IN RYNDA BAY

(NORTHERN PRIMORYE, SEA OF JAPAN/EAST SEA)

Eugeny V. Kolpakov Ternei Scientific-Research Station of Pacific Research Fisheries Center

(TINRO-Centre), Ternei, 692150, Russia e-mail: [email protected]

From the geomorphologic standpoint, northern Primorye is characterized by

poor ria shoreline. There are neither closed bays, nor gulfs cutting deep into the coast. Rynda Bay (44°43’ - 44°46’ N) (Fig.) is an exclusion. Located at the contact point of two biogeographic provinces (Kafanov et al., 2001), Rynda Bay is of apparent faunistic interest.

This paper presents information on taxonomic diversity of marine bivalve mollusks of Rynda Bay on the basis of literature sources (Lutaenko, 1999; Kolpakov, Kolpakov, 2005; Kolpakov, 2006а), archive data of TINRO-Center (Materials…, 1994), and personal collections made in beach zone in Dzhigit Bay in 2004-2005.

Fig. Map of the investigation region


121

List of species of marine bivalve mollusks Fam. Yoldiidae – 1. Yoldia sp.; Сем. Mytilidae – 2. Mytilus (Mytilus) trossulus

A.A. Gould, 1850, 3. Crenomytilus grayanus (Dunker, 1853), 4. Musculista senhousia (Benson in Kantor, 1842), 5. Vilasina pillula Scarlato, 1960, 6. Modiolus (Modiolus) kurilensis Bernard, 1983; Fam. Arcidae – 7. Arca boucardi Jousseaume, 1894; Fam. Glycymerididae – 8. Glycymeris (Glycymeris) yessoensis (Sowerby III, 1889), Fam. Ostreidae – 9. Crassostrea gigas (Thunberg, 1793); Fam. Pectinidae – 10. Chlamys (Swiftopecten) swiftii (Bernardi, 1858), 11. Mizuhopecten yessoensis (Jay, 1857); Fam. Anomiidae – 12. Pododesmus (Monia) macrochisma (Deshayes, 1839); Fam. Ungulinidae – 13. Felaniella (Felaniella) usta (Gould, 1861); Fam. Cardiidae – 14. Clinocardium (Keenocardium) californiense (Deshayes, 1839), 15. Serripes laperousii (Deshayes, 1839); Fam. Lasaeidae – 16. Kellia japonica Pilsbry, 1895; Fam. Veneridae – 17. Callista (Ezocallicta) brevisiphonata (Сarpenter, 1864), 18. Mercenaria stimpsoni (Gould, 1861), 19. Protothaca (Protothaca) euglypta (Sowerby III, 1914), 20. Venerupis (Ruditapes) philippinarum (Adams et Reeve, 1843), 21. Liocyma fluctuosum (Gould, 1841); 22. Callithaca adamsi (Reeve, 1863); Fam. Turtoniidae – 23. Turtonia minuta (Fabricius, 1780); Fam. Tellinidae – 24. Cadella lubrica (Gould, 1861), 25. Megangulus luteus (Wood, 1828), 26. Macoma (Macoma) scarlatoi Kafanov et Lutaenko, 1997, 27. Macoma (Macoma) balthica (Linnaeus, 1758), 28. Macoma (Macoma) calcarea (Gmelin, 1791), 29. Macoma (Macoma) contabulata (Deshayes, 1855), 30. Macoma (Rexithaerus) hokkaidoensis Amano et Lutaenko in Amano, Lutaenko et Matsubara, 1999; Fam. Psammobiidae – 31. Nuttallia esonis Kuroda et Habe, 1955, 32. Nuttallia obscurata (Reeve, 1857); Сем. Pharidae – 33. Siliqua alta (Broderip et Sowerby I, 1829); Fam. Mactridae – 34. Mactra (Mactra) chinensis Philippi, 1846, 35. Spisula (Pseudocardium) sachalinensis (Schrenck, 1862); Fam. Corbulidae – 36. Anisocorbula venusta (Gould, 1861); Fam. Myidae – 37. Mya (Mya) uzenensis Nomura et Zinbo, 1937, 38. Mya (Arenomya) japonica, 1858, 39. Cryptomya busoensis (Yokoyama, 1922); Fam. Hiatellidae – 40. Hiatella arctica (Linnaeus, 1767), 41. Panomya nipponica Nomura et Hatai, 1935, 42. Panopea abrupta (Conrad, 1849), Fam. Pandoridae – 43. Pandora (Heteroclidus) pulchella Yokoyama, 1926; Fam. Lyonsiidae – 44. Entodesma navicula (A. Adams et Reeve, 1850).

Thus, the list of marine bivalve mollusks of Rynda Bay includes 44 species belonging to 38 genera and 21 families. Tellinidae (3 genera and 7 species), Veneridae (6 genera and 6 species) and Mytilidae (5 genera and 5 species) families are most well represented. Other families include from 1 to 3 genera and as any species. On average, one family includes 1.8 genera and 2.1 species. The most numerous Macoma genus has


122

5 species. Eleven families (52.3 %) and 35 genera (92.1 %) have one species each. Two families (Turtoniidae и Lyonsiidae), 10 genera (Mytilus, Modiolus, Serripes, Callithaca, Turtonia, Mactra, Mya, Panomya, Panopea и Entodesma) and 15 species (M. trossulus, M. kurilensis, S. laperousii, C. adamsi, T. minuta, M. calcarea, M. hokkaidoensis, M. scarlatoi, N. esonis, M. chinensis, M. uzenensis, M. japonica, P. nipponica, P. abrupta и E. navicula) have been registered in Rynda Bay for the first time. Most species found are common representatives of malacofauna of coastal waters of northern Primorye (Kolpakov, 2006b). Rynda Bay represents the northern border of the distribution of F. usta, A. venusta, C. busoensis and P. abrupta along the continental coast of the Sea of Japan (Materials…, 1994; Lutaenko, 1999; our data). Such species as M. hokkaidoensis and P. nipponica have been reported in the Sea of Japan earlier only from Peter the Great Bay (southern Primorye) (Lutaenko, 1997; Amano et al., 1999).

Discovery of an independently reproducing population of subtropical mollusk N. obscurata in the estuary part of brackish Klyuchi Lake (Dzhigitovka River basin) is also of great faunistic interest. This species does not inhabit Rynda Bay itself. Presumably, N. obscurata settled in Klyuchi Lake during the Holocene (Kolpakov, Kolpakov, 2005). Adhering to this point of view, one can suppose that during the Holocene climatic optimum other representatives of warm-water bivalve mollusks entered the coastal waters of northern Primorye. We think that these include M. senhousia, V. philippinarum and M. contabulata, whose subfossil shells were found in silt deposits of Klyuchi Lake. Modern habitats of these species in Primorye are located to the south of Sokolovskaya Bay (42°52’ N) (Scarlato, 1981). The above-mentioned discovery of subtropical-lowboreal species Solen krusensterni Schrenck, 1867 in Klyuchi Lake (Kolpakov, Kolpakov, 2005) was erroneous. The empty shell of subtropical species C. busoensis found by K.А. Lutaenko (1999) in Dzhigit Bay at a depth of 18 meters may also be of Holocene origin. One should note that beach in northern part of Dzhigit Bay bring fossil shells of another representative of warm-water malacofauna - C. gigas. However, this species is not included in the group of species that became regionally extinct in the Holocene (Kolpakov, 2006а).

Lowboreal species (excluding Yoldia sp., M. senhousia, V. philippinarum, M. contabulata) prevail in the zonal-biogeographic composition of bivalve mollusks of Rynda Bay - 35.0% (14 species). Widely distributed boreal mollusks appear to be less represented - 22.5% (9 species). Circumboreal species make 7.5% (3 species). The role of warm-water (subtropical - 5.0% (2 species) and subtropical-lowboreal - 20.0% (8 species)) and relatively warm-water (subtropical-boreal - 2.5% (1 species)) elements appear to be large. Cold-water species (widely distributed boreal-arctic) make 7.5 % (3


123

species). Presence of a large number of warm-water species seems to be connected with good warming of the Rynda Bay water during summer which provides necessary conditions for reproduction and survival of mollusks (Golikov, Scarlato, 1967).

Acknowledgements

The author expresses profound gratitude to K.А. Lutaenko (Institute of Marine Biology, Far Eastern Branch of the Russian Academy of Sciences) for help in identification of a number of bivalve mollusk species.

References

Golikov А.N., Scarlato О.А. 1967. Mollusks of the Possjet Bay (the Sea of Japan) and their ecology // Proceedings of the Zoological Institute, USSR Academy of Sciences. V. 42. P. 5-154. [In Russian].

Kolpakov E.V., Kolpakov N.V. 2005. Size and age structure and growth of the subtropical bivalve mollusk Nuttallia obscurata in waters of Primorye at the northern boundary of its range // Marine Biology, Vladivostok. V. 31, N 3. P. 190-193. [In Russian with English abstract].

Kolpakov E.V. 2006a. On the northern boundary of distributional range of Crassostrea gigas (Bivalvia: Ostreidae) along continental coast of the Sea of Japan // Bulletin of the Russian Far Eastern Malacological Society. V. 10. P. 126-129. [In Russian with English abstract].

Kolpakov E.V. 2006b. Taxonomic composition of marine bivalve mollusks of Sikhote-Alin Reserve (Northern Primorye, Sea of Japan) // Bulletin of the Russian Far Eastern Malacological Society. V. 10. P. 29-36. [In Russian with English abstract].

Materials of Ecological Certification of Coastal Waters of Primorye. 1994 // Report on Research Project. Archive of TINRO-Center, Vladivostok. N 21713. 360 p. [In Russian].

Scarlato О.А. 1981. Bivalve mollusks of temperate latitudes of the western portion of the Pacific Ocean // Guide-Books on the Fauna of the USSR Published by the Zoological Institute, USSR Academy of Sciences. V. 126. P. 1-479. [In Russian].

Amano K., Lutaenko K.A., Matsubara T. 1999. Taxonomy and distribution of Macoma (Rexithaerus) (Bivalvia: Tellinidae) in the northwestern Pacific // Paleontological Research. V. 3, N 2. P. 95-105.

Kafanov A.I., Volvenko I.V., Pitruk D.L. 2001. Ichthyofaunistic biogeography of the East Sea: comparison between benthic and pelagic zonalities // Ocean and Polar


124

Research. V. 23, N 1. P. 35-49. Lutaenko K.A. 1997. Panomya nipponica Nomura et Hatai, 1935 (Bivalvia,

Hiatellidae) in the north-western in the Sea of Japan (East Sea) // Korean Journal of Malacology. V. 13, N 2. P. 109-115.

Lutaenko K.A. 1999. Additional data on the fauna of bivalve mollusks of Russian continental coast of the Sea of Japan: Middle Primorye and Nakhodka Bay // Publications of the Seto Marine Biological Laboratory. V. 38, N 5/6. P. 255-286.


125

PS-6

CHANGES OF THE TUMEN RIVER ICHTHYOFAUNA UNDER THE INFLUENCE OF CLIMATIC AND ANTHROPOGENIC

FACTORS

Alexander S. Sokolovsky and Irina V. Epur A.V. Zhirmunsky Institute of Marine Biology, Far East Branch,

Russian Academy of Sciences, Vladivostok 690041, Russia

The study of alien species (invaders) penetration into water ecosystems is one of important ecological problems of the recent decades, as they can severely damage the environment of the native species by changing the composition, the structure and the functions of the system (Shakirova, 2007). We consider that the main reasons for invaders to penetrate the Tumen River ichthyofauna are the anthropogenic factors – the intensive building of canals that serve as a “thruway” for many species to settle outside their natural habitat, acclimatization measures, provided to raise the efficiency of the ecosystems and the climatic factor.

On the base of the original Tumen River ichthyofauna surveys which took place in 1996 – 2002 and summaries of known scientific data we have studied the Tumen River invaders species composition and analyzed the ways of their penetration to the ecosystem.

The first information on the fishes of the Tumen River was published by L. Berg (1914), T. Mori (1930) and A. Taranets (1936). A. Taranets compiled the most complete Tumen River fish species composition list by the time, which consisted of 43 species and was expanded by a number of new freshwater, diadromous and semi-anadromous fishes. In 1980, after a considerable interruption in the researches in this region, Chinese ichthyologists (Zhen Baoshan et al., 1980) have published a new work, where they have named 41 (mainly fresh-water) fish species for the Tumen River. Another complete survey of the Tumen River fish was made by a group of Korean ichthyologists (Kim et al., 1990). Authors provide a composition list of 73 species including many typically salt-water fishes. This list includes the invading species which have never been registered in this region before, such as Cyprinus carpio haematopterus, Abbottina rivularis, Aristichthys nobilis, Hypophthalmichthys molitrix, Ctenopharyngodon idella, Hemiculter leucisculus, Silurus asotus.


126

Fig. Map of the area investigated. 1 – Khasan Lake, 2 – Ptichye Lake, 3 – Rodnikovoe Lake, 4 – Lebedinoe Lake

Summarizing all the scientific data on the Tumen River fish species

composition and original information, we can speak of 87 fishes present in the ichthyofauna of the river. The species like Acanthorodeus asmussi, A. chankaensis, Opsariichthys uncirostris, Channa argus were indicated in this region for the first time.

Anthropogenic factor. C. idella, A. nobilis and H. molitrix are pelagophile and invaders of the Amur River ichthyofauna. In the Tumen River they are presented only as dependent populations, consisting mainly of big mature fish, which gets into the river mostly as a result of a dyke breach or from the storage or spawning ponds. Natural reproduction of these species in the river hasn’t been registered. The high flow velocity doesn’t allow the pelagic eggs and larvae to complete their development cycle before they get into the estuary. However the conditions for fattening and hibernation of these species, especially in adventitious ponds, are quite favorable.

Ostracophiles in the Tumen River have been presented only by – Rhodeus sericeus (Kim et al., 1990). For the past few years two more species of bitterlings – A. asmussi и A. chankaensis – have been registered here (Oxiuzian, Sokolovsky, 2002). We


127

can propose that the invasion of these species into the Tumen River occurred spontaneously as a result of Korean and Chinese fish-breeders’ activities, which include breeding such species like C. carpio haematopterus, A. nobilis, H. molitrix and C. idella in ponds and reservoirs. The seeding is usually taken from natural reservoirs and from the upper reaches of the Sungari River, which flows into the Amur River. At the same time with the seeding the young fish of other species is often imported accidentally. In case of a dyke breach these fish inevitably gets into the river. Numerous lakes, ponds and channels in the lower reaches of the Tumen River allow the bitterlings to get settled, because bivalves which serve them as spawning places are abundant there.

Concerning the H. leucisculus and O. uncirostris species we can tell that these spontaneous invaders have found favorable conditions for life and reproduction. Fry and young fish of these species have been repeatedly observed in the lower reach of the river. The 5–9 sm. O. uncirostris young fish were plentiful and were feeding on the Tribolodon sp. fry and Gobiidae family young fish. This fact was confirmed by analyzing the caught individuals’ stomach content (10 individuals dissected) (Oxiuzian, Sokolovsky, 2002).

Resting on the foregoing we can notify that numerous changes in the Tumen River fish species composition have occurred under anthropogenic factor. The species which have never inhabited the river before have appeared there. Some of them (O. uncirostris, A. asmussi, A. chankaensis and others) successfully procreate and are becoming common species with local distribution. Far Eastern pelagophile phytophagous species (C. idella, A. nobilis and H. molitrix) haven’t acclimatized themselves and their amount is supported by the individuals penetrating the river through dyke breaches or from the storage and spawning ponds.

Climatic factor. The climatic factor is considered to be one of the fundamental cause of changing the species natural habitats and quantitative dynamics.

According to L. Berg (1914) in the beginning of the XX century there was a sizable catch of Oncorhynchus keta in the lower reaches of the Tumen River. During the recent decades the climatic changes have resulted with moving the main spawning grounds of this species to the North. O. keta in the Tumen River has changed its’ status from massively marketable to rare fish species by the time being. During our survey period from 1996 to 2002 we haven’t registered any individuals of Cottus (Cottidae) genus, though Cottus czerskii according to L. Berg (1914) was quite plentiful in the estuary part of the river in 1913.

Thus, the climatic factor influences the resident species much less then non-resident species. As a result of the climate changes the South border of the North


128

ichthyofauna (Oncorhynchus gorbuscha, O. keta and others) habitat moves to the North. The previously massively marketable fish becomes rare.

As a result of poor knowledge in ecology and biology of most invaders and lack of information on their populations’ dynamics it is difficult to speak about their influence on Tumen River ecosystem and to forecast the biotic relationships between invaders and resident species. Thus we need to proceed with the Tumen River ichthyofauna surveys.

Acknowledgments

The authors express their sincere thanks to E.B. Oxiuzian for his help in sampling and handling the collected materials.

This study was supported by the Russian Federal Target Programs “Integration” and “Biodiversity of Bottom Community in the Estuarine Area of the Tumen River” (Department of Marine Biology, Pukyong National University, Prof. Sung Yun Hong).

References

Berg L.S. 1914. Fishes of the Tumen-Ula River // Proceedings of the Zoological Museum of the Russian Academy of Sciences. V. 19, N 4. P. 554–561.

Kim Ri Te, Li Khen Kuk, Rim Chen Chel. 1990. Fishes of the Tumen River. Pyongyang: Selkhozizdat. 160 p.

Mori T. 1930. Fishes of Tumen-ula River // Journal of the Chosen Natural History Society. N 11. P. 1–11.

Oxiouzian E.B., Sokolovsky A.S. 2002. The introduction of Amur`s fishes in Tumen River // First International Symposium on Fish Biodiversity of the Amur River and Adjacent Rivers and Fresh Waters. Khabarovsk. P. 35–36.

Shakirova F.M. 2007. Present condition of foreign fish species in Kuibyshev reservoir // Ichthyologic and Allied Disciplines Researches of Inland Waters in the Beginning of XXI Century. St Petersburg, Moscow: KMK Press. P. 157-170.

Taranets A.Ya. 1936. Fresh-water fishes of the north-western basin of the Sea of Japan // Proceedings of the Zoological Institute, Academy of Science USSR. V. 4. P. 483–540.

Zhen Baoshan, Huan-Haomin, Zhan Yuilin, Dai Dinyuan. 1980. Fishes of the Tumentsyan River. Chanchun: People’s publishing house of Jilin province. 99 p.


129

PS-7

PATTERNS OF DISTRIBUTION AND CATCH DYNAMICS OF SCULPINS OF THE GENUS TRIGLOPS (COTTIDAE) IN THE PACIFIC WATERS OFF THE NORTHERN KURIL ISLANDS

AND SOUTHEASTERN KAMCHATKA

Alexei M. Tokranov1 and Alexei M. Orlov2 1 - Kamchatka Branch of the Pacific Institute of Geography, Far East Branch,

Russian Academy of Sciences, Petropavlovsk-Kamchatsky 683000, Russia e-mail: [email protected]

2 - Russian Federal Research Institute of Fisheries and Oceanography (VNIRO), Moscow 107140, Russia e-mail: [email protected]

Sculpins of the genus Triglops (Cottidae) are widely distributed in the

northwestern Pacific from coastal waters of Korea and Japan to the Bering Strait (Borets, 2000; Mecklenburg et al., 2002 and others). Among five representatives of this genus currently known in the Pacific waters off the northern Kuril Islands and southeastern Kamchatka (Fedorov, 2000; Sheiko, Fedorov, 2000) three species (ribbed sculpin T. pingelii, scissortail sculpin T. forficatus, and spectacled sculpin T. scepticus) are rather abundant only, which share in trawl catches comprises often up to 30% by weigth and 4% by number (Fadeev, 2005). The data on distribution and catch rates of these sculipns in the area under consideration are rather scarce.

In 1992-2002 scientists of Russian Federal (VNIRO), Kamchatka (KamchatNIRO), and Sakhalin (SakhNIRO) Research Institutes of Fisheries and Oceanography conducted the number of joint research and exploratory cruises (about 11,000 bottom trawl hauls within 76-850 m depth range) in the Pacific off the northern Kuril Islands and southeastern Kamchatka (area 47º50′ to 52º10′N). During these cruises the data were obtained that allow to characterize distribution and catch dynamics of three sculpin species within the lower shelf and upper bathyal of the study area.

Levels of abundance of each Triglops species under consideration in study area differed considerably. Spectacled sculpin was the most abundant species, which proportion in catches during 1992-2002 varied from 0.53 to 1.75% at the average sometimes reached up to 65% by number. Scissortail and ribbed sculpins were registered in catches less frequently and in lesser amounts: 0.06-0.17% at the avarage,


130

sometimes up to 2-3% and about 0.05% at the average, sometimes more than 1%, respectively. However, all the three species have small sizes that allow them partly to penetrate trawl mesh. As the result factual catch rates provide underestimations of their real abundance in the area under consideration.

In February-December 1992-2002, ribbed sculpin permanently occurred in catches mostly north of the Four Kuril Strait. It was caught southward occasionally only that might be explained by existence of depths 200-300 m here while optimal habitat of this species is shelf waters. Distribution range of scissortail sculpin was somewhat broader but it occurred more frequently and in greater amounts from the Four Kuril Strait to the southern tip of Kamchatka peninsula (up to 500-600 ind. per hour of trawling during summer-autumn period). Within the southern part of the study area (south of 49º20′N) scissortail sculpin was recorded less frequently and its catches here did not exceed 20-30 specimens. Contrarily to these two species spectacled sculpin occurred within the entire study area. However, its maximum catches were permanently registerd in the same areas as those of scissortail sculpin and also on the slopes of underwater elevation in the southern part of the area under consideration (47º50′-49ºN). At the same time maximum catch rates increased from the north (2,000-5,000 ind.) to the south (12,000-14,700 ind. or about 1-2 t) per hour of trawling.

All the three Triglops species are members of elitoral ichthyocoenosis (Sheiko, Fedorov, 2000 and others). Ribbed sculpin is known from depths 5-745 m, scissortail sculpin from 20-470 and spectacled sculpin from 25-925 m. But the former species inhabits mostly lower part of the shelf, second one – areas adjacent to border between shelf and continental slope, while latter species occupies upper part of continental slope.

During the whole investigated period ribbed sculpin occurred within 82-289 m depth range at bottom temperatures from -0.7 to 4.25ºC but most frequently (about 66% of individuals caught) within 100-200 m depth range and bottom temperatures less than 1.5ºC.

Scissortail sculpin was registered within essentially broader bathymetric range (76-660 m). In the spring about 67% of its individuals occupied area adjacent to shelf break within the range 101 to 250 m at bottom temperatures 0 to 2.5ºC. From June to October it gradually shifted to upper part of continental slope. As the result the most part of individuals was concentrated within 151-300 m depth range (65.5%) at bottom temperatures 0-2.5ºC (79%) in the summer and within 251-400 m depth range (about 66%) at temperatures 0-3.5ºC (96.5%) in the winter. During the autumn months, this species was distributed at depths less than 300 m rather uniformly but at depths 301-350 m its catches were three times greater.


131

Among species considered spectacled sculpin is characterized by broadest bathymetric range (76-790 m). During spring and summer almost half of its individuals was concentrated permanently off the shelf break within 151-250 m depth range. In autumn and winter months spectacled sculpin shifted deeper. As the result the most fish were caugth at depths 201-300 m (>31%) and 401-450 m (16.8%) in September-November and between 201 and 350 m (47%) in December.

Bottom temperatures, at which spectacled sculpin registered in trawl catches, were more constant as compared with two other species. During summer, autumn and winter, the bulk of its individuals occurred at bottom temperatures 1.6-3.0ºC (65.1, 45.4, and 58.3% respectively). However, in autumn months dense concentrations of this species (26.1%) were also observed in the southern part of the study area at bottom temperatures 3.6-4.0ºC. In contrast to other seasons, during the spring the majority of spectacled sculpins (64.7%) occurred within 0.6-2.0ºC bottom temperatures, though south of the Fourth Kuril Strait considerable part of individuals (20.7%) was recorded at temperatures 2.6-3.0ºC. Largest individuals of ribbed and scissortail sculpins occupy lower part of their bathymetric range. As the result smallest fish dominate in shelf waters. In contrast to these two species, largest spectacled sculpins (mean body weight 156-197 g) occurred at depth less than 150 m. The share of small specimens increased between 151 and 550 m while within the lower part of bathymetric range (deeper 550 m) larger individuals dominated again (mean body weight 146-172 g). Such pattern of distribution most probably related to feeding migrations of largest spectacled sculpins (mainly in the area off underwater plateau) to depth less 150 m.

Occurrence of ribbed sculpins in catches during study period varied from 0 to 2.4%. At the same time greater occurence (more than 2%) was registered in 1995-1996 but largest catch rates were observed in 1995, 1996, and 2001 (34.2, 19.2 and 19.7 ind./h respectively). Scissortail sculpin occurred in the Pacific waters off the northern Kuril Islands and southeastern Kamchatka with frequency varied between 2.2 and 20.5%. Its maximum values (19.6-20.5%) were recorded in 1997-1999. As distinct from occurrence, catch rates of this species increased from 3-12 ind./h in 1992-1994 to 63 ind./h in 2001. Highest occurrence of spectacled sculpin in catches (53.2%) was registered in 1992 that might associated with largest number of hauls within the southern part of the study area where this species is most abundant. During 1993-2002 occurrence of spectacled sculpin increased while maximum catch rates were observed in 1995-1996 and 2000-2001 (173-206 and 235-277 ind./h respectively). It should be noted that catch rates of all the three sculpins drammatically decerased in 2002 and it is difficult now to explain the reason of that.


132

Seasonal dynamics of occurrences and catch rates of ribbed and scissortail sculpins during 1992-2002 had similar pattern. Values of both indices decreased from spring to summer with maximum in July in former species and in July-August in latter species that probably associated with the shift of mature individuals to depths less than 70-80 m. In the begining of autumn, when reverse migrations to greater depths happen, occurrence and catch rates increase. Occurrence of spectacled sculpin had similar pattern. However, its maximum catches were observed from May to August (182-267 ind./h) that possibly related to shift of the most fishes in summer to shallower depths, where dense concentrations occur.

Occurrence of all the three sculpins during 24 hours has been changed insignificantly. At the same time catch rates of ribbed sculpin were highest during the daytime while those of scissortail and spectacled sculpins during morning and day periods. Such variations of occurrence and catch rates probably reflect the changes of their distribution patterns in different time of the day.

References

Borets L.A. 2000. Annotated List of Fishes of the Far East seas. Vladivostok: TINRO-Center. 192 p. [In Russian].

Fadeev N.S. 2005. Guide to the Biology and Fisheries of the North Pacific Fishes. Vladivostok: TINRO-Center. 366 p. [In Russian].

Fedorov V.V. 2000. Species composition, distribution and habitation depths of the Northern Kuril Islands fish and fish-like species // Commercial and Biological Studies of Fishes in the Pacific Waters of the Kuril Islands and Adjacent Areas of the Okhotsk and Bering Seas in 1992-1998. B.N. Kotenev (Ed.). Moscow: VNIRO Publishing. P. 7-41. [In Russian].

Mecklenburg C.W., Mecklenburg T.A., Thorsteinson L.K. 2002. Fishes of Alaska. Bethesda, Maryland: American Fisheries Society. 1037 p.

Sheiko B.A., Fedorov V.V. 2000. Chapter 1. Class Cephalaspidomorphi – Lampreys. Class Chondrichthyes – Cartilaginous Fishes. Class Holocephali – Chimaeras. Class Osteichthyes – Bony Fishes // Catalogue of Vertebrates of Kamchatka and Adjacent Waters. R.S. Moiseev, A.M. Tokranov (Eds.). Petropavlovsk-Kamchatsky, Kamchatskii Pechatnyi Dvor. P. 7-69. [In Russian].


133

PS-8

MEIOFAUNA OF FOULING COMMUNITY ON MARICULTURE INSTALLATIONS IN PETER THE GREAT BAY, SEA OF

JAPAN/EAST SEA

Ludmila S. Belogurova and Sergey I. Maslennikov A.V. Zhirmunsky Institute of Marine Biology, Far East Branch, Russian Academy of Sciences, Vladivostok 690041, Russia


A.V. Zhirmunsky Institute of Marine Biology FEB RAS conducts research on the processes of colonization of artificial substrates in installations of the Japanese scallop mariculture. Along with that, some works are focused on composition and abundance of meiofauna accompanying scallop populations (Galtsova, 1982; Galtsova, Pavlyuk, 1993; Belogurova, Maslennikov, 2005).

The aim of the present work is to study taxonomic composition and population density of the basic groups of meiofauna on fouled scallop cages with respect to depth and exposure time.

The materials (105 meiofaunal samples) were collected on experimental installations for the Japanese scallop mariculture in the waters of Reineke Island (traverse of the south-eastern extremity, Peter the Great Bay, Sea of Japan). Water depth in the place of location of the mariculture installation was 30 m. The materials were sampled from the scallop cages at the horizons of 10, 15, 20, 25, and 30 m from the water surface.

The surface area of one scallop cage was 0.2242 m². The samples were washed from the spat shells through 1 mm and 68-μm nylon sieves, fixed in 4% formaldehyde solution and then stained with “Rose Bengal”. The further processing of the samples was conducted using the standard methods (Galtsova, 1971). All groups of animals were subjected to quantitative analysis. The obtained quantitative data was recalculated per a cage.

Seven taxonomic meiofaunal groups were found in cage foulings in mariculture installations. Eumeiofauna included the following groups: Foraminifera, Harpacticoida, Nematoda, and Ostracoda; pseudomeiofauna was represented by young Polychaeta, Bivalvia, and Amphipoda (Figs. 1-3). Generally, representatives of eumeiofauna prevailed by the population density in meiofauna on fouled scallop cages.


134

Fig. Meiofauna on a cage depending on the duration of exposure At 12-month exposure, Foraminifera were dominating, and Bivalvia were

subdominating on the cages. At 14- month exposure, Nematoda were dominating, and Bivalvia were subdominating (Fig. 2). At the maximum exposure of 25 months, Nematoda were dominating, and Harpacticoida were subdominating (Fig. 3).

On the whole, Foraminifera and Nematoda dominated in eumeiofauna. Foraminifera occurred throughout the entire period of study at all depths (except for 15 m horizon at 12-month exposure). From 15 to 37% of the total population density of meiofauna fell to their share (Fig). The maximum population density of Foraminifera was 312 ind./cage, at 20 m depth (12- month exposure). Nematoda, the second dominating group, was found at all depths at all the periods of exposure: from 7 to 40% fell to their share (Fig.). The maximal population density of Nematoda (242 ind./cage) was registered at a 30 m depth (25-month exposure). The population density of Harpacticoida was lower than that of Nematoda and Foraminifera and made from 15 to 29% (Figs. 1). The maximum population density of Harpacticoida (188 ind./cage) was recorded at a 30-m depth (25-month exposure).

Pseudomeiofauna made from 17 to 31% of the total population density of meiofauna (Fig.). Bivalvia and Polychaeta dominated. Bivalvia prevailed during 12- and 14-month exposures. Polychaeta dominated at 25-month exposure. Bivalvia were recorded during all exposure periods but absent at a 15 m depth during12- and 25-month exposures. It was probably connected with a change of the type of foulings at hydrotechnical structures at a depth of 15 m (Zvyagintsev, 2005). The maximum population density of Bivalvia was registered at 10 m depth (12-month exposure).


135

Polychaeta were recorded during all exposure periods but absent at 20 and 25 m depths at 12- and 14-month exposures, respectively. Amphipoda were recorded at 20, 25, and 30 m depth (14-month exposure).

The prevailing tendency was an increase of the total density along with the extension of the exposure period. This tendency was observed at all horizons, except for 10 m depth. At the topmost horizon, the total meiofauna density was found to reduce with the extension of exposure. Only 75 ind./cage was the total population density of meiofauna on scallop cages at 10 m depth at 25-month exposure. This was the minimal value recorded within the entire period of observations. By that moment, an intensive mussel fouling developed on scallop cages at the upper horizon. An intensive mussel fouling was accompanied by a heavy silting of the substrate and by hydrosulfide fermentation. Evidently, it might explain the observed minimum of the meiofaunal population density.

The maximal values of the total population density of meiofauna were registered during the 25-month exposure at 30 m and 15 m depths. During the 12-month exposure, dominants in the population density of the meiofauna on fouled scallop cages changed with a depth increase. Bivalvia dominated at 10 m depth, Ostracoda became dominant at 15 m depth, and Foraminifera prevailed at greater depths. Polychaeta were subdominants at 10 m depth, and Harpacticoida substituted for them in deeper waters. During the 14-month exposure, Nematoda prevailed in the population density of meiofauna in fouling communities on scallop cages at all depths. Harpacticoida were subdominants at 10 and 15 m depths, and Bivalvia subdominated at 20 and 30 m depths. Foraminifera were also subdominants at 15 m depth, and Harpacticoida were subdominant at 25 and 30 m depths. During the 25-month exposure, dominants in the population density of the meiofauna changed again with a depth. At 10 m depth, Foraminifera and Harpacticoida dominated, Nematoda and Harpacticoida dominated in deeper waters, at 15 m depth. At the maximal depth of 30 m, Nematoda prevailed. At 10 m depth, Nematoda were subdominant, Foraminifera subdominated at 15 and 25 m depths, and Harpacticoida subdominated at 30 m depth.

Thus, the maximum population density of meiofauna (674 ind./cage) was recorded at 30 m depth, the minimum population density (75 ind./cage) was determined for 10 m depth (25-month exposure). The population density of meiofauna increased with extension of exposure time at a majority of horizons studied. Eumeiofauna prevailed over pseudomeiofauna (the only exception was Bivalvia at 10 m depth at 12-month exposure).

The prevalence of eumeiofauna on fouled mariculture installations for bivalve


136

mariculture was recorded also earlier (Galtsova, 1982; Galtsova, Pavliuk, 1993). The difference from our data on the structure of the meiofauna community is that Foraminifera and Nematoda prevailed in the population density in our case, while the papers listed above documented the prevalence of Nematode. Foraminifera prevalence was also noted in the study of meiofauna communities of cultivated mollusks in Kitovy Bay (Sea of Japan) (Belogurova, Maslennikov, 2005). Also, Foraminifera domination was recorded for natural meiobenthic communities, not exposed to an effect of mariculture plantations.

This similarity can be also explained by the fact that we investigated meiofauna of a pioneer foulings community of scallop cage, that did not interfere with silting.

References

Belogurova L.S., Maslennikov S.I. 2005. Investigation of meioepifauna communities of cultivated bivalves in Kitovy Bay of the Sea of Japan // Izvestya TINRO. V. 140. P. 366-375. [In Russian].

Galtsova V.V. 1971.Quantitative records of meiobenthos // Hydrobiological Journal (Kiev). V. 7, N 2. P. 132-136. [In Russian].

Galtsova V.V. 1982.Meiofauna and Nematoda in foulings of artificial collectors for mussels // Zoological Journal (Moscow). V. 61, N 9. P. 1422-1424. [In Russian].

Galtsova V.V., Pavlyuk O.N. 1993. Meiobenthos in the Japanese scallop mariculture in Alekseev Bight, Sea of Japan // Biologiya Morya. N 5-6. P. 17-22. [In Russian].

Zvyagintsev A.Yu. 2005. Sea Fouling in the Northwestern Part of the Pacific Ocean. Vladivostok: Dalnauka. 432 p. [In Russian].


137

PS-9

SPERMATOGENESIS IN THE MUSSEL MODIOLUS MODIOLUS KURILENSIS INHABITING POLLUTED AND RELATIVELY CLEAN AREAS IN PETER THE GREAT BAY (JAPAN SEA/

EAST SEA): AN ULTRASTRUCTURAL STUDY

Olga V. Yurchenko and Marina A. Vaschenko A.V. Zhirmunsky Institute of Marine Biology, Far East Branch,


A huge amount of organic and inorganic man-made chemical substances affects

reproductive function of aquatic organisms. It is well known that chronic exposure to very low levels of toxicants impairs spermatogenesis in marine bottom invertebrates (Au et al., 2001, 2003). Bivalve mollusks inhabiting polluted waters usually accumulate toxicants in large quantities and therefore are frequently used in ecotoxicological studies. The mussel Modiolus modiolus kurilensis is widely distributed along the north-western Pacific coast and plays an important role in benthic communities. At present, there is only a few data concerning spermatogenesis, the sperm and Sertoli cells ultrastructure in M. modiolus kurilensis inhabiting a clean area of Peter the Great Bay (East Sea), the Vostok Bay (Drozdov and Reunov, 1986). The aim of this work was to carry out a comparative study of the testis cells organization in the M. modiolus kurilensis collected from two sites in Peter the Great Bay with different levels of pollution. Sport Harbor in the eastern coastal area of Amursky Bay adjacent to Vladivostok City is a polluted site. Sediments from this area are polluted mostly by heavy metals and organochlorine pesticides (Vaschenko and Kotsyuba, 2008). The open part of Peter the Great Bay (off Russky, Popov, Reineke and Rikorda Islands) is considered a relatively clean zone. For this reason, Alekseev Bight (Popov Island) was chosen as a reference site. According to our previous data (Vaschenko et al., 2007), concentrations of oil hydrocarbons (OH), hexachlorocyclohexane isomers (∑HCH), DDT and its transformation products, DDD and DDE (∑DDT), and heavy metals in the sediments of Sport Harbor were significantly higher than those in Alekseev Bight (Table).

The testes of M. modiolus kurilensis from relatively clean Alekseev Bight were at the active spermatogenesis stage. Spermatogenic, sperm and Sertoli cells (accessory cells which function alike the Sertoli cells in vertebrates) were well visible in the acini.


138

All stages of male sex cells development (spermatogonia, spermatocytes, spermatids, and spermatozoa) could be found along the Sertoli cell body. Spermatogenic cells formed the spermatogenic columns which were located between the Sertoli cells. Spermatogenic and sperm cell organization conformed to previous descriptions (Drozdov and Reunov, 1986), except for multinuclear spermatocytes and spermatids (Fig. 1A). In every multinuclear cell, all the nuclei were at the same stage of chromatin condensation. Each slightly ovoid spermatid contained a large round electron-dense acrosomal vesicle. Generally, spermatozoon had a barrel-shaped nucleus and cone-like acrosome. About one percent (1.14±0.64%) of spermatozoa had the acrosome alterations. The Sertoli cells contained the remnants of spermatogenic and sperm cells; this provides evidence of high Sertoli cell phagocytic activity. However, a small number of spermatocytes (0.65±0.16%) was subjected to autolysis immediately in the acinus lumen without any participation of the Sertoli cells.

In the testes of mussels from polluted Sport Harbor, spermatogenic, sperm and Sertoli cells were also present, but spermatogenic columns were not formed. Spermatogenic and Sertoli cell populations were disarranged. The Sertoli cells in the testes of mussels from Sport Harbor were less developed then in the mollusks from Alekseev Bight. Heterophagosomes of the Sertoli cells were only occasionally found. At the same time, 27.01±1.85% (P < 0.0001) of the total number of spermatocytes was underwent autolysis directly in the acinus lumen. Among the spermatocytes undergoing autolysis, there were the cells with marginal relocation of chromatin within the nuclei. Other cytological alterations were observed in spermatogenic cells at different stages of their development. In the double-nuclear spermatocytes, one nucleus underwent destruction, but the other one and the cell organelles appeared to be normal (Fig. 1B). In some cases, in the late spermatids two or more large acrosomal vesicles were found in the same cell. Double-acrosomal spermatozoa were also present in the testes of the mollusks from polluted area (Fig. 1B). Acrosome destruction was observed in the 8.35±1.30% of the total number of mature spermatozoa.

It should be noted that multinuclear spermatogenic cells were found in the mussels M. modilus kurilensis from both Alekseev Bight and Sport Harbor, as well as in the other species of bivalves (Suwanjarat, 1999). Formation of multinuclear cells is likely to be a common feature of sperm cell development in bivalve mollusks. Under normal conditions, complete cell division may occur at the latest stages of spermatogenesis as it is shown in Fig. 1A. In this case, the number of acrosomal vesicles should correspond to the number of nuclei within a spermatid. Indeed, no double-acrosomal spermatozoa were found in the testes of mussels from relatively clean


139

Alekseev Bight. To explain the presence of double-acrosomal spermatozoa in the testes of mussels from polluted Sport Harbor, we suggest the following scheme of atypical spermatogenesis. In the double-nucleate spermatocyte, one of two nuclei gets destroyed but the spermatocyte continues its development. As it was noticed above, no alterations were observed in the double-nucleate spermatocyte organelles, therefore the resulting cell should contain one nucleus and double number of organelles including acrosomal vesicles (Fig. 1B). During late spermiogenesis, each of the acrosomal vesicles transforms into the acrosome resulting in formation of double-acrosomal spermatozoon. Therefore, the presence of the double-acrosomal sperm cells in the testes of mussels from polluted site could be explained by the impairment of spermatogenesis at its earliest stages and inability of the Sertoli cells to recognize and utilize abnormal sperm cells.

Fig. 1. Scheme of development from multinuclear spermatocyte to spermatozoon in the testes of the mussels Modiolus modilus kurilensis from relatively clean Alekseev Bight (A) and polluted Sport Harbor (B). a – acrosome, av – acrosomal vesicle, n – nucleus


140

Table Water temperature (T), salinity (S), and pollutant concentrations in the sediments (data of 2002 and 2004: Vaschenko et al., 2007) from the sampling sites

Site TT,°C

S,‰

OH,mg/g

∑HCH,ng/g

∑DDT,ng/g

Fe,mg/g

Mn,µg/g

Zn,µg/g

Cu,µg/g

Pb,µg/g

Sport Harbor 17.6 32.8 240 7.4 35.5 36.6 193 207 56.7 14.3

Alekseev Bight 17.1 33.1 100 0.3 2.9 29.3 144.1 101.7 22.7 6.7

Note. Pollutant concentrations are given per gram of dry sediment weight. We suggest that high percentage of impairments in the spermatogenic cells and

spermatozoa of mussels from Sport Harbor is attributed to environmental pollution. As it is evident from Table 1, the sediments from Sport Harbor contained high concentrations of contaminants including ∑HCH, ∑DDT, OH, Cu, Zn and Pb. The results of the present study support the opinion that spermatogenesis of marine organisms is sensitive to the presence of chemicals, especially heavy metals and organic pollutants, in the environment (Au et al., 2001, 2003; Yurchenko et al., 2008). High percentage (about 30%) of damaged spermatocytes and spermatozoa in the testes of M. modiolus kurilensis inhabiting polluted area certainly affects reproductive efficiency of this species.

Mussels from relatively clean site, Alekseev Bight, were in better condition than mollusks from Sport Harbor. Nevertheless, it should be noted that about 1% of spermatozoa with acrosome alterations and the Sertoli cells containing spermatocyte remnants (i.e., ‘overactive’ Sertoli cells) were observed in the testes of mussels from Alekseev Bight. We suggest this may be attributed to rather high level of heavy metal contamination of the bight ecosystem (Vaschenko et al., 2007).

Acknowledgements

This study was supported by Far East Branch of the Russian Academy of Sciences (Grant Nos. 06-1-G 16-057, 06-III-A-06-158, 07-III-D-06-57).

References

Au D.W.T., Reunov A.A., Wu R.S.S. 2001. Reproductive impairment of sea urchin upon chronic exposure to cadmium. Part II: effects on sperm development // Environmental Pollution. V. 111. P. 11–20.

Au D.W.T., Yurchenko O.V., Reunov A.A. 2003. Sublethal effect of phenol on


141

spermatogenesis in sea urchins (Anthocidaris crassispina) // Environmental Research. V. 93. P. 92–98.

Drozdov A.L., Reunov A.A. 1986. Spermatogenesis and the sperm ultrastructure in the mussel Modiolus difficilis // Tsitologya. V. 28, N 10. P. 1069–1074. [In Russian with English summury].

Suwanjarat J. 1999. Ultrastructure of the spermatogenesis of the cockle Anadara granosa L. (Bivalvia: Arcidae) // Helgoland Marine Research. V. 53. P. 85–91.

Vaschenko M.A., Kotsyuba E.P. 2008. NADPH-diaphorase activity in the central nervous system of the Gray mussel Crenomytilus grayanus (Dunker) under stress conditions: A histochemical study // Marine Environmental Research. V. 66. P. 249–258.

Vaschenko M.A., Zhadan P.M., Almyashova T.N., Slinko E.N. 2007. Long-term and seasonal dynamics of the state of reproductive function of the sea urchin Strongylocentrotus intermedius and the level of contamination of bottom sediments in Amursky Bay (Peter the Great Bay, Sea of Japan) // Response of Marine Biota to Environmental and Climatic Changes. Adrianov A.V., Vaschenko M.A., Dolmatov I.Yu. (Eds.). Vladivostok: Dalnauka. P. 297–328. [In Russian with English summury].

Yurchenko O.V., Radashevsky V.I., Hsieh H.-L., Reunov A.A. 2008. Ultrastructural comparison of the spermatozoa of the Pacific oyster Crassostrea gigas inhabiting polluted and relatively clean areas in Taiwan //Aquatic Ecology. (In press, DOI 10.1007/s10452-007-9161-8).


142

PS-10

THE GENUS EUTREPTIELLA (EUGLENOPHYCEAE) FROM RUSSIAN WATERS OF EAST/JAPAN SEA: SPECIES

COMPOSITION, DISTRIBUTION AND DENSITY

Inna V. Stonik A.V. Zhirmunsky Institute of Marine Biology, Far Eastern Branch,


The genus Eutreptiella da Cunha (Euglenophyceae) comprises nine marine and

brackish-water species (Walne et al., 1986). The main results of taxonomic studies of the euglenophyсean genera Eutreptiella and Eutreptia are presented in publications by Butcher (1961), Norris (1964), Throndsen (1969), and Walne et al. (1986). Euglenophytes, like many other groups of unarmored flagellates in the far eastern seas of Russia (including East/Japan Sea, Bering and Okhotsk seas), are still poorly studied, which can be explained by technical difficulties of sampling and examination (Konovalova, 2003). All our knowledge on representatives of the genus Eutreptiella found in Russian waters of East/Japan Sea is limited to findings of one species: E. braarudii (Stonik, Aizdaicher, 2003). There has been no information on the density and distribution of Eutreptiella species from East/Japan Sea.

The present study aims to examine species composition, distribution and density of Eutreptiella species found in the Russian waters of the East/Japan Sea.

The study used bathymetric samples collected in different seasons in 1993-2005 at ten stations in Peter the Great Bay, East/Japan Sea (including Amursky, Ussuriisky, Vostok, and Golden Horn bays) (Fig. 1). Stations 5 and 7 were located at a distance of about 600 and 500 m from industrial and domestic water discharges (Zvyagintsev, Kondrateva, 2002). Station 5 was located in a semi-closed man-made eutrophic sea basin within the city of Vladivostok. This sea basin of an area of about 70 thousand sq. m is separated from Amursky Bay with a rock-fill coffer-dam and has a free water exchange with Amursky Bay through a shallow canal. Samples for quantitative analysis were taken from the surface horizon (0-0.5 m) with the use of a 4-liter Molchanov bathometer. One-liter sample was fixed with Utermöhl’s solution and concentrated through sedimentation to a volume of 10-15 ml. Algal cells were counted in a 0.05–1 ml Nojott chamber. During water “bloom”, a direct cell counting was done in non-


143

concentrated water samples.

Fig. 1. Location of the sampling stations (1-10)

Live cells as well as fixed material were examined, photographed and

measured using a light microscope (LM) Olympus BX41. Preparations for transmission electron microscopy (TEM) were prepared by the method of “shadow-cast microscopy” proposed by Moestrup and Thomsen (1980); the method involves contrasting of preparations for studying details of the cell fine structure in unarmored flagellates. The material was sprayed with chrome and examined with a ТEМ JEM-100 B (JEOL, Tokyo, Japan).

Five species of the genus Eutreptiella, namely E. braarudii Throndsen, E. eupharyngea Moestrup and Norris, E. gymnastica Throndsen, E. cf. marina Da Cunha, and E. pascheri (Schiller) Pascher were found in phytoplankton samples from Peter the Great Bay of the East/Japan Sea (Table 1). E. cf. marina and E. pascheri were found for the first time in the far eastern seas of Russia (Fig. 2).


144

Table 1 Morphometric characteristics, distribution and density of Eutreptiella species

long short

E. braarudii 46~140 17,5~32 60~110 20 10~12 at stations 4-8 fromJanuary until May 3 x 105

E. eupharyngea 26~48 6~12 40~60 16~20 19~24 at all stations throughoutthe year 1,3 x 106

E. gymnastica 16~40 4,8~12 16~46 8~17 - at stations 4-8 throughoutthe year 1 x 107

E. сf. marina 24~34 6~8 1,5~2cell length

0,4~0,6cell length - at stations 4 and 5 from

June to July -

E. pascheri 28~44 2,8~8 0,5~0,6cell length

0,25cell length 10~12 at stations 4-8 from

January to August 1,7 x 107

Greatest density,cell l-1Species

Celllength,μm

Cell width,μm

Length of flagella, μm orratio of flagella length/ cell

length DistributionPellicular

striae number/10 μm

“-“: no data

Algae of the genus Eutreptiella are a common component of the phytoplankton

in Peter the Great Bay. The species E. braarudii dominated in Amursky Bay in winter, its density being 3 x 105 cells l-1 or 30-46 % of the total density of the phytoplankton population. The species E. eupharyngea, E. gymnastica, and E. pascheri (their cell concentrations of over 1 x 106 cells l-1 or 56-98% of the total phytoplankton population) were responsible for water “bloom” in spring and summer in the eutrophic coastal areas of Amursky and Golden Horn bays.

Some species of euglenoids found by us (E. eupharyngea, E. gymnastica) caused water “bloom” in eutrophic coastal waters of Japan (Kato, 1993). However, regular surveys of phytoplankton conducted in Peter the Great Bay since the beginning of 70s have only recently detected these algal species in the area. It can be explained, first of all, by technical difficulties in studying these algae that loose their cell form at the use of generally accepted fixation methods and their collapse at a long deposition of samples. Identification of euglenoids requires special methods of fixation. We can expect that the use of proper methods of examination coupled with cultivation of microalgae will significantly extend our knowledge on species composition, morphological characters and ecology of this important group of microalgae that contribute significantly to phytoplankton biomass in coastal sea areas.

This research was supported by the Far Eastern Branch of the Russian Academy of Sciences, through grants 06–III–В-06-213, 06–I–П11-034 and 06–I–П16-057.


145

Fig. 2. (a-c) Eutreptiella cf. marina, (a, b) two cells with longer flagellum trails behind, (c) a fusiform cell shows numerous paramylon grains and disc-shaped chloroplasts, note a duct-like apparatus ended in the posterior end (arrow); (d-h) Eutreptiella pascheri, (d) a fusiform cell shows pellicular striations, (e) a cell with numerous disc-shaped chloroplasts, (f) metabolic cell, (g) a cell with two flagella unequal in length, (h) a fusiform cell. (a-h) LM. Scale bar is equal 10 μm.

References Butcher R.W. 1961. An introductory account of the smaller algae of British

coastal waters. Part VIII: Euglenophyceae-Eugleninae // Fish. Invest. Minist. Agric. Fish. Food (GB). Series IV. P. 1-17.

Kato S. 1993. On three species of Eutreptiella (Euglenophyceae) in the coastal waters of the Kanto district, Japan // Japanese Journal of Phycology. V. 41, N 1. P. 47-51.

Konovalova G.V. 2003. State of research on flagellate algae in the Russian waters of the Far Eastern seas // International Journal on Algae. V. 5, N 3. P. 33-46.

Moestrup Ø., Thomsen H.A. 1980. Preparation of shadow-cast whole mounts // Handbook of Phycological Methods, Developmental and Cytological Methods. E. Gantt


146

(Ed.). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. P. 385-390. Norris R.E. 1964. Studies on phytoplankton in Wellington Harbour // New

Zealand Journal of Botany. V. 2. P. 258-278. Stonik I.V., Aizdaicher N.A.. 2003. New data on the morphology of Eutreptiella

braarudii (Euglenophyta) from the Far Eastern seas of Russia // Botanical Zhurnal (Russian Journal of Botany). V. 88, N 9. P. 81-84. [In Russian].

Throndsen J. 1969. Flagellates of Norwegian coastal waters // Nytt mag. bot. V. 16. P. 161-216.

Walne P.L., Moestrup Ø., Norris R.E., Ettl H. 1986. Light and electron microscopical studies of Eutreptiella eupharyngea sp. nov. (Euglenophyceae) from Danish and American waters // Phycologia. V. 25, N 1. P. 109-126.

Zvyagintsev A.Yu., Kondratyeva E.S. 2002. Species composition and seasonal dynamics of fish catches in semi-closed sea basin within the bounds of Vladivostok City (Amurskii Bay, Japan Sea) under the anthropogenic eutrophication conditions // Izvestaya TINRO. V. 130. P. 530-541. [In Russian].


147

PS-11

VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL DISTRIBUTION OF ISOPODS (CRUSTACEA) IN THE NORTHWESTERN PART OF THE SEA

OF JAPAN AS APPLIED TO THE PROBLEM OF FAUNISTIC ZONING OF THE AREA

Olga A. Golovan1 and Victor V. Ivin2

A. V. Zhirmunsky Institute of Marine Biology, Far East Branch, Russian Academy of Sciences, Vladivostok 690041, Russia

1e-mail: [email protected] 2e-mail: [email protected]

Introduction

The Sea of Japan is a semi-isolated basin, with the unique oceanologic and climatic peculiarities. Its area is divided into warm southeastern and cold northwestern parts by the Polar Front. Most Russian biogeographers, basing on the data of the distribution of molluscs, crustaceans and some other benthic invertebrate groups, either referred the northwestern part of the Sea to the single low-boreal province, or distinguished two provinces in this area. In the latter case the boundaries between these provinces were established on the Cape Povorotny (the east point of the Peter the Great Bay) near the west coast and slightly northward of the Cape Crillon and Moneron Isl. (southwest Sakhalin) near the east coast. A. Kafanov and co-authors (2000) suggested quite different faunistic zoning scheme on the basis of ichthyofaunal distribution and distinguished five independent faunistic provinces in the northwestern part of the Sea. The boundaries between these faunistic units sufficiently agreed with the scheme of the large-scale cyclonic circulations in the cold sector of the Sea. Noncoincidence between existent zoning systems can be partly explained by the differences of the distributional patterns of benthic and pelagic groups as well as the differences of the procedure used to find the boundaries of faunistic zones. It is noteworthy that in most investigations of the spatial structure of different benthic invertebrates’ shelf fauna (Kussakin, Rostomov, 1982; Romeiko, 1985; Budnikova, 1989; Chaplygina, 1995) at first certain faunistic divisions at the shelf (usually 0-200 m by convention) were designated. Then within these divisions vertical changes of the fauna were described. So, it could be interesting to carry out the analysis of latitudinal distribution of isopod crustaceans within the distinct bathymetric zones in order to avoid any subjective gradations. The suborder


148

Isopoda is diverse and one of the most common and abundant groups in benthic samples, that, in addition to low vagility, makes them a convenient object for biogeographic investigations.


For a purpose of the study the vertical and horizontal distribution of 90 isopod species from the northwestern part of the Sea were analysed. The species list was based on all the literature data about the isopod fauna and all available material of the Russian expeditions in this area (deposited in the Museums of Institute of Marine Biology, Vladivostok and Zoological Institute, St. Perersburg, Russia). To indicate the boundaries between the natural bathymetric/latitudinal faunistic zones the quantitative changes in species richness and the qualitative changes in composition of taxocen with depth/latitude were considered. For that the species lists and richness of 68 bathymetric ranges or of 20 one-degree strips of the shore, respectively, were compared. The species lists were grouped by the method of hierarchical cluster analysis. As a metrics of similarity the Bray-Curtis index (Bray, Curtis, 1957) was used. The clustering procedures were performed with the PRIMER v5 program package. The trees were built by the average between-groups linkage method (UNEP, 1995). The clusters with the level of similarity no less than 30% were designated to the same taxocen. The significance of the differences between the distinguished clasters was supported by the global R-statistics of non-parametric one-way analysis ANOSIM (Clarke, 1993; Clarke, Warwick, 2001).

Vertical distribution

The quantitative changes in species richness. The highest species richness is observed in the shallow waters and decreases significantly with depth (fig. 1). The distribution of 63 species (70.0% of the isopod fauna) is restricted within the shelf. 33 species (36.67%) never occur deeper than 20-25 m. The distinct local maxima of species richness (synperates) are observed in the intertidal zone and at about 5-10 m depth, less pronounced – at 60 and 100-120 m, then – at 550 m.

The qualitative changes in composition of taxocen. Hierarchical cluster analysis

of the species lists of 68 bathymetric ranges at 30% similarity discloses the following zones: the supratidal zone and three zones below the hydrographic datum: I) 0-25 m; II) 25-280 m; III) deeper than 280 m. The significance of the differences: R = 0.895 when р = 0.001. At the level of similarity of 41% within the bathymetric zone II two subzones


149

at 25-80 and 80-280 m are distinguished; at 50% – within the zone III – two subzones at 280-1100 and 1100-3100 m; at 60% – within the zone I – two subzones at 0-10 and 10-25 m.

Fig. 1. Vertical variations in species richness of isopod fauna in the northwestern part of the Sea of Japan. X-direction – depth, m; Y-direction – the number of species

Noncoincidence between the boundaries disclosed by the analysis of the

quantitative and qualitative faunal changes can be explained by taking into consideration the decreasing of species richness with depth. The synperates appear at depth of the beginning of the faunal reconstructions. The boundaries obtained by clustering the species lists can indicate the depth at which the faunal reconstruction is completed, because of influence of the richest shallow-water species complex on the composition of taxocen of the transitional zone. For the subsequent analysis it is preferable to follow the second scheme of the vertical zonation, otherwise the analysis of the latitudinal faunal changes would reflect the distributional patterns mostly of the richest shallow-water complex.

Horizontal distribution

Since the data about the deep-sea (bathyal and abyssal, the III bathymetric zone) isopod fauna of the Sea of Japan are still extremely incomplete, it is impossible to estimate its latitudinal changes. Zonal-geographical approach would allow to suppose it to be relatively uniform, at least deeper than 450-550 m, where the deep-sea water mass


150

of the Sea of Japan lies. On the contrary, the changes within the I and II bathymetric zones can be assessed with the faunistic approach. For identification of boundaries of the faunistic units the coast line of the studied area was divided into 19 one-degree strips. Unfortunately only the Russian coast of the northwestern part of the Sea can be studied due to almost total absence of data about the isopod fauna from the North Korean waters. Taxocen of the Amur Liman intentionally distant from any region in the Sea of Japan was included into analysis as an outgroup.

The quantitative changes in species richness. The number of the species in

general decreases significantly from the south to the north of the area. The positions of synperates practically coincide in both I and II bathymetric zones (fig. 2), except for the differences in much strongly pronounced amplitude of the variations in the richness in the shallows.

Fig. 2. Scheme of faunistic zoning of the northwestern part of the Sea of Japan according to the data on the quantitative and qualitative latitudinal variations of isopod fauna in two bathymetric zones: I – 0-25 m; II – 25-280 m. The level of similarity for distinguished clusters: the continuous line – 30%; the dotted line – 45 (I) or 40% (II). The black spots – synperates; the white spots – asynperates. 1-5 – faunistic units (see explanation in the text)

The qualitative changes in composition of taxocen. The comparison of the

species lists of one-degree strips shows that these changes do not coincide in the I and II


151

bathymetric zones (fig. 2). In the I zone at the level of similarity of 30% three distinct faunistic units can be discerned (the significance of the differences: R = 0.875; р = 0.001); two of them at the higher similarity level (45%) can be subsequently subdivided:

1. The South Primorye coast southward of 43ºN, Moneron Isl. and the southwest Sakhalin coast southward of 47ºN.

a) The South Primorye coast. b) Moneron Isl. and the southwest Sakhalin coast. 2. The continental coast of the Sea northward of 43ºN and the west Sakhalin

coast northward of 47ºN. 3. The Amur Liman (52-53ºN). In the II bathymetric zone the latitudinal changes become more apparent. At the

level of similarity of 30% all the species lists clearly group into 5 clusters (the significance of the differences: R = 0.830; р = 0.001):

1. The South Primorye coast southward of 44ºN, Moneron Isl. and the southwest Sakhalin coast southward of 47ºN. At 40% similarity two faunistic units become discernible within the cluster:

a) The South Primorye coast. b) Moneron Isl. and the southwest Sakhalin coast. 2. The Primorye coast between 44 and 46ºN. 3. The continental coast of the Tatar Strait between 46 and 51ºN. 4. The west Sakhalin coast northward of 47ºN and the tip of the Tatar Strait

northward of 51ºN. 3. The Amur Liman (52-53ºN). The most pronounced faunistic border between the southern and the northern

parts of the area was mentioned earlier by many biogeographers, but on the west coast it was usually placed at the Cape Povorotny, while according to our data it is located distinctly more northerly (at 43 or 44ºN in I and II bathymetric zones respectively). Such a result as well as the evidence of the individuality of the faunistic unit near the North Primorye coast (44-46ºN as revealed for the II bathymetric zone) proves to be corresponding with the ichthyofaunistic zoning scheme of the area of A. Kafanov and co-authors (2000). The noncoincidence in the position of the boundary between the units 1a and 2 (fig. 2) in two bathymetric zones and greater qualitative uniformity of the shallow-water fauna can be partly explained by the nature of the material. Almost all studied samples were collected during summer months, when in the warmed and


152

sweetened upper warter layer the similar conditions for the warm-water and eurythermic fauna has set in. In that case the northward distribution of richer and more diverse warm-water fauna would be limited by the border between the waters with the different types of structure during the frost-free season (see: Luchin, Manko, 2003) and by the distance of transfer of the subtropical waters northward with the vortical series (along the continental coast) and by the penetration of the waters of the Soya Current (along the Sakhalin coast). On the other hand, the vertical distribution of the shallow-water fauna (most species) is restricted within the upper water layer above the discontinuity layer and is weakly affected by the main cyclonic circulations of the cold northwestern part of the Sea, that pass under the discontinuity layer. And vice versa for the fauna of the II bathymetric zone these effects are of decisive importance. Five faunistic units that can be observed basing on the distribution of Isopoda in the II bathymetric zone agree with ichthyofaunistic provinces in the area (Kafanov et al., 2000) and can be explained by the peculiarities of the hydrology due to the presence of the main stabilized cyclonic circulations in the cold sector of the Sea. Thus the distributional patterns of the benthic group (Isopoda) in the II bathymetric zone prove the presence of the faunistic units originally designated for the pelagic ichthyocens.

References

Bray J.R., Curtis J.T. 1957. An ordination of the upland forest communities of Southern Wisconsin // Ecological Monographs. V. 27. P. 325-349.

Budnikova L.L. 1989. Subtidal amphipods of the suborder Gammaridea of the western Sakhalin shelf. Abstract of Ph.D. Thesis. Vladivostok. 22 p. [In Russian].

Chaplygina S.F. 1989. Hydroids (Hydroidea) of the shelf of the northwestern part of the Sea of Japan and their distribution in the benthal and on the artificial substrates. Ph.D. Thesis. Vladivostok. 170 p. [In Russian].

Clarke K.R. 1993. Non-parametric multivariate analyses of changes in community structure // Australian Journal of Ecology. V. 18. P. 117-143.

Clarke K.R., Warwick R.M. 2001. Change in marine communities: An approach to statistical analysis and interpretation. Plymouth: PRIMER-E. 175 р.

Kafanov A.I., Volvenko I.V., Fedorov V.V., Pitruk D.L. 2000. Ichthyofaunistic biogeography of the Japan (East) Sea // Journal of Biogeography. V. 27. P. 915-933.

Kussakin O.G., Rostomov S.A. 1982. Biogeographic structure of the isopods’ fauna of the shelf of western Sakhalin and Moneron Island // Marine Biogeography: Subject, Methods, Zoning Principles. Kussakin O.G. (Ed.). Moscow: Nauka. P. 176-184. [In Russian].


153

Luchin V.A., Manko A.N. 2003. Water masses // Hydrometeorology and Hydrochemistry of the Seas. V. 8. The Sea of Japan. N. 1. Hydrometeorological Conditions. Vasiljev A.S., Terziev F.S., Kosarev A.N. (Ed.). St. Petersburg: Hydrometeoizdat. P. 243-256. [In Russian].

Romeiko L.V. 1985. Zonal-biogeographical structure of the bivalve molluscan fauna of the northern part of the Sea of Japan // Benthos and its Living Conditions on the Sakhalin Shelf Zones. Kussakin O.G. (Ed.). Vladivostok: FESC AS USSR. P. 86-91. [In Russian].

UNEP. 1995. Statistical analysis and interpretation of marine community data // Reference Methods for Marine Pollution Studies. N. 64. 54 р.


154

PS-12 PHAGOCYTOSIS OF PSEUDOMONAS FLUORESCENS,

LISTERIA MONOCYTOGENES, STAPHYLOCOCCUS AUREUS BY HAEMOCYTES OF MODIOLUS MODIOLUS KURILENSIS

Evgeniya V. Tabakova1, Iraida G. Syasina2 and Vadim V. Kumeiko2

1Far Eastern National University, Vladivostok 690025, Russia 2 A.V. Zhirmunsky Institute of Marine Biology, Far East Branch,

Russian Academy of Sciences, Vladivostok 690041, Russia

Bivalve mollusks are widely used for assessment of the marine environment quality and the contamination effects on biota. Mussels among bivalves are particularly important as a sentinel genus for environmental monitoring. A widespread species in the coastal waters of Russian Far East is Modiolus modiolus kurilensis – the subspecies of the horse mussel Modiolus modiolus, which has been used intensively for immunity studies and environmental biomonitoring. There is an urgent need to increase basic research of the normal morphology, the seasonal changes of the histological structure of organs, the basic indices of the functional state, and the background level of diseases and pathological changes in local mussels from clean areas for future immuno- and ecotoxicological studies.

Phagocytosis is very important in the adaptive and defense reactions of invertebrates, as the factor of the cellular immunity it is responsible for engulfment and removal of non-self agents from organisms. The inhabiting of the mollusks under difficult environment, for example under contamination, give rise to the changes of all basic physiological and immunological indices (Sami et al., 1992; Pipe, Coles, 1995; Dyrynda et al., 1998), in this respect it is important to investigate the individual variability of indices, which are planned to use for biomonitoring, in mollusks from ecologically clean areas. The purpose of the present study was to characterize the indices of the phagocytosis by haemocytes of Modiolus modiolus kurilensis from clean have not subjected to the chemical contamination area.

Mussels were collected by diver from depth about 3 m in Troiza Bay (Peter the Great Bay, Sea of Japan) on 31 May 2006. Shell length of examined mollusks varied from 70 to 105 mm. The mollusks were placed in cages in the sea after fishing. The phagocytic activity and phagocytic index were detected during three days after fishing in a field laboratory, and tissues for histological and TEM study were fixed


155

simultaneously. The phagocytosis characteristics were determined using the methods described

by Robohm (1987) and Wooton et al. (2003) with modification. Haemolymph from individual M. kurilensis was withdrawn and centrifuged, then 20 µl of cells in isotonic salt solution (ISS) from every animals were dispensed onto slides, incubated for 1 h at 18°C with saturated humidity for adherence of haemocytes. For phagocytosis, 10 µl of the suspension of 3 bacteria species (Pseudomonas fluorescens, Listeria monocytogenes, Staphylococcus aureus) in the same medium, preliminary thermally killed (1 h, 60°С) and labelled by fluorescein isothiocyanate (FITC, Serva) were added to the haemocytes. Phagocytosis was stop by fixation of cells with 2% paraform after 1h 20 min of adding of bacteria to the cells. The slides were washed three times with ISS, embedded in Mowiol 4.88. and examined using a Zeiss AxioImager fluorescent microscope (Germany). For each slide, the phagocytic activity and the phagocytic index per individual were recorded from a minimum of 200 haemocytes, incubated with each of three used bacteria. Phagocytic activity (PhA) was detected as Nph/Nt × 100%, were Nph – the number of phagocytic haemocytes, Nt – the total number of counted cells (200 haemocytes), phagocytic index (PhI) – the amount of ingested fluorescent bacteria per haemocyte. Phagocytosis was assayed from 15 organisms.

Samples of kidney, digestive gland, gills and gonad were fixed in Bouin’s fluid and embedded in paraffin, sections 5 μm thick were stained with haematoxylin and eosin. Histological sections were examined under a light microscope for presence of pathological alterations.

The obtained data on phagocytosis in M. kurilensis are presented in the Fig. The baseline phagocytic activity of haemocytes from M. kurilensis given 3 bacterial strains varied considerably, it’s ranged from 27% to 86% with regard to L. monocytogenes and S. aureus, and ranged from 24% to 73% with regard to P. fluorescens. Phagocytic index varied considerably in different mussels. The greatest variability of PhI was found in haemocytes given S. aureus, this value changed from 0.46 to 5.37, the mean value is 1.49±1.20. The minimal variability of PhI was found in haemocytes given P. fluorescens (0.38-3.45), the mean value is 1.45±0.77. The greatest number of bacteria was determined in haemocytes ingested L. monocytogenes (2.00±1.11). The correlation coefficient between the phagocytic activity and the phagocytic index changed from 0.85 to 0.9125 (Table).


156

Table The minimal, maximal and mean (M±m) value of phagocytic activity and phagocytic index of Modiolus modiolus kurilensis hemocytes with regard to three bacteria, as well as the correlation coefficient between this indices

ФА ФИ ФА ФИ ФА ФИ

M±m 0.49±0.15 1.45±0.77 0.57±0.16 2.00±1.11 0.50±0.18 1.49±1.20

Max 0.73 3.45 0.82 4.84 0.86 5.37

Min 0.24 0.38 0.27 0.57 0.27 0.46

r ФА-ФИ 0.9 0.9 0.91 0.91 0.85 0.85

Pseudomonasfluorescens Listeria monocytogenes Staphylococcus aureus

Index

Note. PhA – phagocytic activity, PhI – phagocytic index.

After visual inspection of caught mollusks from Troiza Bay was found that

tissues of 11% individuals were of green color (green M. kurilensis). Histological analysis showed numerous foreign cells in the connective tissue of mantle, gonad and digestive gland. Transmission electron microscopy shown that foreign cells in mollusks tissues were single-celled algal symbionts. Haemocytes of green mollusks shone with red color under fluorescence microscope at 485 nm excitation and 520 nm emission. After investigation of haemocytes of all animals it was found that red fluorescent cells are occurred in three additional mollusks with the exception of three detected visually. The intensity of an infection for these mussels was very likely low, and the presence of green cells visually was not detected. The total number of mussels infected by microalga has compounded 22 %, thus the infection was instituted visually for 11% animal (that were №2, 9, 10), and the availability of microalga was determined in a haemolymph with the help of a fluorescence microscope for 11% of shellfishes (№8, 12 and 13). The attempt also was made to determine the influence of microalgae infection and the intensity of infection (presence of microalga only in the haemolymph or presence of alga in the haemolymph and organs).

Mussels №2 and №10 with an intensive invasiveness of the tissues (gonad, mantle, digestive gland, haemolymph) by microalga are characterized by the maximal phagocytic indices with regard to L. monocytogenes and P. fluorescens or medium in individual №9 with regard to S. aureus. Phagocytosis of bacteria L. monocytogenes and P. fluorescens was reduced; phagocytosis of S. aureus was identical with mean value in mussel №9. Molluscs №8, 12 and 13 with slight invasiveness of the tissues (the


157

Fig. Phagocytosis of three species of bacteria Pseudomonas fluorescens, Listeria monocytogenes, Staphylococcus aureus by Modiolus modiolus kurilensis hemocytes. Abscissa axis shows cod of animal, ordinates axis – phagocytic activity, % and phagocytic index


158

presence of microalga only in the haemolymph) are characterized by the medium value of phagocytic indices with regard to L. monocytogenes and P. fluorescens or very close to medium level (S. aureus). Phagocytic activity and phagocytic index do not exceed 60 % for mussels №1, 5, 6, 7, 12, 14, 15 with destructive alterations in the digestive gland and kidney. The present study shows that destructive alterations occurred in M. kurilensis from chemically uncontaminated area, which are caused probably by seasonal reconstruction of organs and there are correlations or trend of decline immunity in mollusks with destructive changes in the digestive gland and kidney or heavily infected by microalga.

Phagocytosis is the most important cellular defence reaction of the immunity of invertebrates, and the main characteristics of this process are the phagocytic activity and the phagocytic index (Renwrantz et al., 1979). It is known, that not all haemocyte types possess by phagocytic activity. Results of the present study demonstrated that only 73% of haemocytes were able to phagocytose under used conditions and haemocytes of M. kurilensis actively phagocytose bacteria without specific antiserum, that correspond to the defense strategies characteristic of bivalve mollusks (Yakovleva et al., 2001).

Mollusk haemocytes show selectivity in respect of different foreign particles (Wootton et al., 2003). In the present study was found that haemocytes of M. kurilensis phagocytose 3 species of bacteria, at the same time PhI was higher with regards to L. monocytogenes. The urgency of L. monocytogenes analysis is dictated by numerous outbreaks of listerioses in some countries, connected with the use in nutrition of the infected marine products. It was shown, that L. monocytogenes is capable to survive in seawater (at that it display phenotypical changes) and to infect marine organisms (Busoleva, Terechova, 2004). Lower phagocytosis indices were observed in mussels with destructive changes of kidney and digestive gland.

Acknowledgements

This work was supported by grant of the Far East Branch of the Russian Academy of Sciences (no. 06-П16-057) and grant of the Ministry of Education and Science of the Russian Federation: RNP.2.1.1.2641 «The Strategy and Methodology of the Monitoring of Marine Biodiversity Using Protected Water Areas as a Model».

References Busoleva L.S., Terechova B.E. 2004. Survival and adaptive variability of Listeria

monocytogenes culture in the sea and river water // Veterinary Pathology. N 4. P.31-35. [In Russian].


159

Canesi L., Gallo G., Gavioli M., Pruzzo C. 2002. Bacteria-hemocyte interactions and phagocytosis in marine bivalves // Microscopy Research and Technique. V. 57. P. 469-476.

Dyrynda E.A., Pipe R.K., Burt G.R., Ratcliffe N.A. 1998. Modulations in the immune defences of mussels (Mytilus edulis) from contaminated sites in the UK // Aquatic Toxicology. V. 42. P. 169-185.

Pipe R.K., Coles J.A. 1995. Environmental contaminants influencing immune function in marine bivalve mollusks // Fish and Shellfish Immunology. V. 5. P. 581-595.

Renwrantz L. R., Yoshino T. P., Cheng T. C., Auld K. R. 1979. Size determination of leucocytes from the American oysters Crassostrea virginica and description of phagocytosis mechanism // Zoologische Jahrbnecher Albleitung Fuer Physiologie und Zoomorphologie. V. 83. P. 1-12.

Robohm R.A. 1984. In vitro phagocytosis by molluscan hemocytes: a survey and critique of methods // Comparative Pathobiology. Vol. 6. New York: Plenum Press. P. 147-172.

Sami S., Faisal M., Huggett R.J. 1992. Alterations in cytometric characteristics of hemocytes from the American oyster Crassostrea virginica exposed to a polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon (PAH) contaminated environment // Marine Biology. V. 113. P. 247-252.

Wootton E. C., Dyrynda E. A., Ratcliffe N. A. 2003. Bivalve immunity: comparisons between the marine mussel (Mytilus edulis), the edible cockle (Cerastoderma edule) and the razor-shell (Ensis siliqua) // Fish and Shellfish Immunology. V. 15. P. 195-210.

Yakovleva N.V., Samoilovich M.P., Gorbushin A.M. 2001. The diversity of strategies of defense from pathogens in molluscs // Journal of Evolutionary Biochemistry and Physiology. V. 37, № 4. P. 358-367.


160

PS-13 ARE GIANT KELP ALGAE EXTINCTING FROM THE

NORTHERN PACIFIC?

Olga N. Selivanova Kamchatka Branch of the Pacific Institute of Geography, Far East Branch, Russian Academy of Sciences, 683000, Petropavlovsk-Kamchatskii, Russia


Long-term studies on the marine benthic flora of the shelf of the Eastern Kamchatka and Commander Islands make it possible to estimate the dynamics of algal biodiversity and peculiarities of distribution of seaweeds in this area of the northern Pacific. Maximum attention was paid to kelp algae, that is, algal communities with predominance of brown algae of the order Laminariales. Over a period of observations on Commander Islands (more than 20 years) considerable fluctuations were noted both in the direction of increase of abundance and biomass of some species and vice versa in abrupt reduction of their number up to the total disappearance. Here the attempt is made to explain the cause of this phenomenon and determine its consequences for the biota of the region.

Materials and Methods

The material was collected by the scientists of Hydrobiology Laboratory of Kamchatka Branch of Pacific Institute of Geography on Commander Islands during expeditions of 1986-1995, 2006 and by individual collectors in different years. Algae were collected from April through October on the littoral fringe during low tides, with the help of a long hook called “kanza” from the depths of 1 to 3 m, with usage of SCUBA technique from the depths of 1 to 30 m. Algae cast ashore were also picked up. Identification of the species was made mostly visually based on morphological features, in doubtful cases histological sections were made freehand with razor blades and the slides were examined using the light microscope. The processing of collections was conducted at Kamchatka Branch of Pacific Institute of Geography (Petropavlovsk-Kamchatsky, Russia). Material is stored in the herbarium of this institute.

Estimation of abundance of laminariaceous algae, weighing, measuring and calculating were made on-the-site in the field. Minimal record area was 0.25 m 2.


161

Results and Discussion As a result of our studies we described main subtidal communities. There are at

least two types of algal communities: the zone of kelp algae (usually at the depths 2-12 m) and the zone of crustose coralline algae of the family Hapalidiaceae 1 (at the depths 6-30 m).

In the zone of kelp at the depths of 1-3 m usually dominate algae of the genera Laminaria or Saccharina 2 with the mean biomass 19.3 ± 3.3 kg/m2. Dense thickets within this community are formed by L. longipes. At deeper areas (3-12 m) main coenosis-forming species are either S. dentigera (up to 10 kg/m2) or S. bongardiana (4 kg/m2), with co-dominant species Laminaria yezoensis and L. longipes. The dominants of the second order in these communities are members of the family Alariaceae: Alaria and Druehlia 3. This last alga can be treated as a representative of the giant kelp. Mature samples of D. fistulosa have a blade more than 10 m long, often spreading on the water surface and forming up to 100% of projective cover.

Up to the recent time kelp algae including D. fistulosa on the Commander Islands were rather abundant. However at the beginning of this century the situation drastically changed. In 2004 the abrupt decrease of abundance and biomass of D. fistulosa and the area covered by this alga was marked. According to the data of the Russian-Canadian Nature Protection and Conservation Association resources of this alga on the Commander Islands in the previous times exceeded 4 million tons. The President of this organization V.F. Sevostianov (2005) notified that by 2004 the huge fields of kelp have almost disappeared around the Commander Islands. The number of cast shore samples of D. fistulosa was extremely small. He supposed that the catastrophic decrease of abundance of this alga was due to unusual combination of climatic factors: frequent and very strong storms in winters of 2002-2003 with the wind velocity exceeding 50 m/sec. At this happened superposition of maximal low tides with the strongest wind waves that caused damage of the rhizoids and mass casting ashore of the fronds of this giant alga. Lesser in size laminariaceous algae were not so heavily damaged. Soon after the decrease of the abundance of D. fistulosa (in 2006) the reduction up to 25 % of the Commander Islands population of sea otters (Enhydra lutris) that use the thick beds of this alga as a shelter, a place for rest and cub nursing, was marked by the same author (Sevostianov, 2007) who concluded that this meant that the Islands ecosystem had lost an important protection component.

However according to the data of the other authors (my personal data included) the situation with D. fistulosa is not so tragic. The resources of this alga in 1980-1990-s were not as big as stated by Sevostianov (2005). They came to 925 thousand tons in


162

1990-1991 and then decreased to 82 thousand tons in 1992 at both Islands of the archipelago. Besides that the density of thickets and mean biomass of the alga varied in different years from 0.6 to 7 kg/m2, so the total stock of the kelp changed in 10 and more times. But these fluctuations were not irreversible. Thus the information concerning catastrophic reduction of the Commander Islands population of D. fistulosa at present needs further verification.

Still it should be noted that in historical period another giant alga Nereocystis luetkeana, previously belonging to the family Lessoniaceae but now transferred to the Laminariaceae within the order Laminariales (Lane et al., 2006), might have disappeared from the flora of the Commander Islands. Nereocystis is still met on the Islands but only in drift or cast ashore. We also found drifting samples of this alga in the Avacha Bay near Petropavlovsk but obviously they were brought there occasionally, and Kamchatka is not a part of the area of this alga (Selivanova, 1997). Its distribution at the Commander Islands is more questionable. There were serious contradictions in the works of the scientists of the previous centuries concerning the presence of the giant kelp algae on the Islands. Some authors reported that N. luetkeana formed thick kelp beds along the coasts of Bering Island (Gurjanova, 1935; Sinova, 1940), but others stated that this alga was never met attached but rather drifted from American coasts (Kardakova-Prejentzoffa, 1938). Another giant alga of the same family - Macrocystis was also recorded by E.F.Gurjanova (1935), as if it occurred in abundance at the depths of 20-30 meters along the coasts of Bering Island. However E.A.Kardakova-Prejentzoffa (1938) did not mention Macrocystis at all, and our observations completely confirm the data of this author. We also found Nereocystis only drifting or cast ashore and never encountered Macrocystis. We suppose that both giant algae of the former family Lessoniaceae were recorded from the Commander Islands erroneously. In the bays of Medny Island we observed sometimes huge congregations of drifting Nereocystis brought by stormy winds from the Aleutians, so it is quite possible that the cases of such abundant stormy harvest produced the impression of mass growth of this alga at the Commanders and thereafter erroneous records in literature. However we should not exclude the possibility of real habitation of these algae on the Commander Islands in previous times and their successive extinction. The phenomenon of considerable reduction of abundance and area of Macrocystis integrifolia is observed now at the coasts of the North America (Dr. G.I. Hansen, pers. comm.), so it is quite possible that the same might happen to lessonian algae on the Commander Islands. Whatever explanations of vanishing of the giant algae from this area may be but for some reasons other kelp algae were not so dramatically impacted. There is no


163

convincing evidence of my assumption but long-term field observations allow to suggest that low competitive ability of lessonian giants as compared to the other members of the order Laminariales may be the reason of their extinction from the Pacific flora. On the other hand the range of these algae as well as D. fistulosa may fluctuate according to seasonal or larger cycles.

Taxonomic notes. 1. A family Hapalidiaceae was resurrected relatively recently in the order

Corallinales on the basis of molecular-genetic studies (Harvey et al., 2003). 2. As a result of taxonomic revision of the algae of the order Laminariales the

split of the genus Laminaria and resurrection of the genus Saccharina on the basis of the phylogenetic studies was proposed (Lane et al., 2006). These innovations necessitated systematic revision of the Far Eastern species of the Laminariales. Our genetic studies indicated that 2 species of Laminaria and 12 intraspecific taxa (1 subspecies and 11 forms) from the Russian Pacific should be transferred to the genus Saccharina. The following new nomenclatural combinations were proposed: Saccharina bongardiana (P. et R.) Seliv., Zhigad. et G.I. Hansen, with 4 forms; Saccharina gurjanovae (A. Zin. emend. Petrov) Seliv., Zhigad. et G.I. Hansen, with a form: f. lanciformis (Petrov) Seliv., Zhigad. et G.I. Hansen. Taxonomic status of the rest of Laminaria species known from the Russian Far East was left without changes: Laminaria longipes Bory, L. solidungula J. Agardh, L. yezoensis Miyabe (Selivanova et al., 2007).

3. Quite recently Canadian phycologists (Lane et al., 2007) found that Alaria fistulosa is genetically different from the other species of the genus Alaria and described a new monotypic genus for this taxon: Druehlia (Postels et Ruprecht) Lane et Saunders (Lane et al., 2007).

Reefrences

Gurjanova E. F. 1935. Commandor Islands and their marine coastal fauna and flora // Priroda. V. 11. P. 64-72. [In Russian].

Harvey A.S., Broadwater S.T., Woelkerling W.J., Mitrovski P.J. 2003. Choreonema (Corallinales, Rhodophyta): 18S rDNA phylogeny and resurrection of the Hapalidiaceae for the subfamilies Choreonematoideae, Austrolithoideae and Melobesioideae // Journal of Phycology. V. 39. P. 988-998.

Kardakova-Prejentzoffa E.A. 1938. The seaweeds of Commandor Islands // Izvestia TINRO. V. 14. P. 77-108. [In Russian].

Lane C.E., Mayes C., Druehl L.D., Saunders G.W. 2006. A multi-gene molecular


164

investigation of the kelp (Laminariales, Phaeophyceae) supports substantial taxonomic re-organization // Journal of Phycology. V. 42. P. 493-512.

Lane C.E., Lindstrom S.C., Saunders G.W. 2007. A molecular assessment of northeast Pacific Alaria species (Laminariales, Phaeophyceae) with reference to the utility of DNA barcoding // Molecular Phylogenetics and Evolution. V. 44. P. 634-648.

Selivanova O.N. 1997. Finding of fragments of the brown alga Nereocystis luetkeana in Avachinskaya Inlet, Kamchatka //Biologiya Morya. V. 23, N 5. P. 325-326. [In Russian].

Selivanova O.N., Zhigadlova G.G, Hansen G.I. 2007. Revision of the systematics of algae of the order Laminariales (Phaeophyta) from the Far Eastern seas of Russia on the basis of molecular-genetic data // Russian Journal of Marine Biology. V. 33, N 5. P. 278-289.

Sevostianov V.F. 2005. Changes in the sea otter population on the Commander Islands –Kamchatka Region, Russia (by field expedition 2004) // Materials of VI Internat. Sci. Conf. “Conservation of Biodiversity of Kamchatka and Coastal Waters”. Petropavlovsk-Kamchatsky, November 29-30, 2005. P. 223-225.

Sevostianov V.F. 2007. The Commander Islands as a significant indicator of the Bering Sea ecosystem condition: //http://home.comcast.net/~mishkabear/island/

Sinova E.S. 1940. The algae of the Commander Islands // Trudy Tikhookeanskogo Komiteta. V. 5. P. 165-243. [In Russian].


165

PS-14

BIODIVERSITY OF SEA ANEMONES ON THE CONTINENTAL SHELF OF THE EASTERN SAKHALIN

Elena E. Kostina


e-mail: cnidopus@mail primorye.ru Sea anemones are widely distributed in the World Ocean. These invertebrates

were found from the intertidal zone to the ultra-abyssal (more than 9,000 m). They inhabit the different substrates and in the various communities, being tolerant to anthropogenic influence. At present, about 1,500 species belonging to order Actiniaria are known. Previously, distribution’s features of the sea anemones were studied in the benthic communities of the Sakhalin Island shelf waters in the area of Nabil’sky and Pil’tun Bays (Tabunkov et al., 1988; Konovalova et al., 2003; Moshchenko et al., 2005). Information from others areas of this region is poorly known.

The present work is based on 957 quantitative and qualitative samples taken along the Sakhalin coast from Terpeniya Bay to Cape Elizavety in 1990–2007 (Fig. 1). About 85% of material was taken in the areas of the Pil’tun-Astokh oil field and the Lun’sky gas field. At present, the sea anemone’s fauna of shelf of the eastern Sakhalin includes no less than 28 species belonging to 20 genera and 11 families (See Table). Sea anemones of the infraorder Athenaria are one of dominating group by abundance in the areas of oil-gas field with prevalence of silty-sandy-gravelly grounds. Athenarians are characterized by a rounded aboral end and a lack of basilar musculature. Thus, as distinct from other actinia, they usually live in soft ground, not attached to hard substrates.

The frequency of occurrence of the most mass species Halcampoides purpurea is 80–90%. This species inhabits antarctic, subantarctic, subtropical, boreal and arctic waters and is probably cosmopolite. As a whole, zonal-geographical analysis of the sea anemone’s fauna shows that boreal-arctic species (46%) are predominant (Fig. 2), which can be explained by the influence of the cold Eastern-Sakhalinskoye Current. Previously, Edwardsia japonica, Metedwardsia akkeshi, Synandwakia hozawai and Phelliactis magna had only been found in low-boreal Japanese (Honshu and Hokkaido Islands) and Korean coastal waters. E. japonica, Acthelmis intestinalis, Halcampa decemtentaculata,


166

S. hozawai were found down to depth of 50 m. The finding of these species on the shelf of the eastern Sakhalin extends their geographic and bathymetric ranges.

Fig. 1. The schematic map of the area studied. 1 – locations of the sampling, 2 – the oil-gas fields.


167

Table Distribution and habitat of sea anemones on the shelf of the eastern Sakhalin

Taxa Area Depth, m Bottom deposits N/B (mean±SE)

Order Actiniaria

Suborder Nynantheae

Infraorder Athenaria

Fam. Edwardsiidae

Edwardsia japonica Carlgren, 1931

Еdwardsia spp. Lun’sky Bay–Pil’tun Bay 33–50 Silt-sand-gravel 10.0±5.0/0.6±0.5Metedwardsia akkeshi (Uchida 1932) Okhinsky Isthmus 107–109 Silt-gravel 5.0±0.0/0.5±0.05

Fam. Halcampoididae

Halcampoides purpurea (Studer, 1879)

Calamactinia spp. Lun’sky Bay 35 Silt +Acthelmis intestinalis (Fabricius 1780) Lun’sky Bay–Pil’tun Bay 40–107 Silt-sand 19.7±5.7/4.7±1.8

Fam. Haloclavidae

Peachia cf. quinquecapitata

Mc Murrich, 1913

Peachia spp. Lun’sky Bay–Pil’tun Bay 23–38 Sand-gravel 62.7±18.5/7.7±2.4Fam. Halcampidae

Halcampa duodecimcirrata

(Sars 1851)

Halcampa decemtentaculata

Hand, 1955

Halcampa spp. Lun’sky Bay–Pil’tun Bay 24–49 Sand-gravel with admixture ofshell and silt 40.0±8.0/5.5±2.2

Castosoma spp. Lun’sky Bay 20 Sand +

Parahalcampa spp. Okhinsky Isthmus 20 Sand-gravel with admixture ofshell and silt +

Fam. Andvakiidae

Andvakia spp.

Synandwakia hozawai (Uchida, 1932) Lun’sky Bay–Pil’tun Bay 34–102 Silt-sand-gravel with admixture ofshell 13.0±1.9/5.4±0.7

Athenaria fam. gen. spp. Pil’tun Bay – – +Athenaria juv. Terpeniya Bay–Cape Elizavety 22–122 Silt-sand-gravel 19.1±3.7/3.3±2.9

Infraorder Thenaria

Superfamily Endomyaria

Fam. Actiniidae

Epiactis arctica (Verrill, 1868)

Epiactis lewisi Carlgren 1940 Pil’tun Bay 43 – +Epiactis sp. Pil’tun Bay 35 Sand 17.7±3.2/37.7±10.4

Cribrinopsis similis Carlgren, 1921 Terpeniya Peninsula–Cape Elizavety 15–200

Sand-gravel with admixture of siltand exposure of H2S

10.0±2.2/19.0±7.3

Urticina spp. Terpeniya Peninsula–Shmidta Peninsula 34–228

Silt-sand-gravel with exposure ofH2S

5.0±0.0/98.0±34.8

Actiniidae gen. spp. Terpeniya Bay–Pil’tun Bay 35–62Silt-sand-gravel with exposure ofH2S

+

Actiniidae juv. Lun’sky Bay–Pil’tun Bay 35–97 Silt-sand 7.0±1.2/0.7±0.4Superfamily Mesomyaria

Fam. IsanthidaeParaisanthus sp.

Fam. Actinostolidae

Actinistola callosa (Verrill, 1882)Okhinsky Isthmus–Shmidta Peninsula 97–111 Silt-sand-gravel 6.0±1.0/15.7±5.9

Chayvo Bay – – +

Terpeniya Bay–Pil’tun Bay 18–120Sand-gravel with admixture of siltand exposure of H2S

17.8±2.0/53.4±7.5

Pil’tun Bay 25–53 Sand +

Lun’sky Bay–Pil’tun Bay 11–51 Silt-sand-gravel 15.8±6.6/4.8±1.1

Lun’sky Bay–Shmidta Peninsula 22–122 Silt-sand with admixture of graveland shell 14.3±3.7/8.3±2.1

Pil’tun Bay 32 Gravel-sand 13.8±3.2/3.4±1.2

Cape Terpeniya–Cape Elizavety 19–225Silt-sand with admixture of gravel,shell and exposure of H2S

71.0±7.3/35.7±2.7

Cape Terpeniya–Chayvo Bay 91–145Silt-sand with admixture ofgravel and exposure of H2S

+


168

Stomphia coccinea (O.F. Müller, 1776) Lun’sky Bay–Cape Elizavety 95–260 Silt-sand-gravel 7.5±2.5/107.1±93.2

Superfamily Acontiaria

Fam. Acontiophoridae

Acontiophorum sp.

Fam. Hormathiidae

Phelliactis magna (Wassilieff, 1908)

Fam. Metridiidae

Metridium senile fimbriatum

Verrill, 1865

Actiniaria juv. Terpeniya Bay–Okhinsky Isthmus 30–246 Silt-sand with exposure of H2S 10.0±2.0/0.09±0.01

Lun’sky Bay – – +

Shmidta Peninsula 200 Sand-gravel +

Terpeniya Bay–Cape Elizavety 44–240

Silt-sand with admixture of gravel,shell and exposure of H2S

+

Note. N – population density (ind./m2), B – biomass (g/m2), SE – standard error; «–» – data are not available, «+» – qualitative data.

During 1998-2001 the share of sea anemones in total macrobenthos biomass

increases twice as much in the area of Pil’tun-Astokh oil field. Actiniaria faunal group takes the lead in biomass due to its high ecological variability having superseded Mysella kurilensis, more vulnerable species of mollusks that dominated before (Konovalova et al., 2003; Moshchenko et al., 2005). Thus, any negative effects caused by the oil-field development, which is mainly connected with the sediments moving and disturbance of organism’s habitat, on the composition and abundance of the sea anemones were not found.

Fig. 2. Zonal-geographical compositions of the sea anemone’s fauna on the shelf of the eastern Sakhalin. PAs WDB – Pacific-Asian widely distributed boreal species, P WDB – Pacific widely distributed boreal species, BA – boreal-arctic species, C – cosmopolitan.


169

I would like to thank Dr. Tatyana A. Belan (Far Eastern Regional Research

Hydrometeorological Research Institute), Dr. Viktor V. Ivin (A.V. Zhirmunsky Institute of Marine Biology, FEB RAS), Dr. Viktor A. Nadtochy and Dr. Lyudmila L. Budnikova (Pacific Research Fisheries Centre) for kindly given material.

References Konovalova T.B., Belan T.A., Khristoforova N.K. 2003. Changes of the main

ecological characteristics in benthic community at the beginning of the Piltun-Astokh oil field development (north-eastern shelf of Sakhalin) // Investigated in Russia. N 116. P.1396–1406//http://zhumal.ape.relam.ru/articles/2003/l16.pdf.

Moshchenko A.V., Konovalova T.B., Belan T.A., Khristoforova N.K. 2005. Variations of benthos distribution under changed environmental conditions near Molicpac oil platform (north-east Sakhalin shelf) // Izvestiya (Bull.) of TINRO-Centre. V. 142. P. 223–245.

Tabunkov V.D., Averintsev V.G., Sirenko B.I., Sheremetevskii А.I. 1988. Composition and structure of bottom population of Nabil’ and Pil’tun Lagoons (north-eastern Sakhalin) // Biota and Communities of the Far Eastern Seas: Lagoons and Bays of Kamchatka and Sakhalin A.I. Kafanov (Ed.). Vladivostok: Far East Branch, USSR Acad. Sci. P. 7–30.


170

PS-15

DIVERSITY OF MICROALGAE RESTING STAGES IN MARINE SEDIMENTS FROM PETER THE GREAT BAY, SEA OF

JAPAN/EAST SEA

Tatyana Yu. Orlova and Tatyana V. Morozova A.V. Zhirmunsky Institute of Marine Biology, Far East Branch, Russian Academy of

Sciences, Vladivostok 690041, Russia e-mail: [email protected]

Peter the Great Bay is characterized by the high biodiversity of microalgae that

can be explained by unique hydrological conditions of this area (Adrianov, Kussakin, 1998). Resting stages (cysts, spores and resting cells) are a common survival strategy in coastal diatoms and dinoflagellates. Knowledge of the composition and distribution of resting stages of planctonic microalgae in the Peter the Great Bay is limited. Dinoflagellate cysts can be useful indicators of the development or presence of eutrophication in recent marine environments (Matsuoka, 1999). Resting stages are also important in studies of microalgae ecology and biogeography. The distribution of resting stages represents integrated records of the planktonic assemblage over time and space, and provides biogeographical information on a scale usually not attained by conventional plankton surveys (Dale, 1983).

The cysts found in the sediment will indicate to some extent which species of motile dinoflagellate cells are present in the water column. Cyst surveys can thus give early warning of the presence and abundance of toxic species in a given area. It is well known that cyst germination provides inoculums for blooms, and cyst formation can subsequently remove substantial numbers of cells as a major factor in bloom decline.

48 surface sediment samples were collected between September 2000 and February 2007 from 31 stations in Peter the Great Bay, the Sea of Japan (Fig. 1). The sonicated suspension of subsample (1-2 ml) was sieved through Nitex screens to obtain a 20-80 μm size component. Sieved material was transferred to a polyethylene tube with filtered seawater and the final volume of this subsample adjusted to 15.0 ml. One-milliliter aliquots from this subsample were counted in Sedgwick-Rafter counting chambers. Only live cells were counted.

Recent sediments from studied area characterized by high species diversity of resting stage of microalgae. A total of sixty two types of resting stage, representing cysts


171

of raphidophytes (1 type), chrysophytes (1 types), dinoflagellates (47 types), and spores of diatoms (13 types), were recorded in the sediment samples analyzed, of which fifty five types were identified to species level. Among the dinoflagellates, the genus Protoperidinium was highest in species richness (12 cyst types); the genus Chaetoceros (8 spore types) stood out among the diatoms. The most common types (in more then 50% samples) were cysts of Alexandrium cf. minutum, Diplopsalis lenticula, Fragilidium mexicanum, Gonyaulax spinifera complex, Polykrikos kofoidii/schwartzii, Protoceratium reticulatum, Protoperidinium americanum, P. avellanum, P. conicoides, P. conicum, and Scrippsiella trochoidea. Distribution of species composition varied from 3 to 37, with an average of 22. The largest number of species was observed in samples collected at stations 5 and 19.

Fig. 1. Map showing the sampling stations in Peter the Great Bay

During the observation period, the density of the resting stage in recent marine sediments varied from 36 to 7230 cells/g wet weight. The largest density was recorded in the Amurskii Bay at the station 9 (3038 cells/g), 11 (3285 cells/g) and 13 (5012 cells/g), near Russkii Island coast at the station 19 (2550 cells/g), and in the Nakhodka Bay at the station 30 (7230 cells/g). Dinoflagellates were dominant at the stations 11 and 19, 96% and 69 % from the total density of microalgae, correspondingly; raphidophytes – at the stations 13 (93%); diatoms – at the stations 9 and 30 (76% и 95%, correspondingly). Cysts of dinoflagellates were the most common in the study area. Concentration of dinocysts varied from 36 cells/g (station 31) to 3150 (station 11). Density of raphydophytes and chrysophytes varied from 0 to 4676 cells/g and from 0 to 120 cells/g, correspondingly. Concentration of diatom spores and resting cells varied


172

from 0 to 6874 cells/g. The species composition of dinoflagellate cysts from recent marine sediments

along the Russian Pacific coast is similar to that observed in Japanese, Korean and Chinese waters (Matsuoka, 1992; Qi et al., 1996; Lee, Matsuoka, 1996; Cho, Matsuoka, 2001).

Over the period of observation, the cysts of eight potentially toxic and bloom-forming species were observed: Alexandrium tamarense, Alexandrium cf. minutum, Alexandrium sp., Cochlodinium cf. polykrikoides, Gymnodinium catenatum, Protoceratium reticulatum, cf. Heterosigma akashiwo, and Pseudo-nitzshia sp. (Fig. 2). Their total density varied from 0 to 4690 cells/g wet weight. Alexandrium cf. minutum, A. tamarense and Gymnodinium cf. catenatum are known as PSP producers. Live cyst of Alexandrium were one of the common type of cysts in the study area. Density of Alexandrium varied from 2-798 cells/g.

Fig. 2. Cysts of potentially toxic and bloom-forming species from recent sediments of Peter the Great Bay. A - Alexandrium tamarense, B - Alexandrium cf. minutum, C - Alexandrium sp., D - Cochlodinium cf. polykrikoides, E - Gymnodinium catenatum, F - Protoceratium reticulatum, G - cf. Heterosigma akashiwo, and H - Pseudo-nitzshia sp. All scale bars 10 µm

Twelve species observed in this study have not been found previously in

Russian marine waters: Almost all ‘non-indigenous’ species are difficult to identify as vegetative cells by light microscopy. Instead, most of these had an easily recognizable cyst stage. Their density was low and not exceed 200 cells/g. There are several possible explanations as to why the motile stages of these species have not been found previously in the plankton (Dale, 1983; Ellegaard et al., 1994; Sonnemann, Hill, 1997):


173

the motile stage is difficult to identify, short-lived or rare, and hence overlooked in plankton surveys; the species may have been brought in to the new area as cysts by currents or ballast water and may not exist as a motile stage in the plankton; and empty cysts may be fossilized and originate from older sediments. Microalgae resting stage assemblages reflect highly nutrient-enriched water conditions in Amurskii Bay.

This research was supported by the FEB RAS through grants № 06-III-A-06-167, № 06-I-П-11-034, № 06-I-II-16-057 and RFBR № 08-04-01422

References

Adrianov A.V., Kussakin O.G. 1998. A Check-list of Biota of Peter the Great Bay, the Sea of Japan. Vladivostok: Dalnauka. 350 p. [In Russian].

Matsuoka K. 1992. Species diversity of modern dinoflagellate cysts in surface sediments around the Japanese islands // Neogene and Quaternary Dinoflagellate Cysts and Acritarchs. M.J. Head and J.H. Wrenn (Eds.). Dallas: American Association of Stratigraphic Palynologists Foundation. P. 33-53.

Matsuoka K. 1999. Eutrophication process recorded in dinoflagellate cyst assemblages – a case of Yokohama Port, Tokyo bay, Japan // Sci. Total Environ. V. 231. P. 17-35.

Dale B. 1983. Dinoflagellate resting cysts: ‘benthic plankton’ // Survival Strategies of the Algae. G.A. Fryxell (Ed.). Cambridge Univ. Press. P. 69-136.

Ellegaard M., N. F. Christensen and Ø. Moestrup. 1994. Dinoflagellate cysts from recent Danish marine sediments // European Journal of Phycology. V. 29. P. 183-194.

Qi Yu-zao, H. Ying, Zh. Lei, D. M. Kulis and D. M. Anderson. 1996. Dinoflagellate cysts from recent marine sediments of the South and East China seas // Asian Marine Biology. V. 13. P. 87-103.

Lee, J.B., K. Matsuoka. 1996. Dinoflagellate cysts in surface sediments of southern Korean waters // Harmful and Toxic Algal Blooms. T. Yasumoto, Y. Oshima and Y. Fukuyo (Eds). Intergovernmental Oceanographic Commission of UNECSO, Japan. P. 173-176.

Cho H.-J., K. Matsuoka. 2001. Distribution of dinoflagellate cysts in surface sediments from the Yellow Sea and East China Sea // Marine Micropaleontology. V. 42. P. 103-123.

Sonnemann, J. A., D. R. A. Hill. 1997. A taxonomic survey of cyst-producing

dinoflagellates from recent sediments of Victorian coastal waters, Australia // Botanica

Marina V. 40. P. 149-177.


174

PS-16

QUANTIFICATION OF REPRODUCTIVE OUTPUT OF MANILA CLAM, RUDITAPES PHILIPPINARUM FROM SEONG SAN, EAST

COAST OF JEJU, KOREA BY ENZYME-LINKED IMMUNOSORBENT ASSAY (ELISA)

M. Jasim Uddin and Kwang-Sik Choi

School of Applied Marine Science, Cheju National University, Jeju 690-756, Republic of Korea

The reproductive effort of Manila clam, Ruditapes philippinarum was estimated by

an enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) along with histology. The clams were collected from a natural habitat off the east coast of Jeju, Korea during the active gametogenic period. The shell length of the analyzed clams varied from 21.6 to 45.9 mm. The tissue dry weight/wet weight ratio clearly followed the gametogenic pattern with an increasing inclination from early-July and peaked in mid-August. Condition index, a ratio of tissue dry weight to shell dry weight increased from early-June, peaked in mid-August and then decreased, signifying the major spawning pulse of the clams in this habitat. A polyclonal antibody developed against Manila clam egg specific protein was used for the quantification of Manila clam egg protein by indirect ELISA. The assay was performed for female clams only after microscopic observations of smears taken from gonadal portion of the dissected clams. The quantity of egg protein estimated by ELISA was then converted to egg weight and the reproductive effort was expressed as gonadosomatic index (GSI). The mean GSI varied from 0.009 (early-June) to 0.197 (early-August), and the highest GSI (0.38) was recorded in a clam collected in early-August. The mean GSI was 0.009±0.006 during early-June when the analyzed clams were principally in early developing stage. GSI then increased rapidly, exhibiting only one peak during early-August (0.197±0.110) when majority of the clams (48.3%) were ripe and ready for spawning. A declining inclination in GSI after early-August confirmed the major spawning period of the clams in this habitat, which was in consistent with the histological observations. GSI dropped to 0.049±0.024 during late-September when all the clams used for ELISA were in spent phase as evidenced from histology. The potential fecundity, as converted from ELISA data, ranged from 2.42 to 8.97 million averaging 4.97±1.08 million (n=28). In conclusion, Manila clams underwent spawning when the gonad accounted for 20% of the body weight and spawning occurred from late-July to mid-September in Seong San, east of Jeju, Korea.


175

PS-17

SYSTEMATIC POSITION AND GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF THE FOUR SPECIES OF THE GENUS MACOMA

(BIVALVIA, TELLINIDAE)

Dmitry D. Danilin 1 and A.Yu. Voronkov 2 1 Kamchatka Research Institute of Fisheries and Oceanography (KamchatNIRO),

Petropavlovsk-Kamchatsky, Russia 2 Zoological Institute, Russian Academy of Sciences, St.-Petersburg 199034, Russia


Our paper concerns the studies on the following species of the genus Macoma: M. crassula (Deshayes, 1855), M. torelli (Jensen, 1905), M. loveni (Jensen, 1905) and M. nipponica (Tokunaga, 1906). We were encouraged to do this study after having looked through many museum collections where these species were frequently confused. There is no consensus on the systematic position of the above mentioned species in modern literature on taxonomy of the genus Macoma either. Some authors (Scarlato, 1981) for a long time treated M. crassula as a junior synonym of M. torelli, others vice versa synonymized M. torelli with M. crassula, the latter name having priority (Coan, 1971; Bernard, 1983; Kafanov, 1991). Many authors consider M. nipponica (Tokunaga, 1906) to be a junior synonym of M. crassula (Deshayes, 1855) (Bernard, 1983; Coan et al., 2000). As a result of these discrepancies it is impossible sometimes to judge which of the species is meant in different faunistic species lists. The purpose of our study was to prove systematic independence of each of above mentioned species. Below we give short descriptions of each of four species with information on synonymy, geographic range and data on ecology and present also our taxonomic remarks.

Macoma crassula (Deshayes, 1855)

Fig. 1a-d Tellina crassula Deshayes, 1855: 354; Sowerby, 1868: plate 54, figs. 319a,

319b; Macoma moesta Gorbunov, 1946: 46; Macoma crassula Coan, 1971: pl.7, figs 39, 40.

Material examined: above 50 samples from the Sea of Okhotsk, Bering Sea,

Chukchi Sea, Pacific Ocean.


176

Description. The shell is small, elongated, close to ovate in shape. The posterior side of the shell is strongly shortened and rounded. Radial fold behind the beaks slightly expressed. The shell is firm, rather thick, with visible growth lines. Periostracum greyish-brown, usually abraded at the beaks. The beaks are moderatly prominent and strongly opisthogyrate. Relief of the inner part of the shell is well-defined. The pallial sinus is clearly visible. The sinus in the left valve is slightly longer than in the right one. The pallial sinuses in both valves are nearly half-confluent with the pallial line. The shell is white with faint internal radial sculpture coming from the beaks to the lower margin of the valve.

Distribution and ecology. Widespread boreal-arctic species. Settles on sandy

grounds intermixed with pebbles. Does not form big aggregations. In the Asian Arctic area for certain met only in Chukchi Sea. In the Atlantic from the Gulf of Saint Lawrence (Coan et al., 2000). In the North Pacific – from Bering Sea, the Sea of Okhotsk and further to the south to the Sea of Japan. Met at the depth of 12-375 m. The population density comes to 12 samples/m 2.

Macoma torelli (Jensen, 1905)

Fig. 2a-d Tellina crassula forma torelli Johnstrup, 1882: 8, ex Steenstrup MS, nom.

nud.; Tellina (Macoma) torelli Steenstrup in Jensen, 1905: pl. 1, fig. 3a-I; Filatova, 1948: 440, pl. 111, fig. 5; Lubinsky, 1980: 43, pl. VIII, figs. 10,11.

Material examined: 62 samples from the Sea of Japan, the Sea of Okhotsk,

Bering Sea, Chukchi Sea and White Sea. Description. The shell is small, oval-triangle in shape, firm, rather thick. The

posterior side of the shell is shortened and truncated. The beaks are straight, pointed, opisthogyrate. The anterior side of the shell in front of the beaks is embedded. The posterior side behind the beak is straight and slightly arcuated. Radial ridge from the beaks to the posterior side is well expressed. Periostracum dirty-grey, rugose, in adult animals usually abraded at the beaks. Growth lines poorly expressed. The pallial sinus in the left valve considerably longer than in the right one, high, nearly reaching the anterior muscle scar and confluent with the pallial line for more than 1/3 of its length. The pallial sinus of the right valve slightly overlaps the line of beaks and is more than half- confluent with the pallial line.


177

Distribution and ecology. Widespread boreal-arctic species. Inhabits northern and eastern sectors of Barents Sea, Kara Sea, Novosibirsk Sea and Chukchi Sea (Filatova, 1948), Canadian Arhipelago and Canadian eastern Arctic (Lubinsky, 1980). In Bering Sea found in the northern and western parts, in the Sea of Okhotsk is common along the western coasts of Kamchatka. The species prefers mixed grounds of pebbles and coarse sand. In Bering Sea and Chukchi Sea is often met together with M. crassula that confirms in some sense the independence of both species. The population density in Bering Sea comes to 12 samples / m 2. Most common at the depths of 30-70 m but met up to the depth of 200 m at the bottom temperature 1.04 С° and salinity 32.5 ‰.

Remarks. Two above-mentioned species were recognized as valid in the work

of Coan et al. (2000), however the figures for both species were identical (fig. M. crassula p. 409 and fig. M. torelli p.413) and not felicitous, because they present rather generalized images of two species. Young specimens of M. torelli in outward appearance are close to M. crassula and even M. balthica (Linnaeus, 1758), however they are easily distinguished from the inner part of the valve.

Macoma nipponica (Tokunaga, 1906)

Fig.3a-d Tellina niponica Tokunaga, 1906: 44, pl. 2, fig. 36. Macoma nipponica

Yamamoto, Habe, 1959: 104, pl. 9, fig. 12,13; Scarlato, 1981: 362, fig. 361; Lutaenko, 2004: 113, figs. 3,6; Coan et al., 2000: pl. 84, as M. crassula (Deshayes, 1855).

Material examined: 8 samples from the Sea of Japan. Description. The shell is small, oval-triangle in shape, the posterior side is

slightly shortened and slightly flexed to right. The beaks opisthogyrate. The pallial sinus of the left valve high, coming close to the anterior muscle scar but not touching it. The pallial sinuses in both valves are half-confluent with the pallial line. The shell counters of the pallial sinus of this species is very similar to that of M. torelli but in contrast to the latter muscul scar of the pallial sinus is not sculptured and is nearly invisible in some valves. But the structure of the shell is absolutely different. The shell in M. nipponica is smooth, refined, semitransparent, the interior part of the valve are smooth and slightly shining that is never observed either in M. torelli or in M. crassula. Periostracum greenish-grey, semitransparent, usually abraded. Besides that as it is seen on the photo the anterior side of the shell of this species in front of the beaks is


178

distinctly arcuated upwards whereas the posterior side is nearly straight. The beaks are slightly prominent. The largest sample examined reach 26.3 mm.

Distribution and ecology. Pacific Asian subtropical species. Spread from the

southern Hokkaido to the south along the Pacific coasts of Japan up to Iwate prefecture and in the Sea of Japan up to Oga peninsula (Higo et al., 1999), along the western coasts of the Sea of Japan from the southern Primorye to Korea (Lutaenko, 2004). Found on the silty-sandy substrata at the depths of 9-100 m.

Remarks. Coan (1971) was the first to suppose similarity of M. nipponica with

M. crassula. Later Bernard (1983) synonymized M. nipponica with M. crassula. Then Coan et al. (2000), having divided M. torelli and M. crassula, left M. nipponica as a junior synonym of the latter. Undoubtfully M. nipponica is well distinguished from M. crassula by the above mentioned morphological features and is a valid species.

Macoma loveni (Jensen, 1905)

Fig. 4a-d Tellina moesta loveni Johnstrup, 1882: 8, ex Steenstrup MS, nom. nud.; Tellina

(Macoma) loveni Jensen, 1905: pl. 1, fig. 5; Filatova, 1948: 440, pl. 111, fig. 6; Coan 1971: 31, pl.8, figs. 42, 43, text- fig. 19; Lubinsky, 1980: 43, pl. IX, figs. 2, 5, 8, 11.

Material examined: 72 samples from the Sea of Japan, the Sea of Okhotsk,

Bering Sea, Chukchi Sea and Barents Sea. Description. The shell is moderately inflated, inequilateral, irregularly oval.

The valves fragile, semitransparent. Periostracum grey, lusterless, fine-rugose. Beaks not prominent, opisthogyrate. The pallial sinus of the left valve is longer than that of the right one, less than half-confluent with the pallial line. The sinuses are not clearly seen in either valves. The length of the shell is up to 21 cm in the Arctic seas and up to 37 mm in the southern parts of the Sea of Okhotsk (Scarlato, 1981).

Distribution and ecology. Widespread boreal-arctic species. In the Arctic met

from Baffin Island and Greenland to Beaufort Sea (Bernard, 1979), Canadian Archipelago, Atlantic sector of the Arctic (Lubinsky, 1980), Barents Sea, Kara Sea, Chukchi (Filatova, 1948). In the Pacific spread from Bering Sea to the Sea of Japan (Coan et al., 2000). We have met samples of this species in the stomachs of muttonfish


179

caught at the coasts of Northern Kurile Islands at the depths of 180-440 m and in the northern part of the Sea of Okhotsk at the depths of 280-300 m on the large-sized pebble grounds where the number of mollusks exceeds 8 samples / m 2, so it is one of the most abundant representatives of Bivalvia.

Fig. 1a-d. Macoma crassula (Deshayes, 1855), Bering Sea, length 18.4 mm. Fig. 2a-d. Macoma torelli (Jensen, 1905), Sea of Okhotsk, length 22.2 mm. Fig. 3a-d. Macoma nipponica (Tokunaga, 1906), Sea of Japan, length 22.9 mm. Fig. 4a-d. M. loveni (Jensen, 1905), Sea of Okhotsk, length 17 mm.

Remarks. This species is often confused with M. crassula judging from the

examined by us collections, especially containing young mollusks. Adult samples are well distinguished even outwardly from the three other species. Nevertheless this species is the most unusual one not only among discussed here species but in the genus as a whole. Practically in all species of the genus Macoma young animals have thin internal ligament behind cardinal teeth in oblique resilium, in M. loveni the resilium remains in the adult mollusks until the age of 5-7 years having the length of the shell up to 17 mm. Besides that the mollusk practically does not dig itself into the ground that is indicated by the presence of hydroids on its shell and its frequent finding in the


180

stomachs of the bottom fish. The mollusks from the northern seas are different from the ones from the Sea of Okhotsk by lesser mean sizes and by the presence of clear radial ridge at the posterior side of the shell. The mollusks in the Arctic seas prefer to settle on silty substarata whereas in the Far Eastern seas they settle more often on the sandy grounds with admixture of pebbles and gravel or on the large-sized pebble grounds. Within the frames of this paper we confine ourselves to the statement that this species is well distinguished from the rest ones. The systematic position of this taxon needs further clarification. However we consider synonymizing of this species with Abrina sachalinica Scarlato, 1981 to be untimely.

Acknowledgements

The authors are grateful to B.I. Sirenko (Zoological Institute RAS, St.-Peterburg), K.A. Lutaenko (Institute of Marine Biology FEB RAS, Vladivostok), S.G. Korostelev .(Kamchatka Research Institute of Fisheries and Oceanography, Petropavlovsk-Kamchatsky), S.V. Galkin and E.M. Krylova (Institute of Oceanology RAS, Moscow) for their kind afford of an opportunity to examine museum materials and collections.

References

Bernard F. R. 1979. Bivalve mollusks of the western Beafort Sea // Contributions in Science, Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County. N 313. P. 1-80.

Bernard F. R. 1983. Catalogue of the living Bivalvia of the eastern Pacific Ocean: Bering Strait to Cape Horn // Canadian Special Publication of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences. N 61. P. 1-102.

Coan E. V. 1971. The northwest American Tellinidae // The Veliger. V.14 Suppl. P. 1-63.

Coan E. V., Valentich Scott P., Bernard F. R. 2000. Bivalve seashells of Western North America. Marine bivalve mollusks from Arctic Alaska to Baja California // Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History Monographs. N.2. 764 p.

Filatova Z.A. 1948. Klass dvustvorchatykh mollyuskov (Bivalvia, Lammellibranchiata). (The class Bivalvia) // Opredelitel’ fauny I flory severnykh morei SSSR (A Guidebook of the Fauna and Flora of the Northern Seas of the USSR). N.S. Gaevskoi (Ed.). Moscow. P. 405-446. [In Russian].


181

Higo S., Callomon P., Goto Y. 1999. Catalogue and Bibliography of the Marine Shell-bearing Mollusca of Japan. Osaka: Elle Scientific Publications. 749 p.

Kafanov A.I. 1991. Shelf and Continental Slope Bivalve Mollusks of the Northern Pacific Ocean. Vladivostok: Far East Branch, USSR Academy of Sciences. 200 p. [In Russian].

Lubinsky I. 1980. Marine bivalve mollusks of the Canadian central and eastern Arctic: faunal comparison and zoogeography // Canada, Department of Fisheries and Oceans, Bulletin 207. P. 1-111.

Lutaenko K. A. 2004. Rare and endangered marine bivalve mollusks in Primorye (Russian Far East) as related to man-made changes and conservation of fauna // Bulletin of the Russian Far East Malacological Society. V. 8. P. 105-117. [In Russian].

Scarlato O.A. 1981. Dvustvorchatye molliuski umerennykh shirot zapadnoi chasti Tikhogo Okeana. (Bivalvia of the Temperatwe Latitudes of the Western Part of the Pacific Ocean). Leningrad: Nauka. 480 p. [In Russian].


182

PS-18

DEVELOPMENT OF AN IMMUNOLOGIAL PROBE TO MEASURE REPRODUCTIVE EFFORT OF THE SUMINOE OYSTER,

CRASSOSTREA ARIAKENSIS

Bong-Kyu Kim and Kwang-Sik Choi School of Applied Marine Science, Cheju National University,

Jeju 690-756, Republic of Korea e-mail: [email protected]

A polyclonal antibody specific to Sumino oyster, Crassostrea ariakensis egg

protein was developed to assess reproductive effort of the oysters. New Zealand white rabbit was immunized with the purified oyster egg. After two month of immunization, the antiserum exhibited weak but recognizable cross-reaction to the non-gonadal tissue in the double immunodiffusion and in ELISA. After eliminating the cross-reacting antibody with the immuno-adsorbent, a strong oyster egg-specific antibody–antigen reaction was recognized in ELISA. In ELISA, the rabbit anti-oyster egg IgG detected 0.25-10 µg/ml oyster egg protein. To test the sensitivity of the probe, known amount of the egg was mixed with known quantity of the oyster somatic tissue and assessed using the probe. The result indicated that the immunological probe developed in this study was sensitive enough to measure as little as 1% of the oyster egg presented in the oyster tissue. Reproductive efforts of the Sumino oysters collected from Sumjin Estuary from January to July 2007 were also estimated using ELISA. The data indicated that in July when the oysters were ready for spawning, the egg mass accounted for 50-60% of the total tissue weight. Fecundity of the oysters during spawning period was also estimated in this study and the data indicated that the oysters contained 144-796 million eggs per individual.


183

PS-19

DISTRIBUTION OF CIRRIPEDES IN THE INTERTIDAL ZONE OF RUSSKY ISLAND, PETER THE GREAT BAY, SEA OF

JAPAN/EAST SEA

Ida I. Ovsyannikova A.V. Zhirmunsky Institute of Marine Biology, Far East Branch,


Russky Island is situated in the middle part of Peter the Great Bay of the Sea of Japan. It serves as a natural border between two bays of the second order, Amursky and Ussurijsky. The intertidal biota of Peter the Great Bay has been studied and documented by many authors (Volova, 1985; Gulbin et al., 1987; Kostina et al., 1996; Ivanova et al., 2006; and others). Nevertheless, only limited data is available on macrobenthos of Russky Island (Bregman et al., 1998). The importance and role of cirripedes in formation of intertidal communities of the bay has not been practically investigated (Ovsyannikova, 2008). The aim of this work was to investigate composition and distribution of cirripedes species in the intertidal communities of Russky Island.

The study has been carried out with the use of macrobenthic materials collected in June-September 2007 in the intertidal zone of Karpinsky, Paris, Ayaks, Novik, Rynda, and Voevoda bights and in Stark Strait (see figure in the work of Ivanova et al. in the present collection of papers). The standard chorological technique was used for sampling macrobenthic organisms from various substrates (Kussakin et al., 1974). Cirripedes were found at 15 sections in 51 macrobenthic samples. The water temperature during the study ranged from 13 to 25ºC, and salinity varied from 25 to 35‰.

The intertidal biota was found to include three Pacific wide-boreal species of cirripede (Chthamalus dalli, Hesperibalanus hesperius, and Balanus rostratus) and one subtropical-boreal species Amphibalanus improvisus. Chthamalus dalli was of wide distribution along the entire vertical range of the intertidal zone as a dominant, subdominant or an accompanying species.

The monodominant community of Chthamalus dalli developed usually on stones and rocks. In the upper horizon of Voevoda Bight, this species formed on rocks a


184

community with a population density of 38400 ind./m² and biomass of 1149 g/m² (100% of the total macrobenthos biomass). Ch. dalli individuals were mostly young and small, 2-4 mm in size, without signs of depression. In the middle horizon, the population density and biomass of Chthamalus were almost 2 times lower: 17 000 ind./m² and 700 g/m², respectively. A portion of the dominant species was equal to 90%. Adult individuals of 4-8 mm in size and recently settled juveniles of 0-2 mm in size prevailed. The accompanying species was the gastropod Littorina brevicula. The monodominant community of Ch. dalli with the highest population density of 70000 ind./m² and the biomass of 280 g/m² (99.9% of the total macrobenthos biomass) was encountered in the middle horizon of the boulder intertidal zone near the inlet of Novik Bight (Staritsky Cape). The cirripedes found here were mostly young, recently settled, and ranged 0 - 4 mm in size.

In the upper horizon of the stony intertidal zone of Paris Bight, the population density of Ch. dalli made 20 300 ind./m², the biomass was 1000 g/m² (97% of the total biomass). Most individuals were adult, 4 to 6 mm in size. Littorina brevicula was the only accompanying species. A community of Ch. dalli + L. mandshurica + Corallina pilulifera formed in the lower intertidal horizon in the Corallina zone. The population density of the dominating species was 10800 ind./m², the biomass was 985 g/m² (61% of the total biomass). The cirripede individuals were mostly adult, had 4-8 mm in size, and were overgrown with filamentous green algae and the red calcareous crustose algae and spirorbis.

The middle horizon of the rocky intertidal zone in Karpinsky Bight supported a Ch. dalli belt. Its population density was equal to 10400 ind./m², biomass was 570 g/m² (95% of the total benthos biomass). The individuals were mostly adult, 4-8 mm in size, devoid of any signs of stress. The red alga Gloiopeltis furcata and the gastropod Lottia kogamogai were accompanying species there. In the lower horizon of the boulder intertidal zone, Ch. dalli reached its maximum biomass of 1270 g/m² and the population density of 18800 ind./m². The portion of the dominating species made 85% of the total benthos biomass. The barnacle Balanus rostratus was the main accompanying species (9% of the total biomass).

In the upper horizon of the stony intertidal zone, in a shallow backwater near Akhlestyshev Cape, the population density of Ch. dalli was 11300 ind./m², the biomass was minimal, only 140 g/m² (87.5% of the total biomass). The dominating species was accompanied only by Cyanophyta. Microalgae abundantly populated the cirripede shells, covering them sometimes completely. Ch. dalli individuals were small, 0-4 mm in size, in an evidently stressed condition.


185

Also the middle horizon of the pebble intertidal zone in Rynda Bight was colonized by abundant populations of Ch. dalli. The population density of the dominating species made there 23600 ind./m², and biomass was 235 g/m² (83% of the total biomass). Adult individuals with a size of 4-6 mm prevailed, their shells were not fouled. An accompanying species was Littorina squalida.

A belt of Ch. dalli formed also in the upper horizon of the rocky intertidal zone in Ajaks Bight. The population density reached there 21300 ind./m², the biomass was 420 g/m² (79% of the total macrobenthos biomass). Their young individuals were 0-4 mm in size, and the adults were 4-10 mm size. L. brevicula was an accompanying species. A Ch. dalli community with a population density of 27200 ind./m² and biomass of 325 g/m² (84% of the total macrobenthos biomass) was found in the middle horizon. The cirripedes were young and adult, ranged in size from 2 to 6 mm, without any signs of stress.

In the middle pebble intertidal zone of Rynda Bight, a mixed community of Ch. dalli + Littorina brevicula formed with a high population density and biomass of the dominating species: 22000 ind./m² and 310 g/m², respectively, which made 66% of the total benthos biomass. Ch. dalli individuals were mostly young, 2-4 mm in size, without fouling organisms on their shells. Amphibalanus improvisus, a subtropicall boreal invader species was registered in this community in a minor amount. A community of Ch. dalli + G. furcata was found in the same horizon on coarse pebbles. The population density of Chthamalus was minimal, 6700 ind./m², biomass was 101 g/m² (56% of the total biomass). Their individuals were mainly small, 0-2 mm in size, and the adults with a size of 4-8 mm were less frequent, their shells were heavily overgrown with algae and spirorbis. The accompanying species was also A. improvisus. A community of Ch. dalli + Masudaphycus irregularis was recorded in the middle horizon of the pebble-gravel intertidal zone in Rynda Bight. The population density of Chthamalus was there 32 300 ind./m2, and the biomass was 750 g/m² (57% of the total biomass).

In Stark Strait, eastward of Ivantsov Cape, the upper horizon of the boulder intertidal zone supported a mixed community of Ch. dalli + Littorina mandshurica. The population density of Chthamalus was equal to 6800 ind./m², and the biomass was 172 g/m² (48% of the total biomass). A portion of Littorina reached 46% of the total macrobenthos biomass. Ch. dalli individuals were young and adult, 2-8 mm in size, their shells were unfouled. In the studied area, Chthamalus was also included into communities of solid substrates as a subdominant or accompanying species.

According to the data of other researchers, the barnacle Ch. dalli serves as a basic element of the intertidal biota in Peter the Great Bay (Shchapova et al., 1957;


186

Gulbin et al., 1987; Kostina et al., 1996; Ivanova et al., 2006). In the studied area, this species reaches its maximal abundance on solid substrates in coastal sites with active hydrodynamics, in straits and island extremities. The maximal density of its population is registered in the middle horizon, and its maximal biomass is estimated in the lower horizon of rocky and boulder intertidal zone. Chthamalus forms vast populations – belts – under conditions of normal or slightly reduced salinity. In the overwhelming majority, individuals of this species are represented by all size groups; they do not have obvious morphological anomalies or signs of stress. This data indicates a relatively favorable ecological situation in the area of study.

In addition to the wide-boreal Ch. dalli, a subtropical-boreal species Amphibalanus improvisus was also found in the intertidal zone of Russky Island. It inhabited the middle horizon of boulder, stony and pebble intertidal sites of Novik and Rynda Bights. In the lower horizon, this species was recorded in Ajaks Bight in the pebble intertidal zone. The population density of A. improvisus did not exceed 500 ind./m², and biomass was not over 5 g/m². Frequent findings of living individuals of this species-invader in the sea materials washed ashore and in qualitative samplings in the same sites and in adjoining areas testified for a successful adaptation of A. improvisus in the island fauna. Though, the species does not dominate in this typical sea area, as it is usual in the desalinated and heated waters of the Amursky Bay (Ovsyannikova, 2007; Ovsyannikova, 2008).

Live adult individuals of Hesperibalanus hesperis were found in the stony intertidal zone of Paris Bight. This wide-boreal species is usually encountered in the subtidal zone, where it settles on mollusk and crab shells. This was the first finding of H. hesperis in the intertidal zone.

The big long-living barnacle Balanus rostratus dwelt in the lower horizon of the boulder intertidal zone in Karpinsky Bight. It was one of the main accompanying species in Ch. dalli community. Its population density reached 200 ind./m², and biomass was 130 g/m². B. rostratus individuals were young, 12-14 mm in size, overgrown with bryozoans.

Thus, of the four cirripedes species studied, only Ch. dalli plays an important role in formation of the intertidal biota of Russky Island. The Ch. dalli community, developed on solid substrates, is the main intertidal community in the area studied. The most favorable conditions for cirripedes development formed in Karpinsky Bight and at Novik Bight inlet (Staritsky Cape). Some areas of the island coast, washed by Bosfor Vostochny Strait (the area of Akhlestyshev Cape and Paris Bight), are evidently affected by pollution, brought from the coastal zone of the City of Vladivostok.


187

References

Bregman Y.E., Sedova L.G., Manuylov V.A., Petrenko V.S., Kovekodova L.T.,

Borisenko G.S., Shulgina L.V., Simokon’ M.V., Sukhotskaya L.Y. 1998. Complex investigation of environment and bottom biota of Novik Bight (Russky Island, Sea of Japan) after the long-term anthropogenic stress // Izvestya TINRO. V. 124. P. 320-343.

Volova G.N. 1985. Bottom biocenoses of Amursky Bay (Sea of Japan) // Izvestya TINRO. V. 110. P. 111-119.

Gulbin V.V., Ivanova M.B., Kepel A.A. 1987. Communities of the island intertidal in the Far-Eastern Marine Reserve // Investigation of the Intertidal Zone of the Far-Eastern Marine Reserve and Adjoining Areas. Vladivostok: DVO AN SSSR. P. 83-111.

Ivanova M.B., Belogurova L.S., Tsurpalo A.P. 2006. Intertidal biota of the estuarine zone of the inner part of the Amursky Bay (Peter the Great Bay, Sea of Japan) // Ecological Problems Related to Use of Coastal Marine Waters: Proceedings of International Scientific and Practical Conference, Vladivostok, October 26–28, 2006, Vladivostok: Far East State University. P. 71-73.

Kostina E.E., Spirina I.S., Yankina T.A. 1996. Distribution of intertidal macrobenthos in Vostok Bay, Sea of Japan // Russian Journal of Marine Biology. V. 22, N 2. P. 75–84.

Kussakin O.G., Kudriashov V.A., Tarakanova T.F., Sсhornikov E.I. 1974. Belt-formative floro-faunistic groups of the Kuril Islands intertidal // Flora and Fauna of the Kuril Islands Intertidal Zone. Novosibirsk: Nauka. P. 215-226.

Ovsyannikova I.I. 2007. Composition and distribution of cirripedes in macrobenthic communities of the northern part of the Amursky Bay // VIII Far Eastern Conference on Nature Reserve Management and Studies, Blagoveshchensk, October, 1-4, 2007: Conf. Materials. V. 1. Blagoveshchensk: AB BGI FEB RAS, BSPU. P242-246.

Shchapova T.F., Mokievsky O.B., Pasternak F.A. 1957. Flora and fauna of the coastal zone of Putiatin Island (Sea of Japan) // Proceedings of the Institute of Oceanology, USSR Academy of Sciences. V. 23. P. 67-101.

Ovsyannikova I.I. 2008. Barnacles in benthic communities of the inner part of Amursky Bay (Sea of Japan) // Ecological Studies and the State of the Ecosystem of Amursky Bay and Estuarine Zone of the Razdolnaya River (Sea of Japan). V. I. Vladivostok: Dalnauka. P. 207-222.


188

PS-20

COMPOSITION OF GASTROPODS IN NOVGORODSKAYA BIGHT (POSSJET BAY, SEA OF JAPAN)

Evgeny V. Lebedev¹ and Dmitry I. Vyshkvartsev²

¹Far-Eastern Marine Biosphere State Nature Reserve FEB RAS, Vladivostok, Russia e-mail: [email protected]

²A.V. Zhirmunsky Institute of Marine Biology, Far East Branch, Russian Academy of Sciences, Vladivostok, Russia


Novgorodskaya Bight is one of the highly productive water areas of Peter the Great Bay (Sea of Japan). The vast inner part, delimited by a sand-bank from the rest of the Bight, occupies more than a half of its area. Composition and distribution of sea grasses and mollusks in the Bight were studied earlier by some researchers (Scarlato et al., 1967; Paimeeva, 1972, 1974; Vyshkvartsev, Peshekhodko, 1982). The aim of the present paper is to study qualitative and quantitative composition of gastropods, inhabiting the inner part of Novgorodskaya Bight, Possjet Bay.

Macrobenthos was sampled in summer-autumn of 1985-1986 and 1995-1996 at 0-4 m depth using the standard hydrobiological method (Golikov, Scarlato, 1965). Four sections were made, running from the upper boundary of the supralittoral zone to the center of the inner part (see the Figure). A measuring halyard was used for quantitative registration of macrofauna, whereas for the rest of the organisms – 1.0, 0.25, 0.1 m² frames. Benthic samples were consistently washed through sieves with 7, 3 and 1 mm diameter mesh. Organisms were selected from every size fraction, after that they were identified, measured and weighed.

The inner part of Novgorodskaya Bight has a rounded shape with an average depth of 2-3 m. It is connected with the rest of the Bight by a shallow narrow passage in its northeastern part. The northwestern coast is flat, whereas on Crab Peninsula it is hilly with rocky outcrops on capes. The inner part coasts, except for the rocky capes, are covered with a layer of carry-overs consisting of dead sea-grass leaves. This layer is 0.1-0.7 m thick, and the width of the carry-over zone reaches 30-40 m.

Monitoring of the benthic community of the inner part revealed a considerable scarceness of gastropod species composition as compared to the other less isolated water areas. Thus, 108 gastropod species inhabit littoral and upper sublittoral zones of


189

Possjet Bay (Golikov, Scarlato, 1967). Only 12 species were met by us in the inner part: Diffalaba picta, Batillaria cumingii, Epheria turrita, Homalopoma sangarense, Littorina squalida, Lirularia iridescens, Pusillina plicosa, Nassarius multigranosus, Nassarius fraterculus, Tritonalia japonica, Siphonoacmaea oblongata and Falsicingula athera.

Fig. Map of the study area. I-IV – hydrobiological transects. In the supralittoral and littoral zones gastropods were absent, evidently due to a

thick layer of Zostera dead leaves, covering shoal coasts of the inner part along the entire length and smelling hydrogen sulphide. The most mollusks were found at 0.5-1.5 m depth. Their biomass and population density sharply reduced with the increasing depth.

Batillaria cumingii dominated by biomass – 430 g/м2 (section I), it was followed by Tritonalia japonica - 144 g/м2 (section II), Homalopoma sangarense - 96 g/м2 (section IV) and Littorina squalida - 80 g/м2 (section III). Minimal values were typical for section I. Falsicingula athera prevailed by population density – up to 15360 ind./m2 (section I). Densities of Batillaria cumingii (1774 ind./m2, section III) and Homalopoma sangarense (920 ind./m2, section IV) were considerably less.

As to zonal-geographical composition of gastropods, low-boreal species dominated (58%), subtropical-low-boreal made 33%, and boreal – 9%, which actually coincides with the data of Golikov and Scarlato (1967) with regard to half-closed bights.


190

By the type of feeding 75% of gastropods are phytophages and detritophages, and 25% are predators.

Reduction of species diversity and density of gastropods at more than 1.5 m depth can be connected with an indirect effect of sea grasses through their lifetime metabolism (respiration, dissolved organic matter excretion) and destruction of dead leaves (leaching of dissolved organic matter) (Vyshkvartsev, Peshekhodko, 1987). Besides, Zostera leaves impede turbulence of bottom water layers, which causes deficiency of oxygen spent for oxidation of organic matters in mud sediments throughout the entire area of the inner part bottom at more than 1.5 m depth.

Thus, gastropod species with various types of distribution were the dominant ones in the studied region: subtropical-boreal B. cumingii, low-boreal T. japonica, H. sangarense, F. athera species and wide-boreal L. squalida. The latter one is a typical belt-forming species of half-closed areas of Peter the Great Bay (Volova, 1985; etc.). Its presence in the studied area is especially noticeable in the very inner part of the Bight at section III. Maximal species richness of gastropods fauna (10-12 species) can be observed at sections I and IV at 0.5-1.5 m depth. Minimal number of species (0) is observed in the littoral and supralittoral zones.

A characteristic feature of fauna of the studied area is a noticeable presence of mollusks, associated with macrophytes, as well as species widely distributed in fouling of ships and piers. These mollusks prevail both in biomass and abundance in the inner part of Novgorodskaya bight.

Thus, gastropodal fauna of the inner part of Novgorodskaya Bight is considerably depleted, which is probably caused by indirect impact of sea-grasses, forming an extensive bush in this water area.

References

Volova G.N. 1985. Bottom biocenoses of Amursky Bay (Sea of Japan) // Izvestia

TINRO. V. 110. P. 111-119. Vyshkvartsev D.I., Peshekhodko V.M. 1982. Mapping of dominate species of

aquatic plants and analysis of their role in ecosystem of shallow water bights of Possyet Bay, Sea of Japan // Underwater Hydrobiological Investigations. Vladivostok: DVNTs AN SSSR. P. 120-130.

Vyshkvartsev D.I. 1984. Physical-geographic and hydrochemical characteristics of shallow bights of Possjet Bay (Sea of Japan) // Hydrobiological Investigations of Bays and Bights of Primorye. Vladivostok: DVNTs AN SSSR. P. 4-12.


191

Vyshkvartsev D.I., Peshekhodko V.M. 1987. Production potential of dominate species of aquatic plants in shallow bights of Possjet Bay (Sea of Japan) // Biological Sciences. N 4. P. 90-95.

Golikov A.N., Scarlato O.A. 1965.Hydrobiological investigations in Possyet Bay using diving equipment // Investigations of Sea Fauna. V. 3 (11). P. 5-21.

Golikov A.N., Scarlato O.A. 1967. Mollusks of Possjet Bay (Sea of Japan) and their ecology // Proceedings of the Zoological Institute, USSR Academy of Sciences. V. 42. P. 5-154.

Paimeeva L.G. 1972. Description of bush and state of resources of Zostera in the southwestern part of Peter the Great Bay from Boisman Bight to Sivuchia Bight // Izvestia TINRO. V. 93. P. 153-161.

Paimeeva L.G. 1974. Some features of Zostera biology in Peter the Great Bay // Investigation in Fish Biology and Commercial Oceanography. Vladivostok: TINRO. Iss. 5. P. 35-45.

Scarlato O.A., Golikov A.N., Vasilenko S.V. et al. 1967. Composition, structure and distribution of bottom biocenoses in the coastal waters of Possjet Bay (Sea of Japan) // Investigations of Sea Fauna. V. 5 (13). P. 5-61.


192

PS-21

MACROPHYTIC ALGAE OF THE INTERTIDAL ZONE OF RUSSKY ISLAND (PETER THE GREAT BAY, SEA OF

JAPAN/EAST SEA)

Irina R. Levenets A.V. Zhirmunsky Institute of Marine Biology, Far East Branch, Russian Academy of Sciences, Vladivostok 690041, Russia


The macrophytic algae of Peter the Great Bay have been studied by many researchers (Zaks, 1927; Shchapova et al., 1957; Perestenko, 1980; Gulbin et al., 1987; Kafanov, Zhukov, 1993; Kashenko, 1999; Levenets, Skriptsova, 2006; Kepel, 1999; and others), but still phytobenthos of Russky Island remains almost unknown (Bregman et al., 1998). However, the inventory of the bay flora presents an urgent problem because of general climatic changes and ever increasing anthropogenic stress.

Phytobenthos was sampled in June-September, 2007 on firm and soft grounds in Karpinsky, Paris, Ajaks, Novik, Rynda, and Voevoda bights, as well as in Stark Strait (Russky Island, Peter the Great Bay) with the use of the standard chorological technique (Kussakin et al., 1974). Totally, about 100 macrobenthic samples were collected at 15 sections (see the Figure in the paper of Ivanova et al., the present collection of papers). During our study, the water temperature ranged from 13 to 23ºC, and water salinity varied from 25 to 35‰.

Our observations on the intertidal communities revealed a considerable diversity of the macrophytic species composition. More than 48 algal species (32 Rhodophyta, 11 Phaeophyceae, and 5 Chlorophyta) and 2 sea grass species (Magnoliophyta) were found in the Russky Island intertidal zone. Totally, representatives of 4 classes, 20 orders, 29 families, and 42 genera were identified.

The biggest orders of the Russky Island intertidal flora were Ceramiales (12 species) and Corallinales (7) from the red algae; and Ectocarpales (4) and Fucales (3) from the brown algae. The biggest families were Corallinaceae, Ceramiaceae, and Rhodomelaceae, along with the families prevailing mostly in low-boreal latitudes, Chordariaceae and Sargassaceae.

The annual Gloiopeltis furcata, Lomentaria hakodatensis, Grateloupia turuturu; perennial Campylaephora crassa, Ceramium japonicum, Ceramium kondoi,


193

Gracilaria gracilis, Neorhodomela larix aculeata, Neorhodomela munita, and Corallina pilulifera from the red algae; the perennial Sargassum pallidum and the annual Chordaria flagelliformis, Coccophora langsdorfii and Dictyota dichotoma from brown algae, and the perennial sea grasses Phyllospadix iwatensis and Zostera marina were the main species in the intertidal zone. The annual species inhabited the intertidal zone all year round, propagating permanently and often vegetatively, as, for example, Gloiopeltis furcata. The perennial species formed, as a rule, permanent communities in the lower intertidal and the upper subtidal zones.

The dominating macrophytic species occurred irregularly in the intertidal communities of Russky Island. The small annual forms of red and brown algae (G. furcata, C. crassa, Ch. flagelliformis, and D. dichotoma ) mostly determined the composition of intertidal vegetation in the upper and middle horizons. The perennial forms of red, brown algae, and sea grasses (G. gracilis, C. pilulifera, Neorhodomela spp., Ceramium spp.; S. pallidum; Ph. iwatensis and Z. marina) formed communities mostly in the lower horizon.

The maximal species diversity of the intertidal flora (17-20 species) was observed on firm substrates mainly in the open areas of the island coast: in Stark Strait and in Karpinsky and Ajaks bights. The minimal number of species (3-7) was found in the half-closed creeks of Voevoda, Paris, and Novik bights on mixed and soft grounds.

Prevalence of Rhodophyta throughout the entire vertical range of the intertidal was a distinctive feature of the island intertidal flora. The red algae were represented by a great number of species and communities. The red alga Gloiopeltis furcata, together with barnacles and gastropods, dominated in the upper horizon. It is documented as a typical belt-forming species for the open areas of the local intertidal zones (Shchapova et al., 1957; Kepel, 1999). The presence of this alga in the area of study was especially evident in Stark Strait, Karpinsky, Rynda, and Novik bights.

The red algae were the key attendant species in populations of crustaceans and mollusks in the middle intertidal horizon. The red algae formed also their own communities: Campylaephora crassa in Karpinsky Bight, G. furcata in many areas, and Corallina pilulifera in the most areas. A C. pilulifera belt extended usually to the lower intertidal and upper subtidal zones; it inhabited firm grounds of the island coast.

Various communities of red algae were typical of the lower horizon of the intertidal zone. Grateloupia turuturu developed in a monodominant community the maximal biomass of 4.2 kg/m² (99% of the total macrobenthos biomass). This community was typical of Ajaks Bight in Bosfor Vostochny Strait. It is noteworthy that this species develops usually a considerable biomass in protected and polluted areas of


194

Peter the Great Bay (Levenets, Skriptsova, 2006). Bushy forms of red and brown algae, attracting many attendant hydrobiont species, chiefly formed the environment in the lower intertidal of Russky Island.

The communities of C. pilulifera and that of Neorhodomela spp. were of the widest distribution in the lower horizon of rocky, boulder and stony intertidal zones of the island. N. larix aculeata in a monodominant community reached a biomass of 3.3 kg/m² (88% of the total macrobenthos biomass). The dominating species in a N. munita community developed a biomass of 1.7 kg/m² (73% of the total biomass). Neorhodomela spp. communities included many accompanying animal and plant species.

Small red algae formed small local communities. A Gracilaria gracilis community populated silty sands with stones in the intertidal zone of Voevoda Bight, whereas Lomentaria hakodatensis and Ceramium japonicum + C. kondoi communities occupied boulders in Karpinsky Bight. Dominating species had there low biomasses not over 0.2-0.3 kg/m².

Brown algae formed communities on firm substrates in the middle and lower horizons of the intertidal zone. Communities of small bushy forms – Chordaria flagelliformis with biomass up to 2 kg/m² (99% of the total biomass) and Dictyota dichotoma with biomass of 0.5 kg/m² (40% of the total biomass) – occurred in the middle horizon mainly on the open coasts.

Fucus brown algae were typical of the lower horizon. The perennial species Sargassum pallidum reached a biomass of 3.8 kg/m² in a monodominant community (91% of the total macrobenthos biomass). This community with a great number of attendant species was of frequent occurrence on firm substrates in open and protected areas. Stony and pebble bottoms of the half-closed Paris, Novik, and Rynda bights were occupied by a community of the annual species Coccophora langsdorfii with a low biomass of 0.2 kg/m² (51% of the total biomass).

Green algae of the Russky Island intertidal zone did not form independent communities. Sea grasses formed communities in the lower intertidal zone and extended to the upper subtidal zone. A Phyllospadix iwatensis community occupied stones and boulders in Stark Strait. The Phyllospadix biomass in the community reached its maximal value of 8.3 kg/m² (63% of the total biomass). Zostera marina formed thickets on soft bottoms of open and protected coastal areas, the average Zostera biomass made 1.3 kg/m² (72% of the total biomass).

Thus, composition of the intertidal flora on the Russky Island is rather diverse. The rich flora testifies for a relatively stable and ecologically favorable natural


195

environment, and this data confirms the conclusions of earlier researchers of the internal part of the island (Bregman et al., 1998). An anthropogenic impact of a big city manifested itself only in some areas of the Russky Island coast, surrounded by Bosfor Vostochny Strait waters, where remarkable fluctuations in the composition and structure of plant communities were due to the anthropogenic pressure. Then the role of Chlorophyta correspondingly increased, and pollution resistant species of red algae developed more intensively.

The work was sponsored by ARCP 2007-12NMY grant.

References

Bregman Y.E., Sedova L.G., Manuylov V.A., Petrenko V.S., Kovekodova L.T., Borisenko G.S., Shulgina L.V., Simokon’ M.V., Sukhotskaya L.Y. 1998. Complex investigation of environment and bottom biota of Novik Bight (Russky Island, Sea of Japan) after the long-term anthropogenic stress // Izvestya TINRO. V. 124. P. 320-343.

Gulbin V.V., Ivanova M.B., Kepel A.A. 1987. Communities of the island intertidal in the Far-Eastern Marine Reserve // Investigation of the Intertidal Zone of the Far-Eastern Marine Reserve and Adjoining Areas. Vladivostok: DVO AN SSSR. P. 83-111.

Zaks I.G. 1927. Preliminary data on fauna and flora distribution in the coastal zone of Peter the Great Bay, Sea of Japan // Proceedings of the 1st Conference on Investigation of Productive Forces of the Far East. Vladivostok. Iss. 4. P. 213-247.

Kafanov A.I., Zhukov V.E. 1993. Coastal Community of Macrophytic Algae of the Possyet Bay (Sea of Japan). Seasonal Variability and Spatial Structure. Vladivostok: Dalnauka. 156 p.

Kashenko N.V. 1999. Bottom communities of macrophytes in Vostok Bay of the Sea of Japan // Biologia Morya. V. 25, N 5. P. 360-364.

Kepel A.A. 1999 . Seasonal variability of macrophytobenthos on the stony intertidal in the mouth of the canal of Ptichie Lake (the southwestern part of Peter the Great Bay, Sea of Japan) // Biologia Morya. V. 25, N 5. P. 355-359.

Kussakin O.G., Kudryashov V.A., Tarakanova T.F., Shornikov E.I. 1974. Belt-forming floro-faunistic groups on the intertidal of the Kuril Islands // Flora and Fauna of the Intertidal Zone of the Kuril Islands. Novosibirsk: Nauka. P. 215-226.

Levenets I.R., Skriptsova A.V. 2006. Bottom flora of the inner part of Amursky Bay // Ecological Problems Related to Use of Coastal Marine Waters: Proceedings of International Scientific and Practical Conference, Vladivostok, October 26–28, 2006,


196

Vladivostok: Far East State University. P. 125-128. Perestenko L.P. 1980. Algae of Peter the Great Bay. Leningrad: Nauka. 232 p. Shchapova T.F., Mokievsky O.B., Pasternak F.A. 1957. Flora and fauna of the

coastal zone of Putiatin Island (Sea of Japan) // Proceedings of the Institute of Oceanology, USSR Academy of Sciences. V. 23. P. 67-101.


197

PS-22

DISTRIBUTION AND BIOLOGICAL CONDITION OF THE SPINY KING CRAB PARALITHODES BREVIPES IN THE COASTAL

WATERS OF THE SOUTHEASTERN SAKHALIN ISLAND

Sergey K. Ponurovsky A.V. Zhirmunsky Institute of Marine Biology, Far Eastern Branch,


Spiny (prickly, hanasaki) king crab Paralithodes brevipes (H. Milne Edwards

and Lucas, 1841) (Decapoda, Anomura, Lithodidae) inhabits the Sea of Japan, Sea of Okhotsk and the Bering Sea. It is one of the most important objects of commercial and non-commercial fishing in the coastal areas of Far Eastern seas. However, the data on recent condition of the population and commercial stocks of this species have been studied insufficiently (Novomodnyi 2001; Zheltonozhko, Zheltonozhko, 2001; Neevina, 2004, 2005; Neevina, Khovansky, 2005). The given paper presents the results of study of distribution, size and sex composition of the spiny king crab near the southeastern coast of the Sakhalin Island in the summer period.

Sampling and processing was carried out from June 24 to July 6, and from July 28 to August 6 according to the technique described in the “Manual for investigation of Decapoda...” (1979). The crab fishing was carried out by series of traps consisted of 70 - 100 standard Japanese crab pots, covered with net of 40-60 mm mesh size, and by the American trapezoidal traps throughout the area from 47° 40.38΄ to 48° 43.59΄ N, and from 142° 33.45΄ to 142° 46.03΄ E at the depth from 13 to 47 m (Fig.). The distance between standard Japanese traps was 18-20 m, and 50 m between American traps. A freshly frozen and not processed walleye pollack was used as a bait. The time of exposition of traps averaged 2.5 (from 0.9 to 5.0) days. During the expedition period 40 registration stations were made (including 3 series of the American trapezoid traps), and 3414 traps were processed. 2462 individuals of the spiny crab were analyzed. The material was processed using the standard statistical procedures.

Analysis of distribution evidenced that the prickly crab occurred practically throughout the entire investigated area. The total average catches of the prickly crab in the investigated area varied from 0 to 5.59 individuals per a trap of the Japanese model (the average catch was 1.21 ind./trap), and from 1.38 to 4.75 individuals caught by the


198

American trap (the average catch was 3.42 ind./trap). Catches of commercial-size males (size of carapace width exceeded 100 mm) varied from 0 to 2.68 individuals by a standard trap (the average catch was 0.52 ind./trap), and 1.0 – 2.63 by the American trap (the average catch was 2.08 ind./trap).

Fig. Map of the area studied

Analysis of the dynamics of catches of the spiny crab for the studied period

suggests about some increase of catches of mature males and females in the first ten days of July (0.88 and 0.74 ind./trap, respectively), and also about their reduction in the third ten days of July (Table 1). Dependence of distribution of spiny crab catches on the depth was not found in the studied area. Biological condition of spiny crab males in the period of study was characterized by the presence of all intermolting stages (Table 2). The bulk of commercial individuals (85.7%) consisted of males of the late third intermolting stage. Maximal catches of these individuals reached 1.75 ind./trap. A part of crabs of the 1st and 4th intermolting stages did not exceed 1.1% of the total number of males.


199

Table 1 Dynamic of catches of the spiny king crab in the coastal waters of the southeastern Sakhalin Island in summer 1996

Time Stages

24-30.06 01-06.07 28-31.07 01-06.08 24.06-06.08МС 0.65 0.88 0.34 0.35 0.52 MJ 0.3 0.18 0.13 0.13 0.19 F 0.65 0.76 0.33 0.32 0.49 Total 1.6 1.82 0.8 0.8 1.21

MC - commercial males, ind./trap; MJ - non-commercial males, ind./trap; F - females, ind./trap

Males of the third intermolting stage made 6.9% of the commercial individuals, or 2.9% of the population as a whole (Table 2).

Table 2 Biological condition of spiny crab near the western coast of Sakhalin Island in summer 1996

Intermolting stage of male Maturity stage of female I II III E III L IV N, ind. NE OSE N, ind.

1.1 6.0 6.9 85.7 0.4 1041 24.0 76.0 1026 III E – the late third stage; III L - the late third intermolting stage; NE – no eggs present; OSE – orange-stage eggs

Analysis of physiological condition of spiny crab females near the eastern coast

of Sakhalin Island in June-August evidenced that the most of them had orange-stage eggs, and 24% of males had no eggs (Table 2). The average size of mature females varied from 99.5 to 115.2 mm depending on the habitat area (the average size was 110.1 mm). The size of immature females varied from 62 to 89 mm (the average size was 81.9 mm). Minimal size of ovigerous female was 86 mm, whereas maximal size of non-ovigerous females reaches 100 mm. The ratio of males to females in the population was 1.45:1.


200

Analysis of size structure of a spiny crab catch evidences that some individuals near the southeastern coast of Sakhalin Island reached 163 mm. The smallest specimens had 52 mm carapace width. The maximal number of males had a carapace of 125-130 mm width. Females had a smaller maximum size (145 mm). The most females had the carapace width of 110-115 mm (Table 3).

Table 3 Size structure of males and females of the spiny king crab in the coastal waters of the southeastern Sakhalin Island in summer 1996

50 – 60 – 70 – 80 – 90 – 100 – 110 – 120 – 130 – 140 – 150 – 160 – 170 N, ind.

Males, % 0.34 3.63 6.17 8.16 9.18 11.58 14.67 20.63 15.56 7.95 1.85 0.27 1457

Females, % 0.20 2.29 6.48 12.16 12.16 25.62 32.20 8.57 0.20 0.10 0 0 1003

Total, ind. 7 76 155 241 256 426 537 387 229 117 27 4 2462

Sex Carapace width, mm

The average size of commercial individuals varied from 113.0 to 136.3 mm on

different areas of the eastern coast of Sakhalin Island ((the average size was 124.4 mm). The average size of juvenile males varied from 65.5 to 98.4 mm (the average size was 83.3 mm). Largest male carapaces were almost completely covered with fouling consisting of barnacles. Smaller individuals had clear almost unfouled carapaces.

Thus, the obtained data testify that in the studied area the density of spiny crab aggregations was relatively low, and its distribution does not depend upon depth. Small aggregations were found at 21-24 m depth.

Crab sizes, either males or females, near the southeastern coast Sakhalin Island exceed that of the southwestern coast (Pereladov, Voydakov, 1999), and are close or slightly bigger than that of the northern part of the Sea of Okhotsk (Neevina, 2005; Neevina, Khovansky, 2005) and the Kamchatka Peninsula coast (Slizkin, Safonov, 2000; Smetanin, 2002).

According to the trap survey, in addition to the spiny crab some other crab species were also found in the studied area: the red king crab Paralithodes camchaticus, the blue king crab P. platypus and the horsehair crab Erimacrus isenbekii.


201

References Manual for Investigation of Decapoda of the Far-Eastern Seas. Rodin V.E.,

Slizkin A.G., Myasoedov V.I. et al. (Eds.) Vladivostok: TINRO. 1979. 59 pp. Neevina N.S. 2004. The results of monitoring investigation of prickly crab

(Paralithodes brevipes) in Shelting Bay (the northern coast of the Sea of Okhotsk) // Izvestiya TINRO. V. 137. P. 262-266.

Neevina N.S. 2005. Biology of Paralithodes brevipes crabs from Tauisk area (the northern Sea of Okhotsk coastal area) // Science of the Northeast of Russia - Beginning of the Century: Materials of the All-Russian Scientific Conference Devoted to the Memory of the Academician K.V. Simakov (Magadan, April 25-28, 2005). Magadan: NESC FEB RAS. P. 335-339.

Neevina N.S., Khovansky L.E. 2005. Hanasaki crab from the northern part of the Sea of Okhotsk: the stock status and the prospects for commercial exploitation // Rybnoe Khozyaistvo. N 5. P. 60.

Novomodnyi G.V. 2001. Spatial distribution, catch dynamics and harvest of crabs (Lithodidae, Majidae) in the western part of the Tatar Strait // Izvestiya TINRO. V. 128. P. 666-684.

Pereladov M.V., Voidakov E.V. 1999. Some data about aggregations of the prickly crab // Coastal Hydrobiological Researches. Moscow: VNIRO. P. 243-244.

Slizkin A., Safonov S. 2000. Commercial Crabs of the Near-Kamchatka Waters. Petropavlovsk-Kamchatsky: North Pacific Press. 180 p.

Smetanin A.I. 2002. Freshwater and Marine Animals of Kamchatka. St.-Petersburg: Polytechnika. 238 p.

Zheltonozhko O.V., Zheltonozhko V.V. 2001. Study of hanasaki crab, Paralithodes brevipes (Decapoda, Reptantia, Lithodidae), biology in the Sarannaya Bay (Avachinsky Bay, the eastern coast of Kamchatka) // Study of Biology of Commercial Crustaceans and Algae of the Russian Seas. Moscow: VNIRO. P. 136-139.


202

PS-23

DISTRIBUTION OF BENTHIC FORAMINIFERA IN POLLUTION SEDIMENTS OF AMURSKY BAY (PETER THE GREAT BAY,

SEA OF JAPAN/EAST SEA)

Tatyana S. Tarasova A.V. Zhirmunsky Institute of Marine Biology, Far East Branch,

Russian Academy of Sciences, Vladivostok 690041 [email protected]

Introduction

Large-scale industrial activities have long affected the ecological conditions in Amursky Bay. Untreated municipal sewage waters and industrial wastewaters from Vladivostok have been and continue to be discharged into the bay. In addition, there are inputs of a broad range of toxicants, including heavy metals, from other localities of Primorye via the runoff of the Razdolnaya River, which flows into Amursky Bay (Shulkin, 2004). High anthropogenic pressure on the Amursky Bay ecosystem caused changes in the pelagic and benthic communities.

Benthic foraminifera living on and in the bottom sediments are more affected than plankton or nekton by toxic elements and compounds, which settle on the bottom of the sea through sedimentation. On the other hand, foraminiferal communities exhibit high capacity for population restoration following ecosystem disturbances (Schafer et al., 1991; Yanko et al., 1998; Hess et al., 2001).

The purpose of this research was to study the species composition and distribution of benthic foraminifera in the eastern part of Amursky Bay and to analyze variations of foraminiferal assemblages structure due to anthropogenic pollution over the period from 1985 to 2005.

Methods

Seventy-six samples of surface bottom sediments were collected at 28 stations (St.) in the eastern part of Amursky Bay (Peter the Great Bay, Sea of Japan) from 0.5 to 18 m depths: in July 1985, at 9 stations; and in June 2005, at 19 stations (Figure).

At each station, 2 to 4 samples of bottom sediments were collected in two ways: using scuba and a 20 x 20 cm frame (0.04 m²) from a 1–2 cm sediment layer and using a 5-cm tube sampler from intact sediment taken with a Van-Vin grab (area 0.11 m²).


203

To separate living specimens from the total foraminiferal assemblage, sediment

samples were fixed with 70% ethanol with Rose Bengal. After 24 hours, the samples were washed through a 63-µm sieve and dried at 80°C. Shells were separated from sediments under laboratory conditions using carbon tetrachloride (CCl4). This procedure was repeated several times until all foraminifera rose to the surface; they were then poured out onto filters, dried, and baled. Foraminifera were selected using a binocular microscope, and living and dead individuals were tabulated. Population density was calculated per square meter.

Grain size analysis of bottom sediments was performed using the sieve method. Organic carbon content in sediments (dry weight) was determined by the method of bichromate oxidation. Oxygen concentration, temperature and salinity in bottom water were measured by the CTD “Valeport 660+”.

Results

Sediment grain size analysis indicated high siltation of the bottom in the eastern part of Amursky Bay, which mainly consists of aleurite-pelites and pelites. Oxygen content in bottom water varied from 89.7 to 139.8%. The content of organic matter (Corg) in bottom sediments averaged 1.7%. The highest content of Corg (up to 3.0%) was found for pelitic sediments in the deep-water part (St. 6–9) and for shallow Uglovoi Bay (St. 18 and 19), where there were silty fine sand and aleurite-pelites, respectively. The salinity varied from 2.9 to 34.6 ‰. The influence of freshwater runoff from the


204

Razdolnaya River was highest near its mouth (St. 1–3) and in Uglovoi Bay (St. 16–19). Relatively low values of salinity (to 24‰) were also measured at 5 to 6 m depth (St. 4 and 12).

In 2005 48 species of benthic foraminifera were recorded. Calcareous forms prevailed (33 species). Species of the Elphidiidae – Protelphidium asterotuberculatum, Cribroelphidium goesi cognatum, Cribroelphidium frigidum, and Retroelphidium subgranulosum – occurred at most stations. Among 15 species of agglutinated foraminifera, Trochammina inflata (Trochamminidae), and Eggerella advena (Ataxophragmiidae) were most common.

Comparison of composition and distribution of foraminiferans collected in 1985 and 2005 at 9 close situated stations revealed substantial differences in the qualitative and quantitative characteristics of the foraminifera fauna. Species diversity of foraminifera increased from 22 in 1985 to 29 species in 2005. In both 1985 and 2005, common species of foraminifera were the same for most stations. These were calcareous Ammonia beccarii, P. asterotuberculatum, Buccella frigida and agglutinated E. advena and T. inflata. The number of species increased from 9 to 13, on the average. Population density increased from 330 000±65 000 (1985) to 740 000±190 000 ind./m2 (2005). The lowest density of foraminifera in both 1985 and 2005 were found in the river mouth (St. 2′) and to the east of transect (St. 14′), 20 000 and 80 000 ind./m2, respectively. With increasing depth, foraminiferal numbers increased and peaked (600 000 ind./m2) at 16 m depth (St. 7). Over the past years, the percentage of living specimens increased 1.5 times, from 23 to 36%. The number of agglutinated foraminifera at neighboring stations also increased from 6 (1985) to 8 species (2005). The share of agglutinated forms in the total foraminiferal assemblage decreased from 50 to 28%.

In the structure of foraminiferal assemblages were changes. In 2005, P. asterotuberculatum, which usually occurs in clean areas of Peter the Great Bay, became dominant in the greater part of the investigated region. Twenty years ago, this species dominated only northern (St. 13′) and central stations (St. 14′); at 5 out of the 9 stations, the dominant species was E. advena.

Discussion

There is a large body of literature dealing with anthropogenic influences on the foraminifera fauna in different regions of sea coasts, where there are cities, industrial centers, power plants, marine aquaculture farms, etc. (Alve, 1995; Scott et al., 1995; Bresler, Yanko-Hombach, 2000). Many researchers were shown that in polluted areas, foraminiferal densities either increase or decrease but the species richness of


205

foraminifera is decreased. The currently low species diversity of foraminifera (merely 48 species) in the

investigated part of Amursky Bay is the main indicator of unfavorable conditions for the thriving of foraminiferal fauna. Twenty years ago, the agglutinated species E. advena and T. inflata dominated the eastern part of Amursky Bay. At present, the dominant and subdominant species include calcareous P. asterotuberculatum, B. frigida, A. beccarii, and C. goesi cognatum along with the above arenaceous E. advena and T. inflata. Ubiquitous E. advena is recognized as an indicator organism of organic pollution in densely populated regions of the Atlantic and Pacific coasts of North America (Scott et al., 1980; Schafer et al., 1991); in western Norway (Alve, 1995); and in Masan Bay (South Korea), where it was one of the dominant species and classified by Woo et al. (1999) as opportunistic and even potentially pathogenic. In eastern Amursky Bay, E. advena was one of abundant species, especially in 1985.

On the other hand, the increase in foraminiferal species diversity, the increase in percentages of living specimens, and the predominance of P. asterotuberculatum at most stations, which is usually found in relatively clean areas of Peter the Great Bay, are indicative of decrease in anthropogenic pollution in 2005, compared to 1985. Nevertheless, huge accumulations of toxic and organic compounds in bottom sediments yet remain to be utilized by benthic communities. Foraminifera are an important link in the transformation of organic compounds and nutrients in the bottom ecosystems and can probably participate actively in the depuration of bottom sediments (Lessen, 2005).

References

Alve E. 1995. Benthic foraminiferal responses to estuarine pollution – a review // Journal of Foraminiferal Research. V. 25, N 3. P. 190–203.

Bresler V.M., Yanko-Hombach, V.V. 2000. Chemical ecology of Foraminifera. Parameters of health, environmental pathology, and assessment of environmental quality // Environmental Micropaleontology. Martin, R. (Ed.). New York: Plenum Press. V. 15. P. 217–247.

Hess S., Kuhnt W., Hill S., Kaminski M.A., Holboum A. 2001. Monitoring the recolonization of the Mt Pinatubo 1991 ash layer by benthic foraminifera // Marine Micropaleontology. V. 43. P. 119-142.

Lesen A.E. 2005. Relationship between benthic foraminifera and food resources in South San Francisco Bay, California, USA // Marine Ecology Progress Series. V. 297. P. 131–145.

Schafer C.T., Collins E.S., Smith J.N. 1991. Relationship of Foraminifera and


206

thecamoebian distributions to sediments contaminated by pulp mill effluent: Saguenay Fiord, Quebec, Canada // Marine Micropaleontology. V. 17. P. 255–283.

Scott D.B., Schafer C.T., Honig C., Younger D.C. 1995. Temporal variations of benthic foraminiferal assemblages under or near aquaculture operations – documentation of impact history // Journal of Foraminiferal Research. V. 25, N 3. P. 224–235.

Scott D.B., Schafer C.T., Medioli F.S. 1980. Eastern Canadian estuarine Foraminifera: a framework for comparison // Journal of Foraminiferal Research. V. 10, N 3. P. 205–234.

Shulkin V.M. 2004. Metals in Marine Shallow-Water Ecosystems. Vladivostok: Dalnauka. 279 p. [In Russian].

Woo H.J., Kim H.-Y., Jeong K.S., Chun J.N., Kim S.E., Chu Y.S. 1999. Response of benthic foraminifera to sedimentary pollution in Masan Bay, Korea // Journal Korean Society of Oceanography. V. 4, N 2. P. 144–154.

Yanko V., Ahmad M., Kaminski M. 1998. Morphological deformities of benthic foraminiferal tests in response to pollution by heavy metals: implications for pollution monitoring // Journal of Foraminiferal Research. V. 28, N 3. P. 177–200.


207

PS-24

COST OF ECONOMIC SERVICES OF THE BIOLOGICAL DIVERSITY OF WILDLIFE'S USED OBJECTS

E.E. Shirkova and E.I. Shirkov

Kamchatka Branch of the Pacific Institute of Geography, Far East Branch, Russian Academy of Sciences,

Petropavlovsk-Kamchastky, Russia

Recently, the research on search of the new methodical approaches and tool means of economic estimation of the biological diversity of wildlife's used objects was made within the frameworks of the fundamental researches' program of Presidium of Russian Academy of Sciences - "BIODIVERSITY", and at support of fund Moore and PERK.

Research has been executed on example of the intraspecific diversity of pacific salmons.

The problem to which the work is devoted, is in the fact, that the modern approaches to the economic estimation of biological diversity are only indirect and approximate. It is difficult (often impossible) to use such estimations to create the effective economic mechanisms of preservation and restoration of diversity of intensively used wildlife's objects. But without special economic mechanisms the reliable preservation of biodiversity of any actively used alive objects has no good prospects. Without special economic mechanisms the reliable preservation of biodiversity of any actively used alive objects has no good prospects. It clearly shows the constant decrease of diversity of the intraspecific salmons in all southern part of the areal of their reproduction at various ways of fishing's management in the USA, Japan and Russia.

The main reasons of the given situation in methodical maintenance of the direct cost estimation of salmons' biodiversity (and of all other used wildlife's objects), in our opinion, consist in the following:

• The existing methods of the economic estimation of biodiversity do not define their own subject of this estimation;

• As a rule the value of biological resources is used as a subject of biodiversity estimation, but not the value of biodiversity itself.

The existing fishery statistics and standard biological supervision do not provide


208

the regular quantity accounting of the diversity's influence of the used aquatic organisms on the economic efficiency of their exploitation.

The decision of the first problem demands only overcoming of the developed stereotypes - The biodiversity certainly has its own economic value, which consists in the guarantee of the long-term sustainability and the maximal efficiency of the used alive systems [Handbook, 2002]. Alfred Russel Wallace marked the role of a biodiversity in the sustainability of biosystems still in 1855.

The decision of the second problem is objectively more complex. The matter is that the level of sustainability and the measure of salmon productivity, for example, depend not only on their biodiversity. Other natural factors also influence the specified characteristics, especially, - the quality of fishing management.

Sufficiently complex tools are necessary for revealing and measurements of influence of biodiversity itself on the sustainability and volume of productivity of its carriers in these conditions. We used simulating.

Authors developed the complex of models for the economic services estimation of the intraspecific diversity of the keta (Oncorhynchus keta). This complex reflected natural aspects of reproduction and economic aspects of this salmon species in the basin of the Paratunka-river (East Kamchatka). [Shirkova E.E., 2006]. The estimated attribute of the intraspecific diversity of these fishes had been accepted the age of maturing which varies from two till five years in the keta species.

The age structure of a mature part of this herd of keta has the exactly expressed tendency to the reduction of the younger age groups as a result of the intensive and irrational fishing (including the poacher fishing) at the last years (-a continuous trend on the diagram "a"). At the continuation of the mentioned tendency the herd can lose completely the fractions, which spawn at the age of two and three years. In this occasion it will have a minimum level of the diversity to the considered attribute. The fluctuation of annual volume and average annual number of the herd in this case would be characterized by the modeling diagram “b”. At possible restoration of optimum age structure of herd maturing (-the dash line on the diagram "a") sustainability and volume of its number will be characterized by the diagram "c".

Since all the others factors of number change of the herd in modeling experiments (except for the biodiversity) were accepted by constants, thus the received effect of sustainability increase and productivity of our model population is the direct consequence of increase (optimization) of the level of its biological diversity.

Similarly we estimated the economic services of other forms of an intraspecific diversity of Pacific salmon - as a difference in the economic productivity of a herd (a


209

population, a race) at the minimal and optimum levels of its biodiversity. The increment of an average annual profit also is the direct cost estimation of the economic functions of an intraspecific biological diversity of the Pacific salmons.

The size of the received rent estimations in all considered cases has appeared to

be comparable to the size of resource taxes applied in Russia for use of fauna objects. The use of the direct cost estimations of the economic functions of the

intraspecific diversity of salmons in purposeful economic mechanisms of exploitation of these valuable fishes can provide the real and sufficient economic interest of fishermen in the preservation and restoration of the salmon potential diversity of the Northern Pacific.

References

Economics of Preservation of Biodiversity. Handbook “Economics of Biodiversity”. 2002. A.A.Tishkov (Ed.). Moscow: Global Environmental Conservation Project, Institute of Natural Resources Management. 604 p.

Shirkova E.E., Shirkov E.I., Fedorov S.V. 2006. Development of approaches and instruments for economic assessment of biological diversity (as illustrated by intraspecific biodiversity of Pacific salmons) // Scientific Bases of Conservation of Biodiversity of the Russian Far East. A.V.Adrianov (Ed.). Vladivostok: Dalnauka. P. 313-340.


210

PS-25 MYCOBIOTA ASSOCIATED WITH COMMERCIALLY

VALUABLE SPECIES OF SEAWEEDS AND INVERTEBRATES IN THE RUSSIAN WATERS OF THE SEA OF JAPAN

Lubov V. Zvereva

A.V.Zhirmunsky Institute of Marine Biology, Far East Branch, Russian Academy of Sciences, Vladivostok 690041, Russia


Filamentous fungi associated with seaweeds Taxonomic composition of filamentous fungi, associated with the brown alga

Laminaria japonica Aresch. (Phaeophyta), was studied (Zvereva, 1998). Laminaria japonica is the commercially valuable species of the seaweeds in Primorye. We found 37 species from 27 genera of deuteromycetes, ascomycetes and zygomycetes on algal thalli, with domination of Penicillium, Aspergillus, Alternaria, Cladosporium, Scolecobasidium, Fusarium and Mucor genera. Regularities of distribution of fungi throughout various thallus areas – on the tip (apical end), middle plate, trunk, rhizoids – have been determined. The majority of fungi species is concentrated on the algal tip, as a great number of dissolved organic matter is accumulated here due to its permanent die-back. Minimal number of fungi has been found on the middle plate, since Laminaria japonica isolates antibiotic substances which inhibit microorganism development in the area of its intensive growth. Peculiarities of fungi distribution on a thallus of one- and two-year algae, grown at different depths, have been revealed. A comparative analysis of mycobiota composition on Laminaria japonica from mariculture and natural habitats has been carried out (Zvereva, 1998). Data on microscopic fungi from some other macrophytic algae – Costaria costata, Pelvetia babingtonii, Sargassum miyabei – were also obtained (Moravskaya, Mikhailov, 1990).

Fungi associated with sea invertebrates

Filamentous fungi, associated with bivalve mollusks Corbicula japonica, Mytilus trossulus, Mizuhopecten yessoensis, Crenomytilus grayanus, Anadara broughtoni, Modiolus modiolus, and others have been investigated for the first time. About 600 strains of filamentous fungi have been isolated, 53 species have been identified, including 7 ascomycetes, 41 anamorphous fungi and 5 zygomycetes


211

(Zvereva, Vysotskaya, 2005 a, b, 2007). Fungi were found in mollusks internal organs: mantle, gills, kidneys, digestive gland, male and female gonads (Zvereva, Vysotskaya, 2005 a, b, 2007). The patterns of filamentous fungi distribution on the shell surface and in the internal organs of mollusks were found. Thus, for Mizuhopecten yessoensis, 9 fungi were found on the shell surface, 6 in the digestive gland, 7 in the mantle, 4 in the muscles, 3 in the gills, 2 in the gonads and 1 in the kidneys, indicating selective nature of fungal colonization of mollusks’ internal organs.

Among the internal organs of mollusks, the species number of filamentous fungi was highest in the mantle and digestive gland, and smallest in the kidneys.

The distinctive features of the taxonomic composition of filamentous fungi isolated from brackish-water mollusk Corbicula japonica were established. Out of 10 identified fungi species, 4 are Zygomycota of the genera Mortierella (3 species) and Mucor (1 species) and 6 species are anamorphic fungi. Ascomycetes have not been found; whereas Zygomycetes of Mortierella genus have not been found in mollusks from sea habitats.

Peculiarities of filamentous fungi biodiversity in mollusks, sampled in Ussurijsky Bay biotopes, polluted with heavy metals, have been revealed. Thus, 35 fungi species have been isolated from internal of Modiolus modiolus and Crenomytilus grayanus, and among them 29 (83 %) pathogenic and toxin-producing species: 12 - from Aspergillus genus, 10 – from Penicillium genus, and 7 – from Chaetomium genus (Zvereva, Vysotskaya, 2005 a).

Diversity of mycobiota from Mytilus trossulus and Mizuhopecten yessoensis bivalves has been studied in natural populations and in mariculture (Zvereva, Vysotskaya, 2007).

Taxonomic composition of filamentous fungi, associated with Mytilus trossulus bivalve, has been established. Sixteen filamentous fungi species have been isolated from mollusks of natural population in Vostok Bay, including 14 anamorphic micromycete species from Penicillium (7 species), Cladosporium (3), Aspergillus (3), Trichoderma (1) genera, 1 ascomycete from Chaetomium genus, and 1 Zygomycete from Rhizopus genus. Fifteen filamentous fungi species have been isolated from mollusks farmed in suspended culture in Vostok Bay, including 12 anamorphic fungi from Penicillium (5 species), Cladosporium (3), Aspergillus (3), Trichoderma (1) genera, 1 ascomycete from Chaetomium genus, and 2 Zygomycetes from Rhizopus and Mucor genera. Comparative analysis of biodiversity of filamentous fungi, associated with Mytilus trossulus from natural population and mariculture (Vostok Bay), using coefficient of likeness (or difference) of Serensen, has not revealed evident differences.


212

Taxonomic composition of mycelial fungi, associated with Myzuhopecten yessoensis bivalve, has been established. Eighteen filamentous fungi species have been isolated from mollusks of natural population in Vostok Bay, including 17 anamorphic micromycete species from Penicillium (5 species), Cladosporium (5), Aspergillus (3), Trichoderma (1), Alternaria (2), Aureobasidium (1) genera, and 1 zygomycete from Rhizopus genus. Fifteen filamentous fungi species have been isolated from mollusks farmed in suspended culture in Possyet Bay, including 14 anamorphic fungi from Penicillium (5 species), Cladosporium (2), Aspergillus (2), Trichoderma (1), Alternaria (2), Acremonium (1) genera, and 1 ascomycete from Chaetomium genus. Comparative analysis of biodiversity of filamentous fungi, associated with Myzuhopecten yessoensis from natural population (Vostok Bay) and mariculture (Possyet Bay), has revealed differences in taxonomic composition of associated fungi, at that likeness coefficient of Serensen was 0.39.

Thus, taxonomic structure of mycobiota of bivalves from natural populations and mariculture on the whole is similar for both examined mollusk species on the level of genus, and on the level of species it is similar for mycobiota of Mytilus trossulus, inhabiting the same area (Vostok Bay). For mycobiota of Myzuhopecten yessoensis distinctions have been revealed on the level of species, which is connected with different ecological conditions in Vostok Bay and Possyet Bay, including different anthropogenic stress on the investigated water areas.

Taxonomic composition of filamentous fungi, associated with bivalves as filtering organisms, correlates with mycobiota biodiversity of the environments (bottom sediments, water column), which, in its turn, depends on the quality of the environments (organic substance content of bottom and water column, granulometric composition of bottom, etc.).

For the first time 27 species of sea fungi, mainly facultatively sea ones, have been isolated from the holothurians Apostichopus japonicus, Eupentacta fraudatrix, Cucumaria japonica, collected in waters of the Sea of Japan and near Primorye coasts (Pivkin, 2000). Fungi isolated from holothurian surface were more diverse and abundant than that of internal and coelomic liquid. These fungi can be pathogenic for holothurians due to their high proteolytic activity (Pivkin, 2000).

Filamentous fungi in fouling on mariculture installations

Higher marine fungi colonizing the hydrobiothechnical installations for growing of scallop Mizuhopecten yessoensis (Jay) and brown alga Laminaria japonica Aresch. in Primorye (Sea of Japan, Russia) were studied (Zvereva, 2002). The species of the


213

genera Corollospora, Lulworthia, Halosphaeria, Chaetomium (Ascomycota), Alternaria, Cladosporium, Scolecobasidium, Stachybotrys, Trichocladium, Zalerion, Penicillium, Aspergillus, Phoma and others (anamorphic fungi), Mucor, Rhizopus (Zygomycota) dominated on the mariculture installations. The obligately marine ascomycete Corollospora maritima formed fruit bodies on the Patinopecten (Mizuhopecten) yessoensis shells and on the metallic markers attached to wood test-blocks and cages. The anamorphic fungi of the genera Penicillium, Aspergillus, Alternaria, Cladosporium, Scolecobasidium, Zalerion and others dominated on the thalli of Laminaria japonica, growing on the mariculture installations (Zvereva, 1998, 2002).

Investigation of marine fungi is carried out due to the financial support of Biodiversity FEB RAS Grant.

References

Moravskaya N.O., Mikhailov V.V. 1990. Saprotrophic fungi from brown algae in Peter the Great Bay, Sea of Japan // Biologia Morya. V. 16, N 1. P. 72-74. [In Russian].

Pivkin M. V. 2000. Filamentous fungi associated with holothurians from the Sea of Japan, off the Primorye coast of Russia // Biological Bulletin. V. 198. P. 101-109.

Zvereva L.V. 1998. Mycobiota of the cultivated brown alga Laminaria japonica // Biologia Morya. V. 24, N 1. P. 21-25. [In Russian].

Zvereva L.V. 2002. Higher fungi in fouling of mariculture installations and objects in the Sea of Japan (Russia) // 1st Internnational Conference “Sea Coastal Ecosystems: Algae, Invertebrates and Products of their Processing”, 26-30 August, 2002. Moscow-Golitsino. P. 49. [In Russian].

Zvereva L.V., Vysotskaya M.A. 2005a. Filamentous fungi – associates of bivalve mollusks from the polluted biotops of Ussurijsky Bay of the Sea of Japan // Biologia Morya. V. 31, N 6. P. 443-446. [In Russian].

Zvereva L.V., Vysotskaya M.A. 2005b. Mycobiota of commercially valuable species of bivalve mollusks of the Russian waters of the Sea of Japan // 2nd International Conference “Sea Coastal Ecosystems: Algae, Invertebrates and Products of their Processing”, Arkhangelsk, 5-7 Oct.ober 2005. Moscow: VNIRO Publishing House. P. 45-47. [In Russian].

Zvereva L.V., Vysotskaya M.A. 2007. Biodiversity of filamentous fungi of Peter the Great Bay, Sea of Japan, and its dynamics under the effect of natural and anthropogenic factors // Sea Biota Response to the Change of Natural Environments and Climate. Vladivostok: Dalnauka. P. 104-129. [In Russian].


214

PS-26

DIVERSITY OF DINOFLAGELLATES IN SANDY SEDIMENTS OF PETER THE GREAT BAY, SEA OF JAPAN/EAST SEA

Marina S. Selina


e-mail: marsel@imb. dvo.ru Benthic dinoflagellates, which are a widespread, diverse but relatively little-

studied group of microalgae, play an important role in the production and transformation of organic matter in the marine ecosystems. By the beginning of the present century, 150 species of dinoflagellates from 26 genera have been recorded from sediments of the world oceans. Of these, 16 genera are exclusively found in benthic habitats (Murray, 2003). Dinoflagellates of the Russian Far Eastern seas have been studied fairly well. By the end of the past century, 377 species and intraspecific taxa of dinoflagellates have been recorded for this region (Konovalova, 1998). Of these, only a few are benthic and bentho-planktonic forms casually found in the plankton. No special studies of dinoflagellates in marine sediments have been carried out in the Far Eastern seas of Russia. The purpose of our study was to examine the species composition of dinoflagellates in subtidal sandy sediments of Peter the Great Bay, Sea of Japan.

Sampling was carried out in various localities of Peter the Great Bay (the northwestern part of the Sea of Japan) during summer–fall 2003–2007. Monitoring was conducted in Vostok Bay from May through December 2006 and 2007. The upper 3–5 cm of sandy sediment was collected from the water edge to 7 m depth. The sand was rinsed with filtered seawater and shaken, the suspension was filtered through a 1 mm mesh and further through a gauze of 150 and 80 µm mesh size. To collect a 20–80 µm fraction, the sample was concentrated by filtration through a 20 µm gauze material. The concentrated sample was fixed in Lugol`s solution. Dinoflagellates were identified with a light and scanning electron microscope.

The study of dinoflagellates in sandy sediments of Peter the Great Bay has revealed 62 species and one variety of benthic and bentho-planktonic dinoflagellates belonging to 17 genera (table); of these, 16 taxa need further identification. Of 46 species that were identified, 36 species are new records for the Far Eastern seas of Russia. Moreover, a species Sinophysis minima Selina, Hoppenrath and a variety


215

Sabulodinium undulatum var. glabrоmarginatum Hoppenrath et al. from Peter the Great Bay have been described as new (Selina, Hoppenrath, 2004; Hoppenrath et al., 2007). Benthic dinoflagellate genera Sinophysis, Planodinium, Sabulodinium, Adenoides, Cabra, and Herdmania have been recorded for the first time for the Far Eastern seas of Russia; Pseudothecadinium has been recorded for the first time for the Sea of Japan. The latter species has recently been described from Lunsky Bay in the Sea of Okhotsk

Table Taxonomic composition of benthic dinoflagellates from Peter the Great Bay

Number of species

Order Family Genus

Tota

l

New

for F

ES1

Un-

iden

tifie

d

Prorocentrales Prorocentraceae Prorocentrum 10 1 8 Dinophysiales Dinophysiaceae Sinophysis* 4 4 0 Gymnodiniales Gymnodiniaceae Gymnodinium 1 - 1 Amphidinium 20 15 3 Katodinium 3 2 - Polykrikaceae Polycrikos 1 1 - Peridiniales Thecadiniaceae Thecadinium 5 3 1 Planodinium* 1 1 - Sabulodinium* 1 1 - Pseudothecadinium** 1 1 - Peridiniaceae Peridinium 1 - - Scripsiella 1 - 1 Heterocapsa 1 - 1 Incertae sedis Amphidiniopsis 9 8 1 Adenoides* 1 1 - Cabra* 1 1 1 Herdmania* 1 1 -

Note: *– new for Far Eastern seas of Russia, ** – new for the Sea of Japan, FES- Far Eastern seas of Russia


216

(Hoppenrath, Selina, 2006). All the genera recorded during this study, except for Sinophysis, are monotypic.

Representatives of four main orders of dinophytes have been found in marine sediments of the investigated area: Prorocentrales, Dinophysiales, Gymnodiniales, and Peridiniales. The Peridiniales exhibit the greatest taxonomic diversity. The genera with the largest number of species are Amphidiniopsis (9 species) and Thecadinium (5). Two large genera Amphidinium (20 species) and Prorocentrum (10 species) contribute almost half to the species richness of benthic and bentho-planktonic dinoflagellates. Among members of these genera, three species are potentially toxic: Amphidinium carteria Hulburt and A. operculatum Claparede et Lachmann, which are producers of ichthyotoxins (Nakajima et al., 1981), as well as Prorocentrum lima (Ehrenberg) Dodge, known to synthesize several toxins of different kind (Torigoe et al., 1988; Marr et al., 1992 and others). Potentially toxic species of the genus Amphidinium are widespread in sandy sediments of Peter the Great Bay, while P. lima was only found in Vostok Bay and the Bosfor Vostochny Strait. These species were previously recorded from the plankton of the Sea of Japan (Konovalova, 1998). The most common species of benthic dinoflagellates in sands of Peter the Great Bay are Amphidiniopsis arenaria Hoppenrath, Amphidinium bipes Herdman, Prorocentrum emarginatum Fukuyo, Sinophysis ebriolum (Herdman) Balech, Sinophysis stenosoma Hoppenrath, and Thecadinium kofoidii (Herdman) Larsen. Among benthic and bentho-planktonic forms, heterotrophic species slightly prevail (53% of all species).

In Peter the Great Bay, the largest number of benthic and bentho-planktonic species of dinoflagellates (55) was found in Vostok Bay where the monitoring station was situated. The study of seasonal dynamics has shown that from May through January benthic species of dinoflagellates dominate marine sands in terms of the number of species (9 to 25). From May to July, the species diversity of this group increases, and then it decreases towards the winter (figure). Bentho-planktonic species are second in diversity with a species number of 4–7 in different months. Of planktonic species, only 2–6 species were encountered in sediments. Benthic forms – Amphidiniopsis uroensis Toriumi, Yoshimatsu & Dodge, A. arenaria, Amphidinium seminulatum Herdman and Sabulodinium undulatum var. glabromarginatum – occur in sediments virtually throughout the period of observation.

Thus, the diverse group of dinoflagellates inhabiting sandy sediments in the upper subtidal zone of the northwestern Sea of Japan sharply differs in species composition from the planktonic dinoflagellates. These microalgae occur in sandy sediments throughout the year, reaching maximum diversity in August.


217

Species Number

Fig. Seasonal dynamics of species diversity of the dinoflagellates in sandy sediments of Vostok Bay, Sea of Japan

Acknowledgements This research was supported through grants RFBR 08-04-01422, FEB RAS 06-

III-A-06-167 and 06-I-П-11-034.

References Konovalova G.V. 1998. Dinoflagellates (Dinophyta) of the Far Eastern seas of

Russia and Adjacent Waters of the Pacific Ocean. Vladivostok: Dalnauka. 300 p. Hoppenrath M., Selina M. 2006. Pseudothecadinium campbellii gen. nov. et sp.

nov. (Dinophyceae), a phototrophic, thecate, marine planktonic species found in the Sea of Okhotsk, Russia // Phycologia. V. 45. P. 260–269.

Hoppenrath M., Horiguchi T., Miyoshi Y., Selina M., „Max“ F.J.R. Taylor, Leander B.S. 2007. Taxonomy, phylogeny, biogeography, and ecology of Sabulodinium undulatum (Dinophyceae), including an amended description of the species //

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

V VI VII VIII VIII IX IX X XI XII I

benthic bentho-planktonic planctonic months


218

Phycological Research. V. 55. P. 159–175. Marr J.C., Jackson A.E., McLachlan J.L. 1992. Ocurrence of Prorocentrum

lima, a DSP toxin-producing species from the Atlantic coast of Canada // Journal of Applied Phycology. V. 4. P. 17–24.

Murray S. 2003. Diversity and Phylogenetics of Sand-Dwelling Dinoflagellates from Southern Australia. Ph.D. Thesis, School of Biological Sciences, University of Sydney. 109 p.

Nakajima I., Oshima Y., Yasumoto T. 1981. Toxicity of benthic dinoflagellates in Okinawa // Bulletin of the Japan Society of Scientific Fisheries. V. 47, N 8. P. 1029-1033.

Selina M., Hoppenrath M. 2004. Morphology of Sinophysis minima sp. nov. and three Sinophysis species (Dinophyceae, Dinophysiales) from the Sea of Japan // Phycological Research. V. 52, N 2. P. 149–159.

Torigoe K., Murata M., Yasumoto T., Iwashita T. 1988. Prorocentrolide, a toxic nitrogenous macrocycle from a marine dinoflagellate, Prorocentrum lima // Journal of the American Chemical Society. V. 110. P. 7876-7877.


219

PS-27 BIONOMY OF THE INTERTIDAL ZONE OF VIETNAM

Elena E. Kostina


e-mail: cnidopus@mail primorye.ru

The bionomical classification of the intertidal zone is a controversial issue (Gurjanova, Fyong Chzhan Khyu, 1972; Kussakin, 1977; Kafanov et al., 1981; Gulbin et al., 1987a, b; 1988; Nguen Van Chung et al., 1988). The present work is based on the macrobenthos’ samples collected in August–October 1988 along the coast of Vietnam from the Catwick Islands (10° N, 109°09' E) to the Baytylong Archipelago (20° N, 107°20' E). Six bionomical categories of the intertidal zone were distinguished on the basis of the substrate features, wave action, influence of the water-freshening and also specific factors (pools, ground vegetation).

The rocky intertidal zone is represented by the rocky platform with the steep

(50–90°) slope of surface exposed to heavy wave action. The intertidal zone is no more than 10–15 m wide. The communities have clearly expressed vertical stratification. The epifauna’ biomass is dominated there. The bivalve mollusc Saccostrea mordax forms belt in the upper horizon, the barnacles Megabalanus tintinnabulum and Tetraclita squamosa squamosa – in the middle horizon and in the most part of the lower horizon. In the lower part of the lower horizon the community’ composition is liable to alterations in dependence on what algae or coral communities are developed here.

The rocky-blocky-bouldery intertidal zone is characterized by blocks and

boulders in the upper and middle horizons, rocks with a slope up to 90°, blocks and boulders with underlying sand in the lower horizon. The intertidal zone can reach 20–30 m wide. There are belt-forming communities in the upper and middle horizons, whereas patching pattern of the distribution of the intertidal communities is observed in the lower horizon. Dominant species of the communities are different in the various areas, but like in the rocky intertidal zone, specimens of the epifauna, sessile and sedentary organisms inhabit here (molluscs Nodilittorina millegrana, S. mordax, barnacle T. squamosa squamosa, Pollicipes sp.).


220

Sea pools of the intertidal type were found on the hard substrata. They can reach 5–7 m long, 2–3 m wide and up to 1.5 m deep. Their bottom is covered by cyanellae Calothrix sp., Lyngbya sp. Sessile organisms (molluscs S. mordax, Vermetes planorbis) dwell on the walls of the pools. Such specific feature of the pools as constant presence of the sea water creates favourable conditions for the life of the fishes Therapon jarbua, Abudefduf curacao, Labrodius dimidiatus.

Intertidal zone of the dead сoral reef was found in the island lagoon bordered

with gently shores with a light wave action. Plateau of the dead coral reef is covered bу silty sand with rare boulders. Intertidal zone is about 1 km wide. Communities are characterized by patching pattern of the distribution. Mixed type of the bottom deposits, dismembered of microrelief, presence of passages, clefts inside of the dead corals create favourable conditions for development of cryptofauna. The bouldery substratum are inhabited by molluscs Nerita plicata, N. iusculpta, S. mordax and sponges Rhaphidophus erectus, Spirastrella sp., Suberites sp. The boulders covered by layer of sand inhabit colonies of soft hexacoral Zoanthus sp., holothurias Synapta maculate, Holothuria atra, H. leucospilota, ophiuras Qphiactis savignyi, Ophiocoma breviceps, O. scolopendria. Seagrass Thalassia hemprichii forms brushwoods on the clean sand. There are numerous decapods Calappa hepatica, Thalamita admete, Pilumnus vespertilio, polychaetes Ceratonereis mirabilis, Eurythoe complanata, Cirratulus cirratus in the clefts of the dead corals. On the dead coral reef sessile, sedentare and vagile organisms are developed equally.

In the silty-stony intertidal zone, situated in inlets, bottom deposits consist of

the stony debris, dead coral fragments, shelly ground covered by 15–20 cm silt. A light wave action and little water-freshening are typical here. Intertidal zone reaches 200 m wide. Brushwoods of the ground plant Aegiceras sp. and solitary brushes of mangroves, covering by the sea water in the high water, can be observed in the upper horizon. Population of this inteitidal zone is impoverished and the patch pattern of the community’ distribution is typical. A presence of the soft ground creates conditions for development of the various infauna (polychaetes Bhawania cryptocephala, Leonnates persica, Onuphis eremite, Lambrineris shiihoi, sipunculas Antilleosoma antillarum, Golfingia elongate, Thysanocardia catherinae). Specimens of epifauna inhabit the hard substrata (Saccostrea echinata, Balanus retuculatus, Cthamalus malayensis). Oystrea foliolum settles on the trunks and branches of Aegiceras. Macrophyte algae are almost absent. This is connected with faint transparence of the sea water.


221

Surf-open sandy beaches are characterized by clean sand with the rare boulders. The intertidal zone is about 30–40 m wide. Heavy wave action is usual and population is poor here. Vagile animals prevail (decapods Ocypode сeratophtalma, Coenobita sp.). In some of the studied areas in the lower horizon the species abundance of macrophyte were found.

References Gulbin V.V., Ivanova M.B., Kepel A.A. 1987. Belt-communities of the island

intertidal zone of the Far Eastern State Marine Reserve // Investigations of the Intertidal Zone of the Far Eastern State Marine Reserve and Contiguous Regions. V.V. Gulbin (Ed.). Vladivostok: Far East Branch, Acad. Sci. USSR. P. 83–111.

Gulbin V.V., Kussakin O.G., Nguen Van Chung. 1988. Joint Soviet-Vietnamese hydrobiological research of the intertidal zone of Southern Vietnam // Pacific Annual-88. P. 119–125.

Gulbin V.V., Vinogradova K.L. Nguen Van Chung. 1987. Quantitative distribution of macrobenthos in the intertidal zone of islands of South Vietnam // Biologia Morya. N 3. P. 59–65.

Gurjanova E.F., Fyong Chzhan Khyu. 1972. Intertidal zone of the Tonking Gulf // Explorations of the Fauna of the Seas. V. 10(18). P. 179–197.

Kafanov A.I., Kussakin O.G., Kudryashov V.A. 1981. Bionomical types of the boreal intertidal zone of the seas of USSR // Abstracts of the 4-th Congress of the All-Union Hydrobiological Society. Kiev: Naukova Dumka. P. 78–79.

Kussakin O.G. Intertidal communities // Biology of Ocean. V. 2. Biological productivity of the ocean. A.S. Monin (Ed.). Moscow: Science. P. 111–132.

Nguen Van Chung, Kussakin O.G., Gulbin V.V. 1988. Intertidal survey in Phu Khanh Province // Biology of the Coastal Waters of Vietnam: Hydrobiologicsal Study of Intertidal and Sublittoral Zones of Southern Vietnam. A.V. Zhirmunsky, Le Ghong Fan (Eds.). Vladivostok: Far East Branch, Acad. Sci. USSR. P. 81–86.


222

PS-28

MOLLUSKS OF JEJU ISLAND, REPUBLIC OF KOREA

Ronald G. Noseworthy, Na-Rae Lim and Kwang-Sik Choi

School of Applied Marine Science, College of Ocean Science, Cheju National University, Jeju, 690-756 Korea

e-mail: [email protected], [email protected]

This catalogue is the result of a four-year survey of the mollusks of Jeju Island,

the southernmost island in the Republic of Korea. Forty-eight survey stations were

visited, with a total of 82 specific localities being sampled. Literature records were also

obtained. Local and world distribution of each species is included. This survey reports

a total of 1,072 mollusk species and subspecies; 1,015 marine and 57 land and

freshwater. There are 812 gastropods, of which 755 are either entirely marine or have

marine affinities. The best represented of the marine families are the Pyramidellidae,

Trochidae, and Ovulidae. There are 225 bivalves, none being freshwater species, with

the Veneridae, Mytilidae, and Arcidae having the largest number of species. Among the

smaller classes there are sixteen Cephalopoda, eleven Polyplacophora, and eight

Scaphopoda. Compared to mainland Korea, Jeju Island has a rather small terrestrial

mollusk fauna and a depauperate freshwater one, with mainly Palearctic connections.

The Helixarionidae and Bradybaenidae are the largest terrestrial families. The marine

faunal affinities with the neighboring Japonic and Indo-West Pacific provinces are also

discussed, revealing that this island’s mollusk fauna is a blend of warm-temperate and

subtropical-tropical species.


223

PS-29

HYDROMEDUSAE OF THE RUSSIAN WATERS OF THE SEA OF JAPAN

Ekaterina A. Petrova 1 and Tatyana N. Dautova 2

1 Far East National University, Vladivostok 690000, Russia 2 A.V. Zhirmunsky Institute of Marine Biology, Far East Branch,

Russian Academy of Sciences, Vladivostok 690041, Russia e-mail: [email protected]; [email protected]

Introduction Hydrozoa (phylum Cnidaria) are simply organized animals, characterized by a

complex life cycle. Being easy to obtain and inhabiting almost all the waters on the Earth, Hydrozoa are often subjects for different research works. Yet, there are still questions left about this group. In the Sea of Japan, and especially in its Russian waters, Hydrozoans are poorly known. Up to the moment, there is no species list of these animals for the aquatory, which would sum up all the data achieved by the moment. For some species, life cycles, cnidomes, quantities and distribution are still unclear or unknown, the main attention being paid to a limited number of species. Another peculiarity is that the polypoid stage is usually better studied compared to the medusa stage, mainly because the hydropolyps are one of the most active fouling organisms. The Hydromedusae of the region are not well known. Meanwhile, the complex research on Hydrozoa fauna is impossible without equal knowledge on both stages. The present work sums up the data on Hydromedusae of the Sea of Japan, including the Russian waters and the Japanese waters.

Methods

For the list of Hydromedusae making the own data were used as well as literature data. The medusae sampling was carried out in 2007 in Vostok, Troyitsa and Kievka Bights (Peter the Great Bay, Sea of Japan). Horizontal (100-300 m) and vertical (0-20 m) samplings were made using a Juday net (filtering cone of gauze no. 59). Samples were fixed in 4% fomalin. 49. Solmissus indica (Fewkes, 1886), Cuninidae - JC, PC. The presented species list is based also on the following literary data: Adrianov & Kusakin, 1998; Antsulevich, 1981, 1987; Chaplygina & Dautova, 2005; Hirohito,


224

1988; Kawamura, Kubota, 2005b; Kubota, 1976, 1978; 1979, 1985, 1990; Naumov, 1960; Pogodin & Milyanovskaya, 1981; Pogodin & Yakovlev, 1999; Stepanjants, 1988; Uchida, 1927, 1938, 1940, 1947, 1969; Uchida & Nagao, 1967; Uchida & Okuda, 1941; Uchida & Sugiura, 1976; Yamada, 1950, 1958. It includes only valid species, according to: Bouillon, Boero, 2000.

Results and discussion

The information on Hydromedusae of the North-West part of the Sea of Japan is quit poor. The fact that the zooplankton of this aquatory is being researched for quit a long time compared to other Far-Eastern seas of Russia, doesn’t really influence the level of its state of knowledge (Shuntov, 2001). According to the bibliographical data on plankton of the Sea of Japan (Chavtur et al, 2005), it is possible to estimate that in Russian waters the attention was generally paid to frequently met species and groups of animals (Copepoda, in particular). In their publications on zooplankton, many authors ignore Hydrozoa; in better cases, they provide genera or mass species names (Fedotova, 1975; Kos, 1976; Dolganova, 1996).

The distribution and population characteristics of Hydromedusae in the Russian waters of the Sea of Japan are still questionable; the species composition is known only for some bays. The data accumulated for the region need further evaluation.

The fundamental work on Hydrozoa of the USSR by D.V. Naumov was published in 1960. Based on literature and collection reexamination, it contains the information on species diversity, distribution, morphological descriptions for both stages of the life cycle and identification keys to faunas of different regions, Sea of Japan included. In this work, Naumov mentions 99 species of Hydrozoa for the region, out of which 15 species have a medusa stage in their life cycle. Unfortunately, it is sometimes unclear what life cycle stage exactly was found in the Sea of Japan.

Later, more species were added to the list (1 by Margules and Karlsen (1980); 3 by Pogodin and Milyanovskaya (1981); 1 by Antsulevich (1987); 3 by Stepanjants (1988)). Bokhan (1984) also mentions new species for the northwest waters of the Sea of Japan, of which 4 are unidentified and one has an unclear taxonomic status.

The Hydrozoa species list for Peter the Great Bay composed by S.F. Chaplygina was published by Adrianov and Kusakin in 1998. It is based on the literary data and includes 15 species of Hydromedusae. Of them, 3 are new records. From then on, two more species were found in the region (Pogodin, Yakovlev, 1999; Chaplygina, Dautova, 2005).


225

According to literary data, the full species list of Hydromedusae for the Russian waters of the Sea of Japan includes 28 species. 22 of them inhabit Peter the Great Bay (Naumov, 1976; Stepanjants, 1988; Adrianov, Kusakin, 1998). It should be underlined that the Nothern part of the Russian waters of the Sea of Japan (Tatarskiy Strait) and the aquatories of biological station (Vostok Bight, Kievka Bight) are better studied areas, meanwhile, Hydromedusae of the Bight of Troyitsa (the Southern part of the Russian waters) are less studied. In his monography, Naumov (1960) doesn’t describe the species diversity of the Southern Russian waters.

For Japan, the aquatories near Hokkaido and Honshu are better researched. The samples were also taken at a larger range of depths than in Russian waters. According to literary data, there are 77 species of Hydromedusae found all around Japan (including the Pacific coast); 19 species are in common with the Russian waters. The number of the Sea of Japan coast species is estimated as 37 (of which, 16 species also inhabit Russian waters). All in all, there are 49 species inhabiting Russian and Japanese waters.

Different authors mention the peculiarities of Hydromedusae fauna in the Sea of Japan (for example, Naumov, 1960; Pogodin & Milyanovskaya, 1981). The remarkable trait is a mixture of cold-water (arctic and boreal) and warm-water (subtropical and tropical) species. The warm-water species are found not only in southern regions of the Sea of Japan, but also northwards, even in Tatarskiy Strait (Pogodin & Milyanovskaya, 1981). Such a species composition is provided by the activity of currents and water exchange between different North-west seas of the Pacific Ocean. Warm-water species are brought northwards from the Yellow sea and other tropical regions. Cold-water species (which are the same for the Sea of Japan, Sea of Okhotsk and even Arctic regions) are possibly introduced into the Sea of Japan through the Tatarskiy Strait. The transport of free-swimming stages takes place. To check the mentioned vectors of introduction, one needs information on temperature and timing of multiplication of different Hydrozoa species in all the mentioned aquatories, but not much literary data currently present.

There is also artificial introduction of Hydromedusae, either at polyp or medusa stage of the life cycle. The Hydrozoans can be brought by ships, being active fouling organisms (for example, see Mills & al, 1998) or together with other introduced organisms, as their epibionts (for example, see Kubota, 1985).

The species list for the Russian waters of the Sea of Japan, with some notes on distribution (RW – Russian waters of the Sea of Japan; JC – Sea of Japan coast; PC – Pacific coast of Japan; C – central part of the Sea of Japan):


226

1. Bougainvillia superciliaris (L. Agassiz, 1849), Bougainvillidae – RW, JC, PC. 2. Bougainvillia muscus Allman, 1863, Bougainvillidae – RW, JC, PC. 3. Nemopsis dofleini Maas, 1909, Bougainvillidae – RW, JC, PC. 4. Rathkea octopunctata (M. Sars, 1835), Rathkeidae – RW, JC, PC. 5. Sarsia tubulosa (M. Sars, 1835), Corynidae – RW, JC, PC. 6. Hydrocoryne bodegensis Rees, Hand and Mills, 1976, Hydrocorynidae – RW. 7. Cladonema myersi Rees, 1949, Cladonematidae – RW, JC, PC. 8. Orthopyxis integra (Macgillivray, 1842), Campanulariidae – RW. 9. Clytia hemisphaerica (Linnaeus, 1767), Campanulariidae – RW. 10. Obelia longissima (Pallas, 1766), Campanulariidae – RW. 11. Hebella dissymetrica Billard, 1933, Lafoeidae – RW. 12. Staurophora mertensi Brandt, 1834, Laodiceidae – RW, PC. 13. Proboscidactyla flavicirrata Brandt, 1835, Proboscidactylidae – RW, JC, PC. 14. Gonionemus vertens A. Agassiz, 1862, Olindiidae – RW, JC, PC. 15. Polyorchis karafutoensis Kishinouye, 1910, Polyorchidae – RW, JC, PC. 16. Eugymnathea japonica Kubota, 1979, Eirenidae – RW, PC. 17. Aglantha digitale (O.F. Müller, 1766), Rhopalonematidae – RW, JC, PC. 18. Hybocodon prolifer L. Agassiz, 1862, Tubulariidae – RW, JC, PC. 19. Urashimea globosa Kishinouye, 1910, Urashimeidae – RW, JC, PC. 20. Phialella quadrata (Forbes, 1848), Phialellidae – RW. 21. Melicertum octocostatum (M. Sars, 1835), Melicertidae – RW, JC, PC. 22. Hydractinia minima (Trinci, 1903), Hydractiniidae – RW, PC. 23. Cunina globosa Eschscholtz, 1829, Cuninidae – RW. 24. Cunina tenella (Bigelow, 1909), Cuninidae – RW. 25. Euphysa aurata Forbes, 1848, Euphysidae – RW. 26. Catablema vesicarium (A. Agassiz, 1862), Pandeidae – RW. 27. Catablema multicirrata Kishinouye, 1910, Pandeidae – RW, JC, PC. 28. Aequorea coerulescens (Brandt, 1838), Aequoreidae – RW, JC, PC. 29. Gastroblasta raffaelei Lang, 1886, Campanulariidae – JC. 30. Obelia geniculata (L., 1758) , Campanulariidae – JC. 31. Coryne japonica (Nagao, 1962), Corynidae - JC, PC. 32. Cladonema uchidai Hirai, 1958, Cladonematidae - JC, PC. 33. Colobonema typicum (Maas, 1897), Rhopalonematidae - JC, PC. 34. Rhopalonema velatum Gegenbaur, 1857, Rhopalonematidae - JC, PC. 35. Eutima japonica Uchida, 1925, Eirenidae - JC, PC. 36. Eutonia indicans (Romanes, 1876), Eirenidae - JC, PC.


227

37. Tima formosa L.Agassiz, 1862, Eirenidae - JC, PC. 38. Tima saghalinensis Bigelow, 1913, Eirenidae – JC. 39. Spirocodon saltator (Tiselius, 1818), Polyorchidae - JC, PC. 40. Euphysa japonica (Maas, 1909), Euphysidae - JC, PC. 41. Climacocodon ikarii Uchida, 1924, Margelopsidae - JC, PC. 42. Leuckartiara octona (Fleming, 1823), Pandeidae - JC, PC. 43. Leuckartiara acuta Brinkmann-Voss, Arai, Nagasawa, 2005, Pandeidae – C. 44. Turritopsis nutricula McCrady, 1859, Clavidae - JC, PC. 45. Koekellikerina constricta (Menon, 1932), Bougainvillidae - JC, PC. 46. Eperetmus typus H.B. Bigelow, 1915, Olindiidae - JC, PC. 47. Eucheilota paradoxica Mayer, 1900, Loveneidae – JC. 48. Liriope tetraphylla (Chamisso and Eysenhardt, 1821), Geryoniidae - JC, PC.

The Hydromedusae species composition could have been changed, due to the

following possible reasons: 1. species introduction; 2. intensification of pollution; 3. climate changes or current fluctuation. That’s why it is necessary to continue the research work in this sphere.

organizing committee...organizing committee prof. kwang-sik choi – chair school of applied marine...

Documents